Specifications for Salt Palace Convention Center Hall 1 ...arnell-west.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/Salt-Palace-Project-Ma… · s a l tp a l a c e c o nventio n c enter h a l l

Specificationsfor

Salt Palace Convention CenterHall 1 & Hall 4 Restroom Finish Upgrade

Project Address:100 South West Temple

Salt Lake City, Utah 84111

Owner:Salt Lake County

Facilities Management Division2001 South State Street, S3-120Salt Lake City, UT 84114-3300

Telephone: 385 468 0361

memery

Typewritten Text

Project# SLP42848

memery

Typewritten Text

memery

Typewritten Text

October 18, 2017

memery

Typewritten Text

memery

Typewritten Text

S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESTA B L E O F C O N TEN TS 0 0 0 110 -1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

0 0 0 110 Table ofC ontents

DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

0 1 1 10 0 S u mmary0 1 2 20 0 UnitP ric es0 1 230 0 A lternates0 1 250 0 S u bs titu tion P roc ed u res0 1 260 0 C ontrac tM od ific ation P roc ed u res0 1 290 0 P aymentP roc ed u res0 1 310 0 P rojec tM anagementand C oord ination0 1 320 0 C ons tru c tion P rogres s D oc u mentation0 1 330 0 S u bmittalP roc ed u res0 1 40 0 0 Q u ality Req u irements0 1 420 0 Referenc es0 1 50 0 0 TemporaryFac ilities and C ontrols0 1 60 0 0 P rod u c tReq u irements0 1 7 0 0 0 Exec u tion Requ irements0 1 7 419 C ons tru c tion W as te M anagementand D is pos al0 1 7 7 0 0 C los eou tP roc ed u res0 1 7 8 23 O peration and M aintenanc e D ata0 1 7 8 39 P rojec tRec ord D oc u ments0 1 7 90 0 D emons tration and Training

DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS

0 2 4119 S elec tive D emolition

DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE

N otUs ed

DIVISION 04 - MASONRY

0 4 2 20 0 C onc rete UnitM as onry

DIVISION 05 - METALS

0 5 58 33 C ou ntertopS u pports0 5 7 50 0 D ec orative Formed M etal

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES

N otUs ed


DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

0 7 920 0 JointS ealers

DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS

0 8 3113 A c c es s D oors and Frames

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES

0 9 2 216 N on-S tru c tu ralM etalFraming0 9 290 0 Gyps u m B oard0 9 30 0 0 Tiling0 9 9123 InteriorP ainting

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES

10 2 113. 19 P las tic ToiletC ompartments10 2 8 0 0 Toilet, B ath, and L au nd ry A c c es s ories

DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT

N otUs ed

DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS

12 3661 . 19 Q u artz A gglomerate C ou ntertops

DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

N otUs ed

DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT

N otUs ed

DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION

N otUs ed

DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING

22 0 50 0 C ommon W orkRes u lts forP lu mbing22 1 116 D omes tic W aterP iping22 1 119 D omes tic W aterP ipingS pec ialties22 1316 S anitary W as te A nd VentP iping22 40 0 0 P lu mbingFixtu res

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC)

23 0 10 0 M ec hanic alRequ irements23 0 150 TemporaryUs e ofEq u ipmentand S ys tems23 0 50 0 C ommon W orkRes u lts forH VA C


23 0 593 Tes ting, A d ju s ting, and B alanc ingforH V A C23 330 0 A irD u c tA c c es s ories23 37 13 D iffu s ers , Regis ters , and Grilles

DIVISION 25 – INTEGRATED AUTOMATION

N otUs ed

DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL

N otUs ed

DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS

N otUs ed

DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY

N otUs ed

DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK

N otUs ed

DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

N otUs ed

DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES

N otUs ed

END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTIONS 1-4

SECTION 1 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

1.0 General Information

2.0 Deadline for Bid Submission

3.0 Questions

4.0 Pre-Bid Conference

5.0 Time for Completion

6.0 Prior Approval of Brands

7.0 Preparation of Bid and Forms Required

8.0 Rules Governing Bid

9.0 License Requirements

10.0 Documents Which Become Part of the Contract

11.0 Environmental Compliance Practices

SECTION 2 – DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED WITH BID

1.0 Offer and Cover Summary

2.0 Unit Price Schedule (if applicable)

3.0 Bid Bond

4.0 Supplier Vendor Management Form

5.0 Schedule of Values

6.0 Sub-contractors list (due within 24 hours of request)

7.0 Performance Bond (Required upon award)

8.0 Payment Bond (Required upon award)

SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT

1.0 Scope Of Services

2.0 Time Of Completion

3.0 Liquidated Damages

4.0 Consideration

5.0 Acceptance and Final Payment

SECTION 4 – GENERAL CONDITIONS

1.0 Definitions

2.0 County Representative

3.0 Site Investigation, Representations, and Photographic Survey

4.0 Interpretation of Specifications and Drawings

5.0 Materials and Workmanship

6.0 Delivery of Materials

7.0 Other Contracts

8.0 Royalties and Patents

9.0 Labor Regulations and Requirements

10.0 Excusable Delay

11.0 Possession Prior to Completion

12.0 County-Furnished Property

13.0 Schedule Report

14.0 Prosecution of Work

15.0 Changed Conditions

16.0 Notice of Labor Disputes

17.0 Certification

18.0 Changes In The Work

19.0 Payments

20.0 Acceptance for Payment

21.0 Inspection

22.0 Testing of Assembly and Fabricated Systems

23.0 Warrant

24.0 Protection of Property; Indemnification of County

25.0 Operation and Storage Areas

26.0 Liability of Contractor

27.0 Insurance

28.0 Bonds

29.0 Termination for Default

30.0 Termination for Convenience

31.0 County Employees Not To Share

32.0 County Employees Not To Participate

33.0 Subcontractors Bound

34.0 Assignment of Contracts

35.0 Pre-Construction Conference

36.0 Permits and Fees

37.0 Work Under Other Contracts

38.0 Work Sequence

39.0 Schedule of Values/List of Subcontractors

40.0 Contractor Supervision

41.0 Weather Delays

42.0 Dispute Resolution

43.0 Employee Status Verification System

44.0 Notice to Retirees of Utah Retirement System (“URS”)

45.0 Severability

Index

Bid #___________

Version Oct 2017

SECTION 1 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION

1.1 Salt Lake County Contracts and Procurement, on behalf of the Salt Palace invites

your company to bid on project SLP42848 Salt Lake County Salt Palace Hall 1 & Hall 4

Restroom Finish Upgrade located at the Salt Palace, 100 S West Temple, Salt Lake City,

UT 84101.

1.2 A general description of the labor and material to be furnished is described in the

attached specifications.

1.3 All bids are subject to the following Project documents:

(a) Instruction to Bidders

(b) Environmental Compliance Practices

(c) All forms mentioned therein

(d) Agreement Form

(e) General Conditions

(f) Plans and Specifications

(g) Design and Construction Standards and Procedures (version 2.10.15)

http://www.slco.org/uploadedFiles/depot/admin/fFacilities/SLCoDesignC

onstrStdProc.pdf

(h) Such other provisions, representations, certifications, and specifications as

are attached hereto or incorporated in any of the documents identified

above.

2.0 DEADLINE FOR BID SUBMISSION

2.1 Bids are to be submitted through the Online Solicitation System by the date and time

posted. No responses will be accepted after that date and time.

2.2 All costs associated with the preparation of the bid, as well as any other related

materials, will be borne by the bidder. All bids become the property of Salt Lake County.

Salt Lake County reserves the right to stop the selection process at any time if it is

considered to be in the best interest of the County. Salt Lake County also reserves the right

to reject any or all bids submitted.

3.0 QUESTIONS

3.1 Any explanation desired by a Bidder regarding the meaning or interpretation of the

Project documents shall be submitted through the Online Solicitation System at https://solutions.sciquest.com/apps/Router/SupplierLogin?Custorg=StateOfUtah prior to the question date and time deadline specified. Answers to the questions will be

posted in the Online Solicitation System for public to view. If a question/answer changes the

http://www.slco.org/uploadedFiles/depot/admin/fFacilities/SLCoDesignConstrStdProc.pdf

http://www.slco.org/uploadedFiles/depot/admin/fFacilities/SLCoDesignConstrStdProc.pdf

https://solutions.sciquest.com/apps/Router/SupplierLogin?Custorg=StateOfUtah

solicitation document, the change will be released in an amendment. Do NOT contact the

Architect, Project Manager, Agency, Division, Department, or other County officers or

employees for information.

4.0 PRE-BID CONFERENCE

4.1 A pre-bid conference will be held on October 24, 2017 at 1pm MST as specified in

the Online Solicitation System. The location will be the Salt Palace Admin Office, 100 S

West Temple, Salt Lake City, UT 84101. Attendance is not mandatory but it shall be the

sole responsibility of the bidder to attend this conference. Bidders not attending do so at

their own risk. The written questions submitted, along with any other additional

information pertaining to the clarification of specifications, will be discussed in detail at

this conference. Bidders shall thoroughly familiarize themselves with this solicitation

document including specifications prior to attending the conference. Verbal statements or

information given at a pre-bid conference is not binding on the bidder or the County unless

released in a bid amendment.

5.0 TIME OF COMPLETION

5.1 Upon receipt of a fully executed contract and other required documentation, an

official Notice to Proceed (NTP) will be issued.

(a) The Contractor will have 60 calendar days to complete the project

(b) The Contractor will have 7 calendar days to complete punch list items

(c) There will be a $250.00 charge per calendar day for liquidated damages

(d) 0 calendar days have been included in the contract period for weather delays

6.0 PRIOR APPROVAL of BRANDS

6.1 Where possible, three or more acceptable brands of equipment, manufactured articles

or methods of construction have been identified in the contract documents in order to

establish a standard and allow competition. The intent of this process is not to exclude the

use of other brands, articles or methods that may be acceptable and deserving consideration.

However, only explicitly specified or items approved before the bid opening are acceptable

to County. To be considered for a prior approval the bidder must submit the following:

6.1.1 Submit the prior approval request as a question in the online bid notification

system for the applicable project prior to the deadline for prior approvals.

6.1.2 Submit fully detailed technical data, a statement of variances, samples,

installation methods, test reports and certification, references and all other supporting

documentation as may be requested to the Architect.

6.1.3 Prove to the Architect that items held up as equal to or superior to specified

items meet project specification design and intent. Obtaining prior approval does not

relieve Contractor from meeting the project specifications.

6.1.4 Request for prior approval of brands, articles and methods not explicitly

specified may be submitted up to and including the tenth calendar day preceding the

day bids are scheduled to be opened to allow time for review and evaluation. Such

requests shall be evaluated as time allows and, if approved, shall be included in an

amendment under the heading "Prior Approvals." Prior Approval must occur prior to

the deadline established for the last amendment issued by the County. Architect’s

failure to approve by such time shall be deemed a denial of the request.

7.0 PREPARATION OF BID and FORMS REQUIRED

7.1 The base bid dollar amount and any alternatives must be entered into the Online

Solicitation System.

7.2 The following documents are included in this Request for Bids. All forms are under

Section 2. Bids must be submitted on said forms and attached in the Online Solicitation

System. Failure to use and include said forms will render bids non-responsive.

Document 1 - Offer and Cover Summary

Document 2 - Unit price schedule (if applicable) or (not applicable)

Document 3 - Bid Bond

Document 4 - Supplier Vendor Management Form

Document 5 - Schedule of Values

Document 6 - Sub-contractors list due within 24 hours of request

7.3 Each of the forms identified in paragraph 7.2 above are included in the bid package

and must be attached to Bidders submission in the Online Solicitation System.

7.4 Each bid must be accompanied by a bid security bond issued by a surety company

authorized to do business in Utah. Penal sum of the bond shall be 5% of the amount bid for

the work of the Project. Failure to include bid bond as security for acceptance of offer shall

render a bid non-responsive. Bidder agrees that said amount shall be forfeited to County as

liquidated damages if Bidder shall fail to execute a contract and furnish the required payment

and performance bonds within ten days after Contracts and Procurement notifies the General

Contractor. The project will then be offered to the next bidder in line.

7.5 If the bid is submitted by a joint venture, the bid must be signed by an authorized

representative of each joint venture. When a bid will be submitted by a joint venture, the

proposed joint venture must be pre-approved by Salt Lake County. A letter requesting

permission to bid as a joint venture must be submitted to Salt Lake County at least two (2)

working days prior to bid opening. The letter shall be signed by an authorized representative

of each joint venture designating one of the joint venturers as a contact. Permission to submit

a bid as a joint venture must be issued prior to bid opening in order for any bid from a joint

venture to be considered by Salt Lake County. The performance bond and payment bond

will name the joint venture AND each of the joint venturers.

7.6 Bidders are advised that sales tax is a part of bidder’s responsibility, and should be

taken into account while preparing their bids. The fact that the County is a governmental

entity does not exempt contractors from sales tax upon the project which is the subject of this

request for bids.

8.0 RULES GOVERNING BID

8.1 Bidders are advised that they must inform themselves of the character of work to be

performed under this contract. Each bidder shall visit the site of the proposed work and fully

acquaint him/herself with the conditions relating to the construction and labor so that he may

fully understand the facilities, difficulties, and restrictions attending the execution of the

work under the Agreement. Bidders shall thoroughly examine and be familiar with the

contract terms, plans and the specifications. The failure or omission of any bidder to receive

or examine any form, instrument, amendment or other document or to visit the site and

acquaint him/herself with the conditions there existing shall in no way relieve any bidder

from the obligations with respect to his/her bid or to the Agreement. The submission of a bid

shall be taken as prima facie evidence of compliance with this section.

8.2 Changes in or additions to the bid form, recapitulations of the work bid upon,

alternative bids, or any other modification of the bid form which is not specifically called for

in the Project documents may result in the County’s rejection of the bid as not being

responsive.

8.3 The County reserves the right to reject all bids, any non-responsive bid, and to waive

any minor informality in any bid received.

8.4 The Contract will be awarded as soon as possible to the lowest, responsive and

responsible bidder, based on the lowest combination of base bid and prioritized alternates

up to the construction budget amount, provided the bid is reasonable and in the best

interests of the County to accept. Alternates will be accepted on a prioritized basis with

Alternate 1 being highest priority, Alternate 2 having second priority, etc.

8.5 Assignment of a fully executed contract, or of interests in said contract, are

prohibited.

8.6 If a bidder fails or refuses to execute said contract as herein provided, or to conform

to any of the stipulated requirements in connection therewith, liquidated damages in the form

of the bid bond shall be paid to Salt Lake County. The County will assume ownership of the

bid bond and will exercise its right to the penal sum of a bid bond written upon a surety. The

award will be annulled, and at the discretion of the County, an award may be made to another

bidder. The bid bond of a bidder to whom a contract has been awarded will be returned to

said bidder after all the acts, for the performance of which said bid bond is required, have

been fully performed by the successful bidder. The bid bonds will be held until the contract

is finally executed or all bids are rejected.

8.7 Bids shall remain valid for 60 calendar days after bid opening. Intent to award will

be posted in the County’s online solicitation system within 60 calendar days after bid

opening. A bid which shortens this time will be rejected as non-responsive.

8.8 Reasonable accommodations (including auxiliary communicative aids and services)

for individuals with disabilities may be provided upon receipt of a request within three

working days notice. For assistance, please call 385-468-0300.

8.9 Conflict of Interest: If applicable, disclosures must be made as required by the Utah

Public Officers’ and Employees’ Ethics Act, Utah Code Ann. §§ 67-16-1 to -14; the County

Officers and Employees Disclosure Act, Utah Code Ann. §§ 17-16a-1 to -12; and Salt Lake

County Code of Ord. §§ 2.80.100 and 3.16.110. If required disclosures are not included in

bid documents, County shall have the right to reject the bid as non-responsive; or, if an award

of contract is made to a bidder who failed to make disclosures as required by said laws,

County shall have the right to cancel said contract without recourse by the bidder who failed

to make the required disclosures.

8.10 Salt Lake County campaign finance disclosure ordinance limits campaign

contributions by Proposers to County candidates. Salt Lake County Code of Ordinances §

2.72A. Proposer acknowledges and understands those limitations on campaign contributions

mean that any person, business, corporation or other entity that enters into a contract or is

engaged in a contract with County is prohibited from making campaign contributions in

excess of $100 to County candidates during the term of the contract and during a single

election cycle as defined in the ordinance. Proposer further acknowledges that violation of

those provisions governing campaign contributions may result in criminal sanctions as well

as termination of this Agreement.

8.11 Contractor and any agent of Contractor agree that they shall comply with all

federal, state and county laws, rules and regulations governing discrimination and they

shall not discriminate in the engagement or employment of any professional person or

any other person qualified to perform the services required under this Agreement.

8.12 Any agreement or collusion among Contractors to fix a price or limit

competition shall render the proposal void. Such conduct is unlawful and subject to

criminal sanction. Each Proposer shall certify that no one in its firm or company has

either directly or indirectly restrained free and competitive selection, participated in any

collusion, or otherwise taken any action unauthorized by County Purchasing

Ordinances or applicable law.

9.0 LICENSE REQUIREMENTS

9.1 All bidders shall be properly licensed by the Utah State Department of Commerce,

Occupational and Professional License Division, to do the type of work specified by the

plans and specifications for the Project for which bids are being sought by this Request for

Bids in accordance with current Utah State Law. Upon County’s request, bidders shall

present satisfactory evidence that they are fully prepared with the necessary finances,

equipment, materials and personnel and that they have been regularly engaged in the type of

work so specified, to the full satisfaction of the County. Bids received from those not

qualified, at the time of bid opening, to submit bids under Utah law shall be rejected.

9.2 By submitting a bid pursuant to this Request for Bids, bidders shall be presumed to

know the requirements for licensing for the work of the Project under Utah law, and by said

submission expressly represents to County that said bidder is in compliance with all licensing

requirements.

9.3 Bidders must hold, at a minimum, a B100 license. All subcontractors must hold the

proper license for the portion of the work of the Project they are performing, and at the

request of the County, provide any and all information required to substantiate their proper

licensure.

10.0 DOCUMENTS INCLUDED IN REQUEST FOR BIDS WHICH WILL BECOME A PART

OF THE CONTRACT

10.1 The following documents will be included as part of the contract between the

successful bidder and the County: Modification of, or refusal to accept the Agreement,

Bidding Schedule, and General Conditions will result in bid being rejected as non-

responsive, or trigger forfeiture of the low, responsive bidder’s bid bond. Bidders may

submit payment and performance bonds on forms adopted by the American Institute of

Architects (AIA), or on forms provided by surety(s); however, such bonds must be written on

a surety company authorized to do business in the State of Utah, and be acceptable to County

after review by the Office of the District Attorney.

(a) Agreement

(b) Bidding Schedule

(c) Performance Bond

(d) Payment Bond

(e) General Conditions

11.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE PRACTICES

Vendor Compliance Statement and Non-Debarment Certification

11.1 In compliance with Executive Order #2013-4, Salt Lake County has implemented

environmentally responsible procurement practices. The County requires all persons,

businesses, corporations and other entities doing business or entering into a contract with

the County to comply with all federal, state and local environmental laws, rules and

regulations. Compliance with environmental laws, rules and regulations is a relevant factor

in evaluating the integrity and responsibility of a business. The county, in its sole

discretion, may not solicit proposals from, award contracts to, procure, or otherwise enter

into business arrangements with any person, business, corporation or other organization

that is noncompliant. If a vendor is suspended, proposed for debarment, debarred, ineligible

or excluded from contracting with another government entity due to environmental non-

compliance, the County in its sole discretion, may deem the vendor non-responsible and

decline to award a contract.

11.2 Based on the foregoing, the vendor certifies, to the best of its knowledge, that

neither the vendor nor any owner, officer or agent of the vendor:

11.2.1 is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared

ineligible, or excluded from the award of a contract or purchase by any federal,

state or local agency based on a finding, determination, notice of violation or order

of environmental non-compliance;

11.2.2 is presently indicted or charged by a government entity in a criminal,

civil or administrative proceeding with the commission of any offense, violation,

or failure to comply with any federal, state, or local environmental law, rule or

regulation, indicating a lack of business integrity or business honesty affecting

its responsibility as a county vendor;

11.2.3 has, within the last three (3) years, been convicted, or had a civil judgment

or administrative order rendered against it for any offense or violation, including

but not limited to environmental noncompliance, indicating a lack of business

integrity or business honesty affecting its responsibility as a county vendor;

11.2.4 has, within the last three (3) years, had a contract/purchase terminated

due to an act or omission, including but not limited to environmental non-

compliance, demonstrating a lack of business integrity or business honesty

affecting its responsibility as a county vendor.

11.3 Vendor shall require any sub-vendor to disclose in writing, whether at the time of

the award of the subcontract, the sub-vendor complies with the certification requirements

in subparagraphs 11.2.1, 11.2.2, 11.2.3 and 11.2.4 above.

11.4 Vendor shall immediately notify the county in writing if, at any time before the

award, the vendor learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has since

become erroneous because of changed circumstances.

11.5 If it is later determined that vendor knowingly rendered an erroneous

certification under this provision, in addition to other available remedies, the

county in its sole discretion, may terminate the contract/purchase for default.

D IVIS IO N 01 -GENERA L REQ UIREM ENTS

01 1100 Summary01 2200 Unit Prices01 2300 Alternates01 2500 Substitution Procedures01 2600 Contract Modification Procedures01 2900 Payment Procedures01 3100 Project Management and Coordination01 3200 Construction Progress Documentation01 3300 Submittal Procedures01 4000 Quality Requirements01 4200 References01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls01 6000 Product Requirements01 7000 Execution Requirements01 7419 Construction Waste Management and Disposal01 7700 Closeout Procedures01 7823 Operation and Maintenance Data01 7839 Project Record Documents01 7900 Demonstration and Training

S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESS UM M A RY 0 1 110 0 -1

SECTION 01 1100 – SUMMARY A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A . S ec tion inc lu d es :

1 . P rojec tinformation.2 . W orkc overed by C ontrac tD oc u ments .3. P has ed c ons tru c tion.4. W orku nd ers eparate c ontrac ts .5. A c c es s to s ite.6. W orkres tric tions .7 . C oord ination withoc c u pants .8 . S pec ific ation and d rawingc onventions .

B . Related S ec tion:

1 . D ivis ion 1 S ec tion "Temporary Fac ilities and C ontrols " for limitations and proc ed u resgoverningtemporary u s e ofO wner's fac ilities .

1.2 PROJECT INFORMATION

A . P rojec tId entific ation: S altP alac e C onvention C enter H all1 and H all4 -Res troom Finis hUpgrad e, S altL ake C ity, Utah.

1 . P rojec tL oc ation: 1 0 0 S ou thW es tTemple, S altL ake C ity, Utah8 410 1 .

B . A rc hitec t: H H Y A s s oc iates , 2 1 8 0 S ou th 130 0 Eas t, S u ite 210 , S altL ake C ity, Utah 8 410 6,8 0 1 . 466. 3996.

1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A . The W orkofthe P rojec tis d efined by the C ontrac tD oc u ments and c ons is ts ofthe following:

1 . The W ork inc lu d es allofthe work ofD ivis ions 0 1 thru 33 forthe S altP alac e C onventionC enter H all1 and H all4 -Res troom Finis h Upgrad e projec tloc ated in S altL ake C ity,Utah.

2 . A llelec tric alworks hallbe performed by the C ou nty. The C ontrac tors hallbe res pons ibleforc oord inatingthe elec tric alworkphas ingand timingwiththe C ou nty.

B . Type ofC ontrac t.

1 . P rojec twillbe c ons tru c ted u nd era s ingle prime c ontrac t.


1.4 PHASED CONSTRUCTION

A . The W ork s hallbe c ond u c ted in mu ltiple phas es , with eac h phas e s u bs tantially c omplete asind ic ated .1 . O ne res troom s hallbe u pgrad ed per phas e, with eac h res troom being c ompleted and

available foru s e before proc eed ingonto the nextphas e.

B . B efore c ommenc ing W orkofeac h phas e, s u bmitan u pd ated c opy of C ontrac tor's c ons tru c tions c hed u le s howing the s eq u enc e, c ommenc ementand c ompletion d ates for allphas es of theW ork.

1.5 WORK UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS

A . General: C ooperate fu lly with s eparate c ontrac tors s o work on thos e c ontrac ts may be c arriedou ts moothly, withou tinterfering with or d elaying work u nd er this C ontrac tor other c ontrac ts .C oord inate the W orkofthis C ontrac twith workperformed u nd ers eparate c ontrac ts .

B . P rec ed ing W ork: O wnermay award s eparate c ontrac t(s )forc ons tru c tion operations atP rojec ts ite. Thos e operations are s c hed u led to be s u bs tantially c omplete before work u nd er thisC ontrac tbegins .

C . C onc u rrent W ork: O wner may award s eparate c ontrac t(s ) for c onc u rrent c ons tru c tionoperations atP rojec ts ite. Thos e operations willbe c ond u c ted s imu ltaneou s ly with work u nd erthis C ontrac t.

D . S u bs eq u entW ork: O wnermay award s eparate c ontrac t(s )fors u bs eq u entad d itionalworkto beperformed ats ite following S u bs tantialC ompletion. C ompletion of thatwork willd epend ons u c c es s fu lc ompletion ofpreparatory worku nd erthis C ontrac t.

1.6 ACCESS TO SITE

A . General: C ontrac tor s hallhave fu llu s e of P rojec ts ite for c ons tru c tion operations d u ringc ons tru c tion period . C ontrac tor's u s e of P rojec ts ite is limited only by O wner's rightto performworkorto retain otherc ontrac tors on portions ofP rojec t.

B . Us e ofS ite: L imitu s e ofP rojec ts ite to areas within the C ontrac tlimits ind ic ated . D o notd is tu rbportions ofP rojec ts ite beyond areas in whic hthe W orkis ind ic ated .1 . L imits : L imits ite d is tu rbanc e, inc lu d ing earthwork and c learing of vegetation, to s ite

areas ind ic ated on the d rawings .2 . D riveways , W alkways and Entranc es : Keep d riveways and entranc es s erving premis es

c learand available to O wner, O wner's employees , and emergenc y vehic les atalltimes .D o notu s e thes e areas forparkingors torage ofmaterials .

a. S c hed u le d eliveries to minimize u s e of d riveways and entranc es by c ons tru c tionoperations .

b. S c hed u le d eliveries to minimize s pac e and time req u irements for s torage ofmaterials and eq u ipmenton-s ite.


1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS

A . N ons moking B u ild ing: S moking is notpermitted within the bu ild ing or within 25 feet(8 m)ofentranc es , operable wind ows , orou td oorairintakes .

B . C ontrolled S u bs tanc es : Us e of tobac c o prod u c ts and other c ontrolled s u bs tanc es on theP rojec ts ite is notpermitted .

C . N ois e, Vibration, and O d ors : C oord inate operations thatmay res u ltin high levels of nois e andvibration, od ors , orotherd is ru ption to O wneroc c u panc y withO wner.

1 . N otify A rc hitec tand O wner notles s than two d ays in ad vanc e of propos ed d is ru ptiveoperations .

2 . O btain A rc hitec t's and O wner's written permis s ion before proc eed ing with d is ru ptiveoperations .

1.8 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS

A . Fu ll O wner O c c u panc y: O wner will oc c u py s ite and exis ting bu ild ing(s ) d u ring entirec ons tru c tion period . C ooperate with O wnerd u ring c ons tru c tion operations to minimize c onflic tsand fac ilitate O wner u s age. P erform the W ork s o as notto interfere with O wner's d ay-to-d ayoperations . M aintain exis tingexits u nles s otherwis e ind ic ated .

1 . M aintain ac c es s to exis ting walkways , c orrid ors , and other ad jac entoc c u pied or u s edfac ilities . D o notc los e orobs tru c twalkways , c orrid ors , orotheroc c u pied oru s ed fac ilitieswithou twritten permis s ion from O wnerand approvalofau thorities havingju ris d ic tion.

2 . N otify O wner notles s than 7 2 hou rs in ad vanc e of ac tivities thatwillaffec tO wner'soperations .

B . The C ontrac tor s hall be res pons ible to c oord inate his work ac tivities and s c hed u le withs c hed u led events atthe S altP alac e C onvention C enter. N o work s hallbe allowed d u rings c hed u led events . Thes e s c hed u led events may mean thatfors everald ays no workis allowedwhile atothertimes s c hed u led events may prohibitworkfora weekormore.

1.9 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS

A . S pec ific ation C ontent: The S pec ific ations u s e c ertain c onventions forthe s tyle oflangu age andthe intend ed meaning of c ertain terms , word s , and phras es when u s ed in partic u lars itu ations .Thes e c onventions are as follows :

1 . Imperative mood and s treamlined langu age are generally u s ed in the S pec ific ations . Theword s " s hall, " " s hallbe, " or "s hallc omply with, " d epend ing on the c ontext, are impliedwhere a c olon (: )is u s ed within a s entenc e orphras e.

2 . S pec ific ation req u irements are to be performed by C ontrac tor u nles s s pec ific ally s tatedotherwis e.

B . D ivis ion 1 GeneralRequ irements : Req u irements ofS ec tions in D ivis ion 1 apply to the W orkofallS ec tions in the S pec ific ations .


C . D rawing C oord ination: Req u irements formaterials and prod u c ts id entified on the D rawings ared es c ribed in d etailin the S pec ific ations . O ne ormore ofthe followingare u s ed on the D rawingsto id entify materials and prod u c ts :

1 . Terminology: M aterials and prod u c ts are id entified by the typic algeneric terms u s ed inthe ind ivid u alS pec ific ations S ec tions .

2 . A bbreviations : M aterials and prod u c ts are id entified by abbreviations and s c hed u led onD rawings .

3. Keynoting: M aterials and prod u c ts are id entified by referenc e keynotes referenc ingS pec ific ation S ec tion nu mbers fou nd in this P rojec tM anu al.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (N otUs ed )

PART 3 - EXECUTION (N otUs ed )

END OF SECTION 01 1100

SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATESUNIT PRICES 01 2200 - 1

S EC TIO N 01 2200 -UNIT P RIC ES August 31, 2017

P A RT 1 -GENERA L

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and SupplementaryConditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 2600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting andhandling Change Orders.

2. Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements" for field testing by an independent testingagency.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Unit price is an amount incorporated into the Agreement, applicable during the duration of theWork as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment, or services, or a portion ofthe Work, added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if the scopeof Work or estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased ordecreased.

1.4 PROCEDURES

A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance,applicable taxes, overhead, and profit.

B. Measurement and Payment: See individual Specification Sections for work that requiresestablishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specifiedin those Sections.

C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves useof established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by anindependent surveyor acceptable to Contractor.

D. List of Unit Prices: A schedule of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sectionsreferenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price.

SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATESUNIT PRICES 01 2200 - 2

P A RT 2 -P RO D UC TS (Not Used)

P A RT 3 -EXEC UTIO N

3.1 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES

A. Unit Price No. 1: Waterless Urinals.

1. Description: Remove existing urinal and replace with new Kohler Steward WaterlessUrinal K-4918. Provide all miscellaneous items of work, including but not limited to,sealants, piping, etc. for a complete and operational urinal.

2. Unit of Measurement: Each.

END O F S EC TIO N 01 2200

SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATESALTERNATES 01 2300 - 1

SECTION 01 2300 – ALTERNATES August 31, 2017

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and SupplementaryConditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work definedin the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount ifOwner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to becompleted or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods describedin the Contract Documents.

1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the ContractSum to incorporate Alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to theContract Sum.

1.4 PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integratework of the Alternate into Project.

1. Include as part of each Alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similaritems incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as partof Alternate.

B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing,of the status of each Alternate. Indicate if Alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferredfor later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to Alternates.

C. Execute accepted Alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.

D. Schedule: A Schedule of Alternates is included at the end of this Section. SpecificationSections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve thework described under each Alternate.

SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATESALTERNATES 01 2300 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES -

A. Base Bid: Hall 1 Men’s and Women’s Restroom Finish Upgrade, work shall include removal oftile floor, toilet partitions and accessories, plumbing fixtures (lavatories, toilets, urinals, floordrains), mechanical diffusers and grilles, and replace with new. Cost of providing new waterlessurinals shall be excluded.

B. Alternate No. 1: Finish Upgrade:1. Alternate: Hall 4 Men’s Restroom, work shall include removal of tile floor, toilet partitions

and accessories, plumbing fixtures (lavatories, toilets, urinals, floor drains), mechanicaldiffusers and grilles, and replace with new. Cost of providing new waterless urinals shallbe excluded.

C. Alternate No. 2: Finish Upgrade:1. Alternate: Hall 4 Women’s Restroom, work shall include removal of tile floor, toilet

partitions and accessories, plumbing fixtures (lavatories, toilets, urinals, floor drains),mechanical diffusers and grilles, and replace with new.

D. Alternate No. 3: Finish Upgrade:1. Provide cost for tearing off existing wall tiles and installing new finish over CMU instead

of installing tiles over tiles for Hall 1 Restrooms.

E. Alternate No. 4: Finish Upgrade:1. Provide cost for tearing off existing wall tiles and installing new finish over CMU instead

of installing tiles over tiles for Hall 4 Men’s Restrooms.

F. Alternate No. 5: Finish Upgrade:1. Provide cost for tearing off existing wall tiles and installing new finish over CMU instead

of installing tiles over tiles for Hall 4 Women’s Restrooms.


S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESS UB S TITUTIO N P RO C ED URES 0 1 250 0 -1

SECTION 01 2500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A . S ec tion inc lu d es ad minis trative and proc ed u ralreq u irements fors u bs titu tions .


1 . D ivis ion 0 1 S ec tion "P rod u c tReq u irements " forreq u irements fors u bmitting c omparableprod u c ts u bmittals forprod u c ts by lis ted manu fac tu rers .

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A . S u bs titu tions : C hanges in prod u c ts , materials , eq u ipment, and method s of c ons tru c tion fromthos e req u ired by the C ontrac tD oc u ments and propos ed by C ontrac tor.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A . S u bs titu tion Req u es ts : S u bmitthree c opies ofeac h req u es tforc ons id eration. Id entify prod u c torfabric ation orins tallation method to be replac ed . Inc lu d e S pec ific ation S ec tion nu mberandtitle and D rawingnu mbers and titles .

1 . S u bs titu tion Requ es tForm : Us e C S IForm 13. 1 A .2 . D oc u mentation: S how c omplianc e with req u irements fors u bs titu tions and the following,

as applic able:

a. S tatementind ic ating why s pec ified prod u c torfabric ation orins tallation c annotbeprovid ed , ifapplic able.

b. C oord ination information, inc lu d ing a lis tof c hanges or mod ific ations need ed toother parts of the W ork and to c ons tru c tion performed by O wner and s eparatec ontrac tors , thatwillbe nec es s ary to ac c ommod ate propos ed s u bs titu tion.

c . D etailed c omparis on of s ignific antq u alities of propos ed s u bs titu tion with thos e ofthe W ork s pec ified . Inc lu d e annotated c opy of applic able s pec ific ation s ec tion.S ignific antqu alities may inc lu d e attribu tes s u c h as performanc e, weight, s ize,d u rability, vis u aleffec t, s u s tainable d es ign c harac teris tic s , warranties , and s pec ificfeatu res and req u irements ind ic ated . Ind ic ate d eviations , if any, from the W orks pec ified .

d . P rod u c tD ata, inc lu d ing d rawings and d es c riptions ofprod u c ts and fabric ation andins tallation proc ed u res .

e . S amples , where applic able orreq u es ted .f. C ertific ates and q u alific ation d ata, where applic able orreq u es ted .g. L is t of s imilar ins tallations for c ompleted projec ts with projec t names and

ad d res s es and names and ad d res s es ofarc hitec ts and owners .h. M aterialtes treports from a qu alified tes ting agenc y ind ic ating and interpreting tes t

res u lts forc omplianc e withreq u irements ind ic ated .


i. Res earc h reports evid enc ing c omplianc e with bu ild ing c od e in effec tfor P rojec t,from IC C -ES .

j. D etailed c omparis on of C ontrac tor's c ons tru c tion s c hed u le u s ing propos eds u bs titu tion with prod u c ts s pec ified for the W ork, inc lu d ing effec ton the overallC ontrac tTime. If s pec ified prod u c tormethod of c ons tru c tion c annotbe provid edwithin the C ontrac tTime, inc lu d e letter from manu fac tu rer, on manu fac tu rer'sletterhead , s tatingd ate ofrec eiptofpu rc has e ord er, lac kofavailability, ord elays ind elivery.

k. C os tinformation, inc lu d inga propos alofc hange, ifany, in the C ontrac tS u m .l. C ontrac tor's c ertific ation thatpropos ed s u bs titu tion c omplies with req u irements in

the C ontrac tD oc u ments exc eptas ind ic ated in s u bs titu tion req u es t, is c ompatiblewithrelated materials , and is appropriate forapplic ations ind ic ated .

m . C ontrac tor's waiverof rights to ad d itionalpaymentortime thatmay s u bs eq u entlybec ome nec es s ary bec au s e of failu re of propos ed s u bs titu tion to prod u c eind ic ated res u lts .

3. A rc hitec t's A c tion: If nec es s ary, A rc hitec t will req u es t ad d itional information ord oc u mentation for evalu ation within s even d ays of rec eiptof a req u es tfor s u bs titu tion.A rc hitec twillnotify C ontrac torof ac c eptanc e orrejec tion of propos ed s u bs titu tion within15 d ays of rec eiptof req u es t, or s even d ays of rec eiptof ad d itionalinformation ord oc u mentation, whic heveris later.

a. Forms of A c c eptanc e: C hange O rd er, C ons tru c tion C hange D irec tive, orA rc hitec t's S u pplementalIns tru c tions forminorc hanges in the W ork.

b. Us e prod u c ts pec ified if A rc hitec td oes notis s u e a d ec is ion on u s e ofa propos eds u bs titu tion within time alloc ated .

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A . C ompatibility of S u bs titu tions : Inves tigate and d oc u mentc ompatibility ofpropos ed s u bs titu tionwith related prod u c ts and materials . Engage q u alified tes ting agenc y to perform c ompatibilitytes ts rec ommend ed by manu fac tu rers .

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS

A . S u bs titu tions forC au s e: S u bmitreq u es ts fors u bs titu tion immed iately u pon d is c overy of needforc hange, bu tnotlaterthan 15 d ays priorto time req u ired forpreparation and review ofrelateds u bmittals .

1 . C ond itions : A rc hitec t will c ons id er C ontrac tor's req u es t for s u bs titu tion when thefollowingc ond itions are s atis fied :

a. Req u es ted s u bs titu tion is c ons is tentwith the C ontrac tD oc u ments and willprod u c eind ic ated res u lts .

b. Req u es ted s u bs titu tion willnotad vers ely affec tC ontrac tor's c ons tru c tion s c hed u le.c . Req u es ted s u bs titu tion has rec eived nec es s ary approvals of au thorities having

ju ris d ic tion.d . Req u es ted s u bs titu tion is c ompatible withotherportions ofthe W ork.


e. Req u es ted s u bs titu tion has been c oord inated withotherportions ofthe W ork.f. Req u es ted s u bs titu tion provid es s pec ified warranty.g. Ifreq u es ted s u bs titu tion involves more than one c ontrac tor, req u es ted s u bs titu tion

has been c oord inated with otherportions ofthe W ork, is u niform and c ons is tent, isc ompatible withotherprod u c ts , and is ac c eptable to allc ontrac tors involved .

B . S u bs titu tions forC onvenienc e: A rc hitec twillc ons id erreq u es ts fors u bs titu tion ifrec eived within60 d ays afterthe N otic e to P roc eed .

1 . C ond itions : A rc hitec t will c ons id er C ontrac tor's req u es t for s u bs titu tion when thefollowingc ond itions are s atis fied :

a. Req u es ted s u bs titu tion offers O wnera s u bs tantialad vantage in c os t, time, energyc ons ervation, or other c ons id erations , after d ed u c ting ad d itionalres pons ibilitiesO wner mu s t as s u me. O wner's ad d itional res pons ibilities may inc lu d ec ompens ation to A rc hitec tforred es ign and evalu ation s ervic es , inc reas ed c os tofotherc ons tru c tion by O wner, and s imilarc ons id erations .

b. Req u es ted s u bs titu tion d oes not req u ire extens ive revis ions to the C ontrac tD oc u ments .

c . Req u es ted s u bs titu tion is c ons is tentwith the C ontrac tD oc u ments and willprod u c eind ic ated res u lts .

d . Req u es ted s u bs titu tion willnotad vers ely affec tC ontrac tor's c ons tru c tion s c hed u le.e. Req u es ted s u bs titu tion has rec eived nec es s ary approvals of au thorities having

ju ris d ic tion.f. Req u es ted s u bs titu tion is c ompatible withotherportions ofthe W ork.g. Req u es ted s u bs titu tion has been c oord inated withotherportions ofthe W ork.h. Req u es ted s u bs titu tion provid es s pec ified warranty.i. Ifreq u es ted s u bs titu tion involves more than one c ontrac tor, req u es ted s u bs titu tion

has been c oord inated with otherportions ofthe W ork, is u niform and c ons is tent, isc ompatible withotherprod u c ts , and is ac c eptable to allc ontrac tors involved .



SUBSTITUTION CSI Form 13.1A REQUEST FOR CAUSE

Substitution Request Number: Project: From: Date: To: A/E Project Number: Contract For: Re:

Specification Title: Description: Section: Page: Article/Paragraph: Proposed Substitution: Manufacturer: Address: Phone: Trade Name: Model No.: Installer: Address: Phone:

© Copyright 2007, Construction Specifications Institute, 110 South Union Street, Stuie 100, Alexandria, VA 22314

Page 1 Form Version: June 2004 CSI Form 13.1A

This is not an official CSI Construction Contract Administration (CCA) Form. Please use CSI's official CCA Forms if required by your project needs.

History: New product 1-4 years old 5-10 years old More than 10 years old Differences between proposed substitution and specified product:

Point-by-point comparative data attached — REQUIRED BY A/E Reason for not providing specified item: Similar Installation:

Project: Architect:

Address: Owner:

Date Installed: Proposed substitution affects other parts of Work: No Yes; explain Savings to Owner for accepting substitution: ($ ). Proposed substitution changes Contract Time: No Yes [Add] [Deduct] days.

Supporting Data Attached: Drawings Product Data Samples Tests Reports

SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FOR CAUSE

© Copyright 2007, Construction Specifications Institute, 110 South Union Street, Stuie 100, Alexandria, VA 22314

Page 2 Form Version: June 2004 CSI Form 13.1A

This is not an official CSI Construction Contract Administration (CCA) Form. Please use CSI's official CCA Forms if required by your project needs.

(Continued) The Undersigned certifies: • Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product. • Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product. • Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable, is available. • Proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay progress schedule. • Cost data as stated above is complete. Claims for additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequently become

apparent are to be waived. • Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. • Payment will be made for changes to building design, including A/E design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the substitution. • Coordination, installation, and changes in the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects. Submitted by: Signed by: Firm: Address:

Telephone: Attachments:

A/E’s REVIEW AND ACTION

Substitution approved - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures. Substitution approved as noted - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures. Substitution rejected - Use specified materials. Substitution Request received too late - Use specified materials.

Signed by: Date: Additional Comments: Contractor Subcontractor Supplier Manufacturer A/E

Other:

S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESC O N TRA C T M O D IFIC A TIO N P RO C ED URES 0 1 260 0 -1

SECTION 01 2600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A . S ec tion inc lu d es ad minis trative and proc ed u ralreq u irements for hand ling and proc es s ingC ontrac tmod ific ations .

1.2 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK

A . A rc hitec t willis s u e s u pplementalins tru c tions au thorizing minor c hanges in the W ork, notinvolving ad ju s tment to the C ontrac t S u m or the C ontrac t Time, on A IA D oc u mentG7 10 ," A rc hitec t's S u pplementalIns tru c tions . "

1.3 PROPOSAL REQUESTS

A . O wner-Initiated P ropos alRequ es ts : A rc hitec twillis s u e a d etailed d es c ription of propos edc hanges in the W orkthatmay req u ire ad ju s tmentto the C ontrac tS u m orthe C ontrac tTime. Ifnec es s ary, the d es c ription willinc lu d e s u pplementalorrevis ed D rawings and S pec ific ations .

1 . P ropos alReq u es ts is s u ed by A rc hitec tare notins tru c tions eitherto s topworkin progres sorto exec u te the propos ed c hange.

2 . W ithin time s pec ified in P ropos alRequ es tor20 d ays , when nototherwis e s pec ified , afterrec eiptof P ropos alReq u es t, s u bmita qu otation es timating c os tad ju s tments to theC ontrac tS u m and the C ontrac tTime nec es s ary to exec u te the c hange.

a. Inc lu d e a lis tof q u antities of prod u c ts req u ired oreliminated and u nitc os ts , withtotalamou ntof pu rc has es and c red its to be mad e. If req u es ted , fu rnis h s u rveyd ata to s u bs tantiate qu antities .

b. Ind ic ate applic able taxes , d elivery c harges , eq u ipmentrental, and amou nts oftrad e d is c ou nts .

c . Inc lu d e c os ts oflaborand s u pervis ion d irec tly attribu table to the c hange.1) P rojec t management and s u pervis ion s hall be part of the 15 perc ent

GeneralC ontrac tors M ark-Upperthe C ou nty’ s GeneralC ond itions .d . Inc lu d e an u pd ated C ontrac tor's c ons tru c tion s c hed u le thatind ic ates the effec tof

the c hange, inc lu d ing, bu tnotlimited to, c hanges in ac tivity d u ration, s tartandfinis htimes , and ac tivity relations hip. Us e available totalfloatbefore req u es ting anextens ion ofthe C ontrac tTime.

e. Q u otation Form : Us e C S IForm 13. 6B " P ropos alW orks heetS u mmary" and 13. 6C" P ropos alW orks heetD etail" .

B . C ontrac tor-Initiated P ropos als : If latentor c hanged c ond itions req u ire mod ific ations to theC ontrac t, C ontrac tormay initiate a c laim bys u bmittinga req u es tfora c hange to A rc hitec t.

1 . Inc lu d e a s tatementou tlining reas ons forthe c hange and the effec tofthe c hange on theW ork. P rovid e a c omplete d es c ription ofthe propos ed c hange. Ind ic ate the effec tofthepropos ed c hange on the C ontrac tS u m and the C ontrac tTime.

S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESC O N TRA C T M O D IFIC A TIO N P RO C ED URES 0 1 260 0 -2

2 . Inc lu d e a lis tof q u antities of prod u c ts req u ired or eliminated and u nitc os ts , with totalamou ntof pu rc has es and c red its to be mad e. If req u es ted , fu rnis h s u rvey d ata tos u bs tantiate qu antities .

3. Ind ic ate applic able taxes , d elivery c harges , eq u ipmentrental, and amou nts of trad ed is c ou nts .

4. Inc lu d e c os ts oflaborand s u pervis ion d irec tly attribu table to the c hange.5. Inc lu d e an u pd ated C ontrac tor's c ons tru c tion s c hed u le thatind ic ates the effec tof the

c hange, inc lu d ing, bu tnotlimited to, c hanges in ac tivity d u ration, s tartand finis h times ,and ac tivity relations hip. Us e available totalfloatbefore req u es ting an extens ion of theC ontrac tTime.

6. C omply with req u irements in D ivis ion 1 S ec tion " S u bs titu tion P roc ed u res " ifthe propos edc hange req u ires s u bs titu tion ofone prod u c tors ys tem forprod u c tors ys tem s pec ified .

7 . P ropos alRequ es tForm : Us e C S IForm 13. 6A " C hange O rd erReq u es t(P ropos al)" withattac hments C S I Form 13. 6B " P ropos alW orks heetS u mmary" and 13. 6C " P ropos alW orks heetD etail" .

1.4 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES

A . O n O wner's approvalofa P ropos alRequ es t, A rc hitec twillis s u e a C hange O rd erfors ignatu resofO wnerand C ontrac toron A IA D oc u mentG7 0 1 oru tilize d oc u mentation approved by O wner.

1.5 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE

A . C ons tru c tion C hange D irec tive: A rc hitec tmay is s u e a C ons tru c tion C hange D irec tive onA IA D oc u mentG7 14 or u tilize d oc u mentation approved by O wner. C ons tru c tion C hangeD irec tive ins tru c ts C ontrac torto proc eed with a c hange in the W ork, fors u bs eq u entinc lu s ion ina C hange O rd er.

1 . C ons tru c tion C hange D irec tive c ontains a c omplete d es c ription ofc hange in the W ork. Itals o d es ignates method to be followed to d etermine c hange in the C ontrac tS u m ortheC ontrac tTime.

B . D oc u mentation: M aintain d etailed rec ord s on a time and materialbas is ofworkreq u ired by theC ons tru c tion C hange D irec tive.

1 . A fterc ompletion of c hange, s u bmitan itemized ac c ou ntand s u pporting d ata nec es s aryto s u bs tantiate c os tand time ad ju s tments to the C ontrac t.




S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESP A YM EN T P RO C ED URES 0 1 290 0 -1

SECTION 01 2900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A . This S ec tion s pec ifies ad minis trative and proc ed u ralreq u irements nec es s ary to prepare andproc es s A pplic ations forP ayment.

1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A . C oord ination: C oord inate preparation ofthe s c hed u le ofvalu es with preparation ofC ontrac tor'sc ons tru c tion s c hed u le.

1 . C orrelate line items in the s c hed u le of valu es with other req u ired ad minis trative formsand s c hed u les , inc lu d ingthe following:

a. A pplic ation forP aymentforms withc ontinu ation s heets .b. S u bmittals c hed u le.c . Items req u ired to be ind ic ated as s eparate ac tivities in C ontrac tor's c ons tru c tion

s c hed u le.

2 . S u bmitthe s c hed u le of valu es to A rc hitec tatearlies tpos s ible d ate bu tno later thans even d ays before the d ate s c hed u led fors u bmittalofinitialA pplic ations forP ayment.

3. S u bs c hed u les for P has ed W ork: W here the W ork is s eparated into phas es req u irings eparately phas ed payments , provid e s u bs c hed u les s howing valu es c orrelated with eac hphas e ofpayment.

B . Formatand C ontent: Us e the P rojec tM anu altable ofc ontents as a gu id e to es tablis hline itemsforthe s c hed u le ofvalu es . P rovid e atleas tone line item foreac hS pec ific ation S ec tion.

1 . Id entific ation: Inc lu d e the followingP rojec tid entific ation on the s c hed u le ofvalu es :

a. P rojec tname and loc ation.b. N ame ofA rc hitec t.c . A rc hitec t's projec tnu mber.d . C ontrac tor's name and ad d res s .e . D ate ofs u bmittal.

2 . A rrange s c hed u le ofvalu es c ons is tentwithformatofA IA D oc u mentG7 0 3.3. P rovid e a breakd own of the C ontrac t S u m in enou gh d etailto fac ilitate c ontinu ed

evalu ation ofA pplic ations forP aymentand progres s reports . C oord inate with the P rojec tM anu altable ofc ontents . P rovid e m u ltiple line items forprinc ipals u bc ontrac tamou nts inexc es s offive perc entofC ontrac tS u m .

4. Rou nd amou nts to neares twhole d ollar; totals hallequ althe C ontrac tS u m .5. P rovid e a s eparate line item in the s c hed u le of valu es foreac h partof the W ork where

A pplic ations for P aymentmay inc lu d e materials or eq u ipmentpu rc has ed or fabric atedand s tored , bu tnotyetins talled .


6. P rovid e s eparate line items in the s c hed u le ofvalu es forinitialc os tofmaterials , foreac hs u bs eq u ents tage ofc ompletion, and fortotalins talled valu e ofthatpartofthe W ork.

7 . Eac h item in the s c hed u le of valu es and A pplic ations for P ayments hallbe c omplete.Inc lu d e totalc os tand proportionate s hare ofgeneraloverhead and profitforeac hitem .

a. Temporary fac ilities and other major c os titems thatare notd irec tc os tof ac tu alwork-in-plac e may be s hown either as s eparate line items in the s c hed u le ofvalu es ord is tribu ted as generaloverhead expens e, atC ontrac tor's option.

8 . S c hed u le Upd ating: Upd ate and res u bmit the s c hed u le of valu es before the nextA pplic ations forP aymentwhen C hange O rd ers orC ons tru c tion C hange D irec tives res u ltin a c hange in the C ontrac tS u m .

1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

A . Eac h A pplic ation forP ayments hallbe c ons is tentwith previou s applic ations and payments asc ertified by A rc hitec tand paid forby O wner.

1 . InitialA pplic ation forP ayment, A pplic ation forP aymentattime ofS u bs tantialC ompletion,and finalA pplic ation forP aymentinvolve ad d itionalreq u irements .

B . P aymentA pplic ation Times : The d ate foreac h progres s paymentis ind ic ated in the A greementbetween O wnerand C ontrac tor. The period of c ons tru c tion work c overed by eac h A pplic ationforP aymentis the period ind ic ated in the A greement.

C . P aymentA pplic ation Times : P rogres s payments s hallbe s u bmitted to A rc hitec tby the 25th d ayofthe month. The period c overed by eac h A pplic ation forP aymentis one month, end ingon thelas td ay ofthe month.

D . A pplic ation for P ayment Forms : Us e A IA D oc u mentG7 0 2 and A IA D oc u mentG7 0 3 andO wner’ s A pplic ation and C ertific ate for P aym ent with C ontinu ation S heets on formss tand ard withS altL ake C ou nty.

E . A pplic ation P reparation: C omplete every entry on form . N otarize and exec u te by a pers onau thorized to s ign legald oc u ments on behalf of C ontrac tor. A rc hitec twillretu rn inc ompleteapplic ations withou tac tion.

1 . Entries s hall matc h d ata on the s c hed u le of valu es and C ontrac tor's c ons tru c tions c hed u le. Us e u pd ated s c hed u les ifrevis ions were mad e.

2 . Inc lu d e amou nts of C hange O rd ers and C ons tru c tion C hange D irec tives is s u ed beforelas td ay ofc ons tru c tion period c overed by applic ation.

F. Trans mittal: S u bmitthree s igned and notarized originalc opies ofeac h A pplic ation forP aymentto A rc hitec tby a method ens u ring rec eiptwithin 24 hou rs . O ne c opy s hallinc lu d e waivers oflien and s imilarattac hments ifreq u ired .

1 . Trans miteac h c opy with a trans mittalform lis ting attac hments and rec ord ing appropriateinformation abou tapplic ation.

G. W aivers ofM ec hanic 's L ien: W ith eac h A pplic ation forP ayment, s u bmitwaivers ofmec hanic 'slien from entities lawfu lly entitled to file a mec hanic 's lien aris ing ou tofthe C ontrac tand relatedto the W orkc overed by the payment.


1 . S u bmitpartialwaivers on eac h item foramou ntreq u es ted in previou s applic ation, afterd ed u c tion forretainage, on eac hitem .

2 . W hen an applic ation s hows c ompletion ofan item , s u bmitc ond itionalfinalorfu llwaivers .3. O wner res erves the rightto d es ignate whic h entities involved in the W ork mu s ts u bmit

waivers .4. W aiver Forms : S u bmitwaivers of lien on forms , exec u ted in a manner ac c eptable to

O wner.

H . InitialA pplic ation for P ayment: A d minis trative ac tions and s u bmittals thatmu s tprec ed e orc oinc id e withs u bmittaloffirs tA pplic ation forP aymentinc lu d e the following:

1 . L is tofs u bc ontrac tors .2 . S c hed u le ofvalu es .3. C ontrac tor's c ons tru c tion s c hed u le (preliminary ifnotfinal).4. S c hed u le ofu nitpric es .5. S u bmittals c hed u le (preliminary ifnotfinal).6. L is tofC ontrac tor's s taffas s ignments .7 . L is tofC ontrac tor's princ ipalc ons u ltants .8 . C opies ofbu ild ingpermits .9. C opies ofau thorizations and lic ens es from au thorities having ju ris d ic tion forperformanc e

ofthe W ork.1 0 . Initialprogres s report.11 . Reportofprec ons tru c tion c onferenc e.1 2 . C ertific ates ofins u ranc e and ins u ranc e polic ies .

I. A pplic ation forP aymentatS u bs tantialC ompletion: A fteris s u ing the C ertific ate of S u bs tantialC ompletion, s u bmitan A pplic ation forP ayments howing 10 0 perc entc ompletion forportion ofthe W orkc laimed as s u bs tantially c omplete.

1 . Inc lu d e d oc u mentation s u pporting c laim thatthe W ork is s u bs tantially c omplete and as tatements howingan ac c ou ntingofc hanges to the C ontrac tS u m .

2 . This applic ation s hall reflec t C ertific ates of P artial S u bs tantial C ompletion is s u edpreviou s ly forO wneroc c u panc y ofd es ignated portions ofthe W ork.

J. FinalP aymentA pplic ation: S u bmitfinalA pplic ation forP aymentwith releas es and s u pportingd oc u mentation not previou s ly s u bmitted and ac c epted , inc lu d ing, bu t not limited , to thefollowing:

1 . Evid enc e ofc ompletion ofP rojec tc los eou treq u irements .2 . Ins u ranc e c ertific ates for prod u c ts and c ompleted operations where req u ired and proof

thattaxes , fees , and s imilarobligations were paid .3. Upd ated finals tatement, ac c ou ntingforfinalc hanges to the C ontrac tS u m .4. A IA D oc u mentG7 0 6-1994, " C ontrac tor's A ffid avitofP aymentofD ebts and C laims . "5. A IA D oc u mentG7 0 6A -1994, " C ontrac tor's A ffid avitofReleas e ofL iens . "6. A IA D oc u mentG7 0 7 -1994, " C ons entofS u rety to FinalP ayment. "7 . Evid enc e thatc laims have been s ettled .8 . Finalmeterread ings foru tilities , a meas u red rec ord ofs tored fu el, and s imilard ata as of

d ate of S u bs tantial C ompletion or when O wner took pos s es s ion of and as s u medres pons ibility forc orres pond ingelements ofthe W ork.

9. Finalliq u id ated d amages s ettlements tatement.





S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESP RO JEC T M A N A GEM EN T A N D C O O RD IN A TIO N 0 1 310 0 -1

SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A . S ec tion inc lu d es ad minis trative provis ions for c oord inating c ons tru c tion operations on P rojec tinc lu d ing, bu tnotlimited to, the following:

1 . C oord ination d rawings .2 . Req u es ts forInformation (RFIs ).3. P rojec tmeetings .

B . Related S ec tions :1 . D ivis ion 1 S ec tion "Exec u tion Requ irements " for proc ed u res for c oord inating general

ins tallation and field -engineering s ervic es , inc lu d ing es tablis hmentof benc hmarks andc ontrolpoints .

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A . RFI: Req u es tfrom O wner, A rc hitec t, orC ontrac tors eeking information from eac h otherd u ringc ons tru c tion.

1.3 COORDINATION

A . C oord ination: C oord inate c ons tru c tion operations inc lu d ed in d ifferent S ec tions of theS pec ific ations to ens u re effic ientand ord erly ins tallation of eac h partof the W ork. C oord inatec ons tru c tion operations , inc lu d ed in d ifferentS ec tions , thatd epend on eac h other for properins tallation, c onnec tion, and operation.

1 . S c hed u le c ons tru c tion operations in s eq u enc e req u ired to obtain the bes tres u lts whereins tallation of one partof the W ork d epend s on ins tallation of otherc omponents , beforeorafterits own ins tallation.

2 . C oord inate ins tallation of d ifferentc omponents to ens u re maximu m performanc e andac c es s ibility forreq u ired maintenanc e, s ervic e, and repair.

3. M ake ad eq u ate provis ions to ac c ommod ate items s c hed u led forlaterins tallation.

B . P repare memorand a for d is tribu tion to eac h party involved , ou tlining s pec ial proc ed u resreq u ired forc oord ination. Inc lu d e s u c h items as req u ired notic es , reports , and lis tofattend eesatmeetings .

1 . P repare s imilarmemorand a for O wner and s eparate c ontrac tors if c oord ination of theirW orkis req u ired .

C . A d minis trative P roc ed u res : C oord inate s c hed u ling and timing of req u ired ad minis trativeproc ed u res with otherc ons tru c tion ac tivities to avoid c onflic ts and to ens u re ord erly progres s ofthe W ork. S u c had minis trative ac tivities inc lu d e, bu tare notlimited to, the following:


1 . P reparation ofC ontrac tor's c ons tru c tion s c hed u le.2 . P reparation ofthe s c hed u le ofvalu es .3. Ins tallation and removaloftemporaryfac ilities and c ontrols .4. D elivery and proc es s ingofs u bmittals .5. P rogres s meetings .6. P reins tallation c onferenc es .7 . P rojec tc los eou tac tivities .8 . S tartu pand ad ju s tmentofs ys tems .9. P rojec tc los eou tac tivities .

1.4 COORDINATION DRAWINGS

A . C oord ination D rawings , General: P repare c oord ination d rawings in ac c ord anc e withreq u irements in ind ivid u al S ec tions , where ins tallation is not c ompletely s hown on S hopD rawings , where limited s pac e availability nec es s itates c oord ination, or if c oord ination isreq u ired to fac ilitate integration of prod u c ts and materials fabric ated orins talled by more thanone entity.

1 . C ontent: P rojec t-s pec ific information, d rawn ac c u rately to a s c ale large enou gh toind ic ate and res olve c onflic ts . D o notbas e c oord ination d rawings on s tand ard printedd ata. Inc lu d e the followinginformation, as applic able:

a. Ind ic ate fu nc tional and s patial relations hips of c omponents of arc hitec tu ral,s tru c tu ral, c ivil, mec hanic al, and elec tric als ys tems .

b. Ind ic ate d imens ions s hown on the D rawings . S pec ific ally note d imens ions thatappear to be in c onflic t with s u bmitted eq u ipment and minimu m c learanc ereq u irements . P rovid e alternate s ketc hes to A rc hitec t ind ic ating propos edres olu tion ofs u c h c onflic ts . M inord imens ion c hanges and d iffic u ltins tallations willnotbe c ons id ered c hanges to the C ontrac t.

B . C oord ination D rawingO rganization: O rganize c oord ination d rawings as follows :

1 . FloorP lans and Reflec ted C eilingP lans : S how arc hitec tu raland s tru c tu ralelements , andmec hanic al, plu mbing, fire protec tion, fire alarm , and elec tric alW ork. S how loc ations ofvis ible c eiling-mou nted d evic es relative to ac ou s tic alc eilinggrid .

2 . P lenu m S pac e: Ind ic ate s u bframing fors u pportofc eiling and walls ys tems , mec hanic aland elec tric aleq u ipment, and related W ork. L oc ate c omponents within c eiling plenu m toac c ommod ate layou toflightfixtu res ind ic ated on D rawings .

3. M ec hanic alRooms : P rovid e c oord ination d rawings formec hanic alrooms s howing plansand elevations of mec hanic al, plu mbing, fire protec tion, fire alarm , and elec tric aleq u ipment.

4. S tru c tu ralP enetrations : Ind ic ate penetrations and openings req u ired foralld is c iplines .5. S lab Ed ge and Embed d ed Items : Ind ic ate s lab ed ge loc ations and s izes and loc ations of

embed d ed items for metalfabric ations , s leeves , anc hor bolts , bearing plates , angles ,d oorfloorc los ers , s lab d epres s ions forfloorfinis hes , c u rbs and hou s ekeeping pad s , ands imilaritems .

6. Review: A rc hitec twillreview c oord ination d rawings to c onfirm thatthe W ork is beingc oord inated , bu t not for the d etails of the c oord ination, whic h are the C ontrac tor'sres pons ibility.


1.5 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs)

A . General: Immed iately on d is c overy ofthe need forad d itionalinformation orinterpretation oftheC ontrac tD oc u ments , C ontrac tors hallprepare and s u bmitan RFIin the form s pec ified .

1 . A rc hitec twillretu rn RFIs s u bmitted to A rc hitec tby otherentities c ontrolled by C ontrac torwithno res pons e.

2 . C oord inate and s u bmitRFIs in a promptmanner s o as to avoid d elays in C ontrac tor'sworkorworkofs u bc ontrac tors .

B . C ontentof the RFI: Inc lu d e a d etailed , legible d es c ription of item need ing information orinterpretation and the following:

1 . P rojec tname.2 . P rojec tnu mber.3. D ate.4. N ame ofC ontrac tor.5. N ame ofA rc hitec t.6. RFInu mber, nu mbered s eq u entially.7 . RFIs u bjec t.8 . S pec ific ation S ec tion nu mberand title and related paragraphs , as appropriate.9. D rawingnu mberand d etailreferenc es , as appropriate.1 0 . Field d imens ions and c ond itions , as appropriate.1 1 . C ontrac tor's s u gges ted res olu tion. If C ontrac tor's s olu tion(s )impac ts the C ontrac tTime

orthe C ontrac tS u m , C ontrac tors halls tate impac tin the RFI.1 2 . C ontrac tor's s ignatu re.13. A ttac hments : Inc lu d e s ketc hes , d es c riptions , meas u rements , photos , P rod u c t D ata,

S hopD rawings , c oord ination d rawings , and otherinformation nec es s ary to fu lly d es c ribeitems need inginterpretation.

C . RFIForms : A IA D oc u mentG7 16 oru tilize d oc u mentation approved by O wner.

D . A rc hitec t's A c tion: A rc hitec twillreview eac h RFI, d etermine ac tion req u ired , and res pond .A llow s even working d ays for A rc hitec t's res pons e for eac h RFI. RFIs rec eived by A rc hitec tafter1 : 0 0 p. m . willbe c ons id ered as rec eived the following workingd ay.

1 . The followingRFIs willbe retu rned withou tac tion:

a. Req u es ts forapprovalofs u bmittals .b. Req u es ts forapprovalofs u bs titu tions .c . Req u es ts for c oord ination information alread y ind ic ated in the C ontrac t

D oc u ments .d . Req u es ts forad ju s tments in the C ontrac tTime orthe C ontrac tS u m .e. Req u es ts forinterpretation ofA rc hitec t's ac tions on s u bmittals .f. Inc omplete RFIs orinac c u rately prepared RFIs .

2 . A rc hitec t's ac tion may inc lu d e a req u es t for ad d itional information, in whic h c as eA rc hitec t's time forres pons e willd ate from time ofrec eiptofad d itionalinformation.

3. A rc hitec t's ac tion on RFIs thatmay res u ltin a c hange to the C ontrac tTime or theC ontrac tS u m may be eligible for C ontrac tor to s u bmitC hange P ropos alac c ord ing toD ivis ion 1 S ec tion "C ontrac tM od ific ation P roc ed u res . "


a. If C ontrac torbelieves the RFIres pons e warrants c hange in the C ontrac tTime orthe C ontrac tS u m , notify A rc hitec tin writing within 10 d ays of rec eiptof the RFIres pons e.

E . O n rec eiptofA rc hitec t's ac tion, u pd ate the RFIlog and immed iately d is tribu te the RFIres pons eto affec ted parties . Review res pons e and notify A rc hitec twithin s even d ays if C ontrac tord is agrees withres pons e.

F. RFIL og: P repare, maintain, and s u bmita tabu lar log of RFIs organized by the RFInu mber.S u bmitlogweekly. Us e C S IL ogForm 13. 2 B . Inc lu d e the following:

1 . P rojec tname.2 . N ame and ad d res s ofC ontrac tor.3. N ame and ad d res s ofA rc hitec t.4. RFInu mberinc lu d ingRFIs thatwere d ropped and nots u bmitted .5. RFId es c ription.6. D ate the RFIwas s u bmitted .7 . D ate A rc hitec t's res pons e was rec eived .8 . Id entific ation of related M inorC hange in the W ork, C ons tru c tion C hange D irec tive, and

P ropos alRequ es t, as appropriate.9. Id entific ation of related Field O rd er, W ork C hange D irec tive, and P ropos alReq u es t, as

appropriate.

1.6 PROJECT MEETINGS

A . General: S c hed u le and c ond u c tmeetings and c onferenc es atP rojec ts ite, u nles s otherwis eind ic ated .

1 . A ttend ees : Inform partic ipants and others involved , and ind ivid u als whos e pres enc e isreq u ired , of d ate and time of eac h meeting. N otify O wner and A rc hitec tof s c hed u ledmeetingd ates and times .

2 . A gend a: P repare the meetingagend a. D is tribu te the agend a to allinvited attend ees .3. M inu tes : Entity res pons ible forc ond u c tingmeeting willrec ord s ignific antd is c u s s ions and

agreements ac hieved . D is tribu te the meeting minu tes to everyone c onc erned , inc lu d ingO wnerand A rc hitec t, within three d ays ofthe meeting.

B . P rec ons tru c tion C onferenc e: A rc hitec twills c hed u le and c ond u c ta prec ons tru c tion c onferenc ebefore s tarting c ons tru c tion, ata time c onvenientto O wnerand A rc hitec t, bu tno laterthan 15d ays afterexec u tion ofthe A greement.

1 . A ttend ees : A u thorized repres entatives of O wner, A rc hitec t, and their c ons u ltants ;C ontrac torand its s u perintend ent; majors u bc ontrac tors ; s u ppliers ; and otherc onc ernedparties s hallattend the c onferenc e. P artic ipants atthe c onferenc e s hallbe familiarwithP rojec tand au thorized to c onc lu d e matters relatingto the W ork.

2 . A gend a: D is c u s s items ofs ignific anc e thatc ou ld affec tprogres s , inc lu d ingthe following:

a. Tentative c ons tru c tion s c hed u le.b. P has ing.c . C ritic alworks eq u enc ingand long-lead items .d . D es ignation ofkeypers onneland theird u ties .e . P roc ed u res forproc es s ingfield d ec is ions and C hange O rd ers .f. P roc ed u res forRFIs .


g. P roc ed u res fortes tingand ins pec ting.h. P roc ed u res forproc es s ingA pplic ations forP ayment.i. D is tribu tion ofthe C ontrac tD oc u ments .j. S u bmittalproc ed u res .k. S u s tainable d es ign req u irements .l. P reparation ofrec ord d oc u ments .m . Us e ofthe premis es .n. W orkres tric tions .o. W orkinghou rs .p. O wner's oc c u panc y req u irements .q . Res pons ibility fortemporary fac ilities and c ontrols .r. P roc ed u res formois tu re and mold c ontrol.s . P roc ed u res ford is ru ptions and s hu td owns .t. C ons tru c tion was te managementand rec yc ling.u . P arkingavailability.v. O ffic e, work, and s torage areas .w. Eq u ipmentd eliveries and priorities .x. Firs taid .y. S ec u rity.z. P rogres s c leaning.

3. M inu tes : Entity res pons ible for c ond u c ting meeting willrec ord and d is tribu te meetingminu tes .

C . P reins tallation C onferenc es : C ond u c ta preins tallation c onferenc e atP rojec ts ite before eac hc ons tru c tion ac tivity thatreq u ires c oord ination withotherc ons tru c tion.

1 . A ttend ees : Ins tallerand repres entatives ofmanu fac tu rers and fabric ators involved in oraffec ted by the ins tallation and its c oord ination or integration with other materials andins tallations thathave prec ed ed orwillfollow, s hallattend the meeting. A d vis e A rc hitec tofs c hed u led meetingd ates .

2 . A gend a: Review progres s of other c ons tru c tion ac tivities and preparations for thepartic u larac tivity u nd erc ons id eration, inc lu d ingreq u irements forthe following:

a. C ontrac tD oc u ments .b. O ptions .c . Related RFIs .d . Related C hange O rd ers .e . P u rc has es .f. D eliveries .g. S u bmittals .h. Review ofmoc ku ps .i. P os s ible c onflic ts .j. C ompatibility problems .k. Time s c hed u les .l. W eatherlimitations .m . M anu fac tu rer's written rec ommend ations .n. W arrantyreq u irements .o. C ompatibility ofmaterials .p. A c c eptability ofs u bs trates .q . Temporaryfac ilities and c ontrols .r. S pac e and ac c es s limitations .s . Regu lations ofau thorities havingju ris d ic tion.


t. Tes tingand ins pec tingreq u irements .u . Ins tallation proc ed u res .v. C oord ination withotherwork.w. Req u ired performanc e res u lts .x. P rotec tion ofad jac entwork.y. P rotec tion ofc ons tru c tion and pers onnel.

3. Rec ord s ignific antc onferenc e d is c u s s ions , agreements , and d is agreements , inc lu d ingreq u ired c orrec tive meas u res and ac tions .

4. Reporting: D is tribu te minu tes of the meeting to eac h party pres entand to otherpartiesreq u iringinformation.

5. D o notproc eed with ins tallation if the c onferenc e c annotbe s u c c es s fu lly c onc lu d ed .Initiate whatever ac tions are nec es s ary to res olve imped iments to performanc e of theW orkand rec onvene the c onferenc e atearlies tfeas ible d ate.

D . P rogres s M eetings : C ond u c tprogres s meetings atmonthly intervals .

1 . A ttend ees : In ad d ition to repres entatives of O wner and A rc hitec t, eac h c ontrac tor,s u bc ontrac tor, s u pplier, and otherentity c onc erned with c u rrentprogres s orinvolved inplanning, c oord ination, orperformanc e of fu tu re ac tivities s hallbe repres ented atthes emeetings . A llpartic ipants atthe meeting s hallbe familiarwith P rojec tand au thorized toc onc lu d e matters relatingto the W ork.

2 . A gend a: Review and c orrec torapprove minu tes ofpreviou s progres s meeting. Reviewother items of s ignific anc e thatc ou ld affec tprogres s . Inc lu d e topic s for d is c u s s ion asappropriate to s tatu s ofP rojec t.

a. C ontrac tor's C ons tru c tion S c hed u le: Review progres s s inc e the las tmeeting.D etermine whether eac h ac tivity is on time, ahead of s c hed u le, or behinds c hed u le, in relation to C ontrac tor's c ons tru c tion s c hed u le. D etermine howc ons tru c tion behind s c hed u le willbe exped ited ; s ec u re c ommitments from partiesinvolved to d o s o. D is c u s s whethers c hed u le revis ions are req u ired to ens u re thatc u rrentand s u bs eq u entac tivities willbe c ompleted within the C ontrac tTime.

1) Review s c hed u le fornextperiod .

b. Review pres entand fu tu re need s ofeac hentity pres ent, inc lu d ingthe following:

1) Interfac e req u irements .2) S eq u enc e ofoperations .3) S tatu s ofs u bmittals .4) D eliveries .5) O ff-s ite fabric ation.6) A c c es s .7 ) S ite u tilization.8 ) Temporaryfac ilities and c ontrols .9) P rogres s c leaning.1 0 ) Q u ality and works tand ard s .1 1) S tatu s ofc orrec tion ofd efic ientitems .1 2) Field obs ervations .13) S tatu s ofRFIs .14) S tatu s ofpropos alreq u es ts .15) P end ingc hanges .16) S tatu s ofC hange O rd ers .


1 7 ) P end ingc laims and d is pu tes .1 8 ) D oc u mentation ofinformation forpaymentreq u es ts .

3. M inu tes : Entity res pons ible for c ond u c ting the meeting willrec ord and d is tribu te themeetingminu tes to eac hparty pres entand to parties req u iringinformation.

a. S c hed u le Upd ating: Revis e C ontrac tor's c ons tru c tion s c hed u le after eac hprogres s meeting where revis ions to the s c hed u le have been mad e orrec ognized .Is s u e revis ed s c hed u le c onc u rrently withthe reportofeac hmeeting.




S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESC O N S TRUC TIO N P RO GRES S D O C UM EN TA TIO N 0 1 320 0 -1

SECTION 01 3200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A . S ec tion inc lu d es ad minis trative and proc ed u ralreq u irements for d oc u menting the progres s ofc ons tru c tion d u ringperformanc e ofthe W ork, inc lu d ingthe following:

1 . C ontrac tor's c ons tru c tion s c hed u le.2 . D aily c ons tru c tion reports .3. Field c ond ition reports .


1 . D ivis ion 1 S ec tion "S u mmary of M u ltiple C ontrac ts " for preparing a c ombinedC ontrac tor's C ons tru c tion S c hed u le.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A . A c tivity: A d is c rete partofa projec tthatc an be id entified forplanning, s c hed u ling, monitoring,and c ontrolling the c ons tru c tion projec t. A c tivities inc lu d ed in a c ons tru c tion s c hed u le c ons u metime and res ou rc es .

1 . C ritic alA c tivity: A n ac tivity on the c ritic alpath thatmu s ts tartand finis h on the plannedearly s tartand finis htimes .

2 . P red ec es s orA c tivity: A n ac tivity thatprec ed es anotherac tivity in the network.3. S u c c es s orA c tivity: A n ac tivity thatfollows anotherac tivity in the network.

B . C P M : C ritic alpathmethod , whic his a method ofplanningand s c hed u linga c ons tru c tion projec twhere ac tivities are arranged bas ed on ac tivity relations hips . N etwork c alc u lations d eterminewhen ac tivities c an be performed and the c ritic alpathofthe P rojec t.

C . C ritic alP ath: The longes tc onnec ted c hain of interd epend entac tivities throu gh the networks c hed u le thates tablis hes the minimu m overallP rojec td u ration and c ontains no float.

D . Float: The meas u re ofleeway in s tartingand c ompletingan ac tivity.

1 . Floattime is notforthe exc lu s ive u s e orbenefitof eitherO wnerorC ontrac tor, bu tis ajointly owned , expiring P rojec tres ou rc e available to both parties as need ed to meets c hed u le miles tones and C ontrac tc ompletion d ate.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A . FormatforS u bmittals : S u bmitreq u ired s u bmittals in the followingformat:

1 . P D F elec tronic file.2 . Two paperc opies .


B . S tart-u p N etwork D iagram : O f s ize req u ired to d is play entire network for entire c ons tru c tionperiod . S how logic ties forac tivities .

C . C ontrac tor's C ons tru c tion S c hed u le: Initials c hed u le, ofs ize req u ired to d is play entire s c hed u leforentire c ons tru c tion period .

1 . S u bmita working elec tronic c opy of s c hed u le, u s ing s oftware ind ic ated , and labeled toc omply withreq u irements fors u bmittals . Inc lu d e type ofs c hed u le (initialoru pd ated )andd ate on label.

D . C P M Reports : C onc u rrentwithC P M s c hed u le, s u bmiteac hofthe followingreports . Formatforeac h ac tivity in reports s hallc ontain ac tivity nu mber, ac tivity d es c ription, originald u ration,remaining d u ration, early s tartd ate, early finis h d ate, late s tartd ate, late finis h d ate, and totalfloatin c alend ard ays .

1 . A c tivity Report: L is tofallac tivities s orted by ac tivity nu mberand then early s tartd ate, orac tu als tartd ate ifknown.

2 . L ogic Report: L is tof prec ed ing and s u c c eed ing ac tivities for allac tivities , s orted inas c end ing ord er by ac tivity nu mber and then early s tartd ate, or ac tu als tartd ate ifknown.

3. TotalFloatReport: L is tofallac tivities s orted in as c end ingord eroftotalfloat.4. Earnings Report: C ompilation of C ontrac tor's totalearnings from the N otic e to P roc eed

u ntilmos trec entA pplic ation forP ayment.

E . D aily C ons tru c tion Reports : S u bmitatmonthly intervals .

F. Field C ond ition Reports : S u bmitattime ofd is c overy ofd ifferingc ond itions .

1.4 COORDINATION

A . C oord inate preparation and proc es s ing of s c hed u les and reports with performanc e ofc ons tru c tion ac tivities and withs c hed u lingand reportingofs eparate c ontrac tors .

B . C oord inate C ontrac tor's c ons tru c tion s c hed u le with the s c hed u le ofvalu es , lis tofs u bc ontrac ts ,s u bmittals c hed u le, progres s reports , paymentreq u es ts , and other req u ired s c hed u les andreports .

1 . S ec u re time c ommitments for performing c ritic alelements of the W ork from entitiesinvolved .

2 . C oord inate eac h c ons tru c tion ac tivity in the network with other ac tivities and s c hed u lethem in propers eq u enc e.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

A . Time Frame: Extend s c hed u le from d ate es tablis hed for the N otic e to P roc eed to d ate ofS u bs tantialC ompletion.


1 . C ontrac tc ompletion d ate s hallnotbe c hanged by s u bmis s ion of a s c hed u le thats howsan early c ompletion d ate, u nles s s pec ific ally au thorized by C hange O rd er.

B . A c tivities : Treateac h s tory ors eparate area as a s eparate nu mbered ac tivity foreac h princ ipalelementofthe W ork. C omply withthe following:

1 . A c tivity D u ration: D efine ac tivities s o no ac tivity is longer than 20 d ays , u nles ss pec ific ally allowed by A rc hitec t.

2 . P roc u rementA c tivities : Inc lu d e proc u rementproc es s ac tivities forthe following long leaditems and majoritems , req u iring a c yc le of more than 60 d ays , as s eparate ac tivities ins c hed u le. P roc u rement c yc le ac tivities inc lu d e, bu t are not limited to, s u bmittals ,approvals , pu rc has ing, fabric ation, and d elivery.

3. S u bmittalReview Time: Inc lu d e review and res u bmittaltimes ind ic ated in D ivis ion 1S ec tion "S u bmittal P roc ed u res " in s c hed u le. C oord inate s u bmittalreview times inC ontrac tor's c ons tru c tion s c hed u le withs u bmittals c hed u le.

4. S tartu pand Tes tingTime: Inc lu d e notles s than 15 d ays fors tartu pand tes ting.5. S u bs tantial C ompletion: Ind ic ate c ompletion in ad vanc e of d ate es tablis hed for

S u bs tantial C ompletion, and allow time for A rc hitec t's ad minis trative proc ed u resnec es s ary forc ertific ation ofS u bs tantialC ompletion.

6. P u nc h L is tand FinalC ompletion: Inc lu d e notmore than 30 d ays forpu nc h lis tand finalc ompletion.

C . C ons traints : Inc lu d e c ons traints and workres tric tions ind ic ated in the C ontrac tD oc u ments andas follows in s c hed u le, and s how how the s eq u enc e ofthe W orkis affec ted .

1 . P has ing: A rrange lis tofac tivities on s c hed u le by phas e.2 . W orku nd erM ore Than O ne C ontrac t: Inc lu d e a s eparate ac tivity foreac hc ontrac t.3. W ork by O wner: Inc lu d e a s eparate ac tivity foreac h portion of the W ork performed by

O wner.4. W orkRes tric tions : S how the effec tofthe followingitems on the s c hed u le:

a. C oord ination withexis tingc ons tru c tion.b. L imitations ofc ontinu ed oc c u panc ies .c . Uninterru ptible s ervic es .d . P artialoc c u panc y before S u bs tantialC ompletion.e. Us e ofpremis es res tric tions .f. P rovis ions forfu tu re c ons tru c tion.g. S eas onalvariations .h. Environmentalc ontrol.

5. W ork S tages : Ind ic ate importants tages of c ons tru c tion for eac h major portion of theW ork.

D . Rec overy S c hed u le: W hen period ic u pd ate ind ic ates the W ork is 14 or more c alend ar d aysbehind the c u rrentapproved s c hed u le, s u bmita s eparate rec overy s c hed u le ind ic ating meansby whic h C ontrac torintend s to regain c omplianc e withthe s c hed u le.

E . C ompu terS c hed u ling S oftware: P repare s c hed u les u s ingc u rrentvers ion ofa program thathasbeen d eveloped s pec ific ally to manage c ons tru c tion s c hed u les .


1 . Utilize s c hed u ling c omponentofprojec tW eb s ite s oftware s pec ified in D ivis ion 1 S ec tion"P rojec tM anagementand C oord ination" , for W ind ows XP or W ind ows Vis ta operatings ys tem .

2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART)

A . Gantt-C hartS c hed u le: S u bmita c omprehens ive, fu lly d eveloped , horizontalGantt-c hart-type,C ontrac tor's c ons tru c tion s c hed u le within 30 d ays ofd ate es tablis hed forthe N otic e to P roc eed .

B . P reparation: Ind ic ate eac h s ignific antc ons tru c tion ac tivity s eparately. Id entify firs tworkd ay ofeac hweekwitha c ontinu ou s vertic alline.

1 . For c ons tru c tion ac tivities thatreq u ire three months or longer to c omplete, ind ic ate anes timated c ompletion perc entage in 10 perc entinc rements within time bar.

2.3 REPORTS

A . D aily C ons tru c tion Reports : P repare a d aily c ons tru c tion report rec ord ing the followinginformation c onc erningevents atP rojec ts ite:

1 . L is tofs u bc ontrac tors atP rojec ts ite.2 . L is tofs eparate c ontrac tors atP rojec ts ite.3. A pproximate c ou ntofpers onnelatP rojec ts ite.4. Eq u ipmentatP rojec ts ite.5. M ateriald eliveries .6. H igh and low temperatu res and generalweatherc ond itions , inc lu d ing pres enc e ofrain or

s now.7 . A c c id ents .8 . M eetings and s ignific antd ec is ions .9. Unu s u alevents .1 0 . S toppages , d elays , s hortages , and los s es .1 1 . M eterread ings and s imilarrec ord ings .1 2 . Emergenc y proc ed u res .13. O rd ers and req u es ts ofau thorities havingju ris d ic tion.14. C hange O rd ers rec eived and implemented .15. C ons tru c tion C hange D irec tives rec eived and implemented .16. S ervic es c onnec ted and d is c onnec ted .1 7 . Eq u ipmentors ys tem tes ts and s tartu ps .1 8 . P artialc ompletions and oc c u panc ies .19. S u bs tantialC ompletions au thorized .

B . Field C ond ition Reports : Immed iately on d is c overy ofa d ifferenc e between field c ond itions andthe C ontrac tD oc u ments , prepare and s u bmita d etailed report. S u bmitwith a Requ es tforInformation. Inc lu d e a d etailed d es c ription of the d iffering c ond itions , together withrec ommend ations forc hangingthe C ontrac tD oc u ments .


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A . C ontrac tor's C ons tru c tion S c hed u le Upd ating: A tmonthly intervals , u pd ate s c hed u le to reflec tac tu alc ons tru c tion progres s and ac tivities . Is s u e s c hed u le one week before eac h regu larlys c hed u led progres s meeting.

1 . Revis e s c hed u le immed iately after eac h meeting or other ac tivity where revis ions havebeen rec ognized ormad e. Is s u e u pd ated s c hed u le c onc u rrently with the reportofeac hs u c hmeeting.

2 . Inc lu d e a reportwith u pd ated s c hed u le thatind ic ates every c hange, inc lu d ing, bu tnotlimited to, c hanges in logic , d u rations , ac tu als tarts and finis hes , and ac tivity d u rations .

3. A s the W orkprogres s es , ind ic ate finalc ompletion perc entage foreac hac tivity.

B . D is tribu tion: D is tribu te c opies ofapproved s c hed u le to A rc hitec t, O wner, s eparate c ontrac tors ,tes ting and ins pec ting agenc ies , and otherparties id entified by C ontrac torwith a need -to-knows c hed u le res pons ibility.

1 . P os tc opies in P rojec tmeetingrooms and temporary field offic es .2 . W hen revis ions are mad e, d is tribu te u pd ated s c hed u les to the s ame parties and pos tin

the s ame loc ations . D elete parties from d is tribu tion when they have c ompleted theiras s igned portion of the W ork and are no longerinvolved in performanc e of c ons tru c tionac tivities .


S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESS UB M ITTA L P RO C ED URES 0 1 330 0 -1

SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A . S ec tion inc lu d es req u irements for the s u bmittals c hed u le and ad minis trative and proc ed u ralreq u irements fors u bmittingS hopD rawings , P rod u c tD ata, S amples , and others u bmittals .

B . Related S ec tions :

1 . D ivis ion 0 1 S ec tion "C ons tru c tion P rogres s D oc u mentation" fors u bmitting s c hed u les andreports , inc lu d ingC ontrac tor's c ons tru c tion s c hed u le.

2 . D ivis ion 0 1 S ec tion "P rojec tRec ord D oc u ments " fors u bmitting rec ord D rawings , rec ordS pec ific ations , and rec ord P rod u c tD ata.

3. D ivis ion 0 1 S ec tion "O peration and M aintenanc e D ata" for s u bmitting operation andmaintenanc e manu als .

4. D ivis ion 0 1 S ec tion "D emons tration and Training" for s u bmitting vid eo rec ord ings ofd emons tration ofeq u ipmentand trainingofO wner's pers onnel.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A . A c tion S u bmittals : W ritten and graphic information and phys ic al s amples that req u ireA rc hitec t's res pons ive ac tion.

B . InformationalS u bmittals : W ritten and graphic information and phys ic als amples thatd o notreq u ire A rc hitec t's res pons ive ac tion. S u bmittals may be rejec ted for not c omplying withreq u irements .

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A . S u bmittalS c hed u le: S u bmita s c hed u le ofs u bmittals , arranged in c hronologic alord erby d atesreq u ired by c ons tru c tion s c hed u le. Inc lu d e time req u ired forreview, ord ering, manu fac tu ring,fabric ation, and d elivery when es tablis hing d ates . Inc lu d e ad d itionaltime req u ired formakingc orrec tions ormod ific ations to s u bmittals noted by the A rc hitec tand ad d itionaltime forhand lingand reviewings u bmittals req u ired by thos e c orrec tions .

1.4 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A . A rc hitec t's D igitalD ata Files : Elec tronic c opies of C A D D rawings of the C ontrac tD rawingswillnotbe provid ed by A rc hitec tforC ontrac tor's u s e in preparings u bmittals .

B . C oord ination: C oord inate preparation and proc es s ing of s u bmittals with performanc e ofc ons tru c tion ac tivities .

1 . C oord inate eac h s u bmittalwith fabric ation, pu rc has ing, tes ting, d elivery, others u bmittals ,and related ac tivities thatreq u ire s eq u entialac tivity.


2 . C oord inate trans mittalof d ifferenttypes of s u bmittals for related parts of the W ork s oproc es s ing willnotbe d elayed bec au s e of need to review s u bmittals c onc u rrently forc oord ination.

a. A rc hitec tres erves the rightto withhold ac tion on a s u bmittalreq u iring c oord inationwithothers u bmittals u ntilrelated s u bmittals are rec eived .

C . P roc es s ing Time: A llow time for s u bmittalreview, inc lu d ing time for res u bmittals , as follows .Time for review s hallc ommenc e on A rc hitec t's rec eiptof s u bmittal. N o extens ion of theC ontrac tTime willbe au thorized bec au s e offailu re to trans mits u bmittals enou gh in ad vanc e ofthe W orkto permitproc es s ing, inc lu d ingres u bmittals .

1 . InitialReview: A llow 15 d ays forinitialreview ofeac h s u bmittal. A llow ad d itionaltime ifc oord ination with s u bs eq u ents u bmittals is req u ired . A rc hitec twillad vis e C ontrac torwhen a s u bmittalbeingproc es s ed m u s tbe d elayed forc oord ination.

2 . Intermed iate Review: If intermed iate s u bmittalis nec es s ary, proc es s itin s ame manneras initials u bmittal.

3. Res u bmittalReview: A llow 15 d ays forreview ofeac hres u bmittal.

D . Id entific ation and Information: P lac e a permanentlabelor title bloc k on eac h paper c opys u bmittalitem forid entific ation.

1 . Ind ic ate name offirm orentity thatprepared eac hs u bmittalon labelortitle bloc k.2 . P rovid e a s pac e approximately 6 by 8 inc hes (150 by 20 0 mm)on labelorbes id e title

bloc kto rec ord C ontrac tor's review and approvalmarkings and ac tion taken by A rc hitec t.3. Inc lu d e the followinginformation forproc es s ingand rec ord ingac tion taken:

a. P rojec tname.b. D ate.c . N ame ofA rc hitec t.d . N ame ofC ons tru c tion M anager.e. N ame ofC ontrac tor.f. N ame ofs u bc ontrac tor.g. N ame ofs u pplier.h. N ame ofmanu fac tu rer.i. S u bmittalnu mberorotheru niqu e id entifier, inc lu d ingrevis ion id entifier.

1) S u bmittalnu mber s hallu s e S pec ific ation S ec tion nu mber followed by ad ec imalpointand then a s eq u entialnu mber(e. g. , 0 610 0 . 0 1). Res u bmittalss hall inc lu d e an alphabetic s u ffix after another d ec imal point (e. g. ,0 610 0 . 0 1 . A ).

j. N u mberand title ofappropriate S pec ific ation S ec tion.k. D rawingnu mberand d etailreferenc es , as appropriate.l. L oc ation(s )where prod u c tis to be ins talled , as appropriate.m . O thernec es s ary id entific ation.

E . Id entific ation and Information: Id entify and inc orporate information in eac h elec tronic s u bmittalfile as follows :

1 . A s s emble c omplete s u bmittalpac kage into a s ingle ind exed file with links enablingnavigation to eac hitem .

2 . N ame file withs u bmittalnu mberorotheru niqu e id entifier, inc lu d ingrevis ion id entifier.


a. File name s hallu s e projec tid entifierand S pec ific ation S ec tion nu mberfollowed bya d ec imal point and then a s eq u ential nu mber (e. g. , L N H S -0 610 0 . 0 1).Res u bmittals s hallinc lu d e an alphabetic s u ffix after another d ec imalpoint(e. g. ,L N H S -0 610 0 . 0 1 . A ).

3. P rovid e means for ins ertion to permanently rec ord C ontrac tor's review and approvalmarkings and ac tion taken by A rc hitec t.

4. Inc lu d e the followinginformation on an ins erted c overs heet:

a. P rojec tname.b. D ate.c . N ame and ad d res s ofA rc hitec t.d . N ame ofC ons tru c tion M anager.e. N ame ofC ontrac tor.f. N ame offirm orentity thatprepared s u bmittal.g. N ame ofs u bc ontrac tor.h. N ame ofs u pplier.i. N ame ofmanu fac tu rer.j. N u mberand title ofappropriate S pec ific ation S ec tion.k. D rawingnu mberand d etailreferenc es , as appropriate.l. L oc ation(s )where prod u c tis to be ins talled , as appropriate.m . Related phys ic als amples s u bmitted d irec tly.n. O thernec es s ary id entific ation.

F. O ptions : Id entify options req u irings elec tion by the A rc hitec t.

G. D eviations : Id entify d eviations from the C ontrac tD oc u ments on s u bmittals .

H . A d d itionalP aperC opies : Unles s ad d itionalc opies are req u ired forfinals u bmittal, and u nles sA rc hitec tobs erves nonc omplianc e with provis ions in the C ontrac tD oc u ments , initials u bmittalmay s erve as finals u bmittal.

1 . S u bmitone c opy of s u bmittalto c onc u rrentreviewerin ad d ition to s pec ified nu mberofc opies to A rc hitec t.

I. Trans mittal: A s s emble eac h s u bmittal ind ivid u ally and appropriately for trans mittal andhand ling. Trans miteac h s u bmittalu s ing a trans mittalform . A rc hitec twillretu rn s u bmittals ,withou treview, rec eived from s ou rc es otherthan C ontrac tor.

1 . Trans mittalForm : Us e A IA D oc u mentG8 10 .2 . O n an attac hed s eparate s heet, prepared on C ontrac tor's letterhead , rec ord relevant

information, req u es ts for d ata, revis ions other than thos e req u es ted by A rc hitec tonpreviou s s u bmittals , and d eviations from req u irements in the C ontrac t D oc u ments ,inc lu d ing minor variations and limitations . Inc lu d e s ame id entific ation information asrelated s u bmittal.

J. Res u bmittals : M ake res u bmittals in s ame form and nu mberofc opies as initials u bmittal.

1 . N ote d ate and c ontentofpreviou s s u bmittal.2 . N ote d ate and c ontentof revis ion in labelor title bloc k and c learly ind ic ate extentof

revis ion.3. Res u bmits u bmittals u ntilthey are marked with approvalnotation from A rc hitec t's ac tion

s tamp.


K. D is tribu tion: Fu rnis h c opies of finals u bmittals to manu fac tu rers , s u bc ontrac tors , s u ppliers ,fabric ators , ins tallers , au thorities havingju ris d ic tion, and others as nec es s ary forperformanc e ofc ons tru c tion ac tivities . S how d is tribu tion on trans mittalforms .

L . Us e for C ons tru c tion: Us e only finals u bmittals thatare marked with approvalnotation fromA rc hitec t's ac tion s tamp.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A . GeneralS u bmittalP roc ed u re Req u irements :

1 . S u bmitelec tronic s u bmittals via emailas P D F elec tronic files .

a. A rc hitec twillretu rn annotated file. A nnotate and retain one c opy of file as anelec tronic P rojec trec ord d oc u mentfile.

2 . A c tion S u bmittals : S u bmitelec tronic s u bmittals via emailas P D F elec tronic files .3. InformationalS u bmittals : S u bmitelec tronic s u bmittals via emailas P D F elec tronic files .4. C los eou tS u bmittals and M aintenanc e M aterialS u bmittals : C omply with req u irements

s pec ified in D ivis ion 1 S ec tion " C los eou tP roc ed u res . "5. C ertific ates and C ertific ations S u bmittals : P rovid e a s tatementthatinc lu d es s ignatu re of

entity res pons ible for preparing c ertific ation. C ertific ates and c ertific ations s hallbes igned by an offic er or other ind ivid u alau thorized to s ign d oc u ments on behalf of thatentity.

a. P rovid e a d igital s ignatu re with d igital c ertific ate on elec tronic ally-s u bmittedc ertific ates and c ertific ations where ind ic ated .

b. P rovid e a notarized s tatementon originalpaperc opy c ertific ates and c ertific ationswhere ind ic ated .

6. Tes t and Ins pec tion Reports S u bmittals : C omply with req u irements s pec ified inD ivis ion 1 S ec tion "Q u ality Requ irements . "

B . P rod u c tD ata: C ollec tinformation into a s ingle s u bmittalforeac h elementof c ons tru c tion andtype ofprod u c toreq u ipment.

1 . Ifinformation mu s tbe s pec ially prepared fors u bmittalbec au s e s tand ard pu blis hed d ataare nots u itable foru s e, s u bmitas S hopD rawings , notas P rod u c tD ata.

2 . M arkeac hc opy ofeac hs u bmittalto s how whic hprod u c ts and options are applic able.3. Inc lu d e the followinginformation, as applic able:

a. M anu fac tu rer's c atalogc u ts .b. M anu fac tu rer's prod u c ts pec ific ations .c . S tand ard c olorc harts .d . S tatementofc omplianc e withs pec ified referenc ed s tand ard s .e . Tes tingby rec ognized tes tingagenc y.f. A pplic ation oftes tingagenc y labels and s eals .g. N otation ofc oord ination req u irements .h. A vailability and d elivery time information.


4. Foreq u ipment, inc lu d e the followingin ad d ition to the above, as applic able:

a. W iringd iagrams s howingfac tory-ins talled wiring.b. P rinted performanc e c u rves .c . O perationalrange d iagrams .d . C learanc es req u ired to otherc ons tru c tion, ifnotind ic ated on ac c ompanying S hop

D rawings .

5. S u bmitP rod u c tD ata before orc onc u rrentwithS amples .6. S u bmitP rod u c tD ata in the followingformat:

a. P D F elec tronic file.

C . S hop D rawings : P repare P rojec t-s pec ific information, d rawn ac c u rately to s c ale. D o notbas eS hopD rawings on reprod u c tions ofthe C ontrac tD oc u ments ors tand ard printed d ata.

1 . P reparation: Fu lly illu s trate req u irements in the C ontrac t D oc u ments . Inc lu d e thefollowinginformation, as applic able:

a. Id entific ation ofprod u c ts .b. S c hed u les .c . C omplianc e withs pec ified s tand ard s .d . N otation ofc oord ination req u irements .e. N otation ofd imens ions es tablis hed by field meas u rement.f. Relations hipand attac hmentto ad joiningc ons tru c tion c learly ind ic ated .g. S ealand s ignatu re ofprofes s ionalengineerifs pec ified .

2 . S heetS ize: Exc eptfortemplates , patterns , and s imilarfu ll-s ize d rawings , s u bmitS hopD rawings on s heets atleas t8 -1/2 by 11 inc hes (215 by 2 8 0 mm)bu tno largerthan 30 by42 inc hes (7 50 by 1 0 67 mm).

3. S u bmitS hopD rawings in the followingformat:


D . S amples : S u bmitS amples forreview of kind , c olor, pattern, and textu re fora c hec k of thes ec harac teris tic s with other elements and for a c omparis on of thes e c harac teris tic s betweens u bmittaland ac tu alc omponentas d elivered and ins talled .

1 . Trans mit S amples that c ontain mu ltiple, related c omponents s u c h as ac c es s oriestogetherin one s u bmittalpac kage.

2 . Id entific ation: A ttac hlabelon u nexpos ed s id e ofS amples thatinc lu d es the following:

a. Generic d es c ription ofS ample.b. P rod u c tname and name ofmanu fac tu rer.c . S ample s ou rc e.d . N u mberand title ofapplic able S pec ific ation S ec tion.

3. D is pos ition: M aintain s ets of approved S amples atP rojec ts ite, available for qu ality-c ontrolc omparis ons throu ghou tthe c ou rs e ofc ons tru c tion ac tivity. S ample s ets may beu s ed to d etermine finalac c eptanc e ofc ons tru c tion as s oc iated witheac hs et.


a. S amples that may be inc orporated into the W ork are ind ic ated in ind ivid u alS pec ific ation S ec tions . S u c h S amples m u s tbe in an u nd amaged c ond ition attimeofu s e.

b. S amples notinc orporated into the W ork, or otherwis e d es ignated as O wner'sproperty, are the property ofC ontrac tor.

4. S amples for InitialS elec tion: S u bmitmanu fac tu rer's c olor c harts c ons is ting of u nits ors ec tions ofu nits s howingthe fu llrange ofc olors , textu res , and patterns available.

a. N u mber of S amples : S u bmitone fu lls et(s ) of available c hoic es where c olor,pattern, textu re, or s imilar c harac teris tic s are req u ired to be s elec ted frommanu fac tu rer's prod u c tline. A rc hitec twillretu rn s u bmittalwithoptions s elec ted .

5. S amples for Verific ation: S u bmitfu ll-s ize u nits or S amples of s ize ind ic ated , preparedfrom s ame materialto be u s ed forthe W ork, c u red and finis hed in manners pec ified , andphys ic ally id entic alwith materialorprod u c tpropos ed foru s e, and thats how fu llrange ofc olor and textu re variations expec ted . S amples inc lu d e, bu tare notlimited to, thefollowing: partials ec tions of manu fac tu red or fabric ated c omponents ; s mallc u ts orc ontainers of materials ; c omplete u nits of repetitively u s ed materials ; s watc hes s howingc olor, textu re, and pattern; c olor range s ets ; and c omponents u s ed for ind epend enttes tingand ins pec tion.

a. N u mber of S amples : S u bmitthree s ets of S amples . A rc hitec twillretain twoS ample s ets ; remaind erwillbe retu rned . M ark u p and retain one retu rned S amples etas a P rojec trec ord s ample.

1) If variation in c olor, pattern, textu re, or other c harac teris tic is inherentinmaterialorprod u c trepres ented by a S ample, s u bmitatleas tthree s ets ofpaired u nits thats how approximate limits ofvariations .

E . P rod u c tS c hed u le: A s req u ired in ind ivid u alS pec ific ation S ec tions , prepare a written s u mmaryind ic ating types of prod u c ts req u ired for the W ork and their intend ed loc ation. Inc lu d e thefollowinginformation in tabu larform :

1 . S u bmitprod u c ts c hed u le in the followingformat:


F. C ontrac tor's C ons tru c tion S c hed u le: C omply with req u irements s pec ified in D ivis ion 1 S ec tion"C ons tru c tion P rogres s D oc u mentation. "

G. A pplic ation for P ayment: C omply with req u irements s pec ified in D ivis ion 1 S ec tion " P aymentP roc ed u res . "

H . S c hed u le of Valu es : C omply with req u irements s pec ified in D ivis ion 1 S ec tion "P aymentP roc ed u res . "

I. S u bc ontrac tL is t: P repare a written s u mmary id entifying ind ivid u als orfirms propos ed foreac hportion of the W ork, inc lu d ing thos e who are to fu rnis h prod u c ts oreq u ipmentfabric ated to as pec iald es ign. Us e C S IForm 1 . 5A .

1 . S u bmits u bc ontrac tlis tin the followingformat:


a. P D F elec tronic file.b. N u mber of C opies : Three paper c opies of s u bc ontrac tor lis t, u nles s otherwis e

ind ic ated . A rc hitec twillretu rn two c opies .

J. C oord ination D rawings : C omply with req u irements s pec ified in D ivis ion 1 S ec tion "P rojec tM anagementand C oord ination. "

K. Q u alific ation D ata: P repare written information thatd emons trates c apabilities and experienc e offirm orpers on. Inc lu d e lis ts of c ompleted projec ts with projec tnames and ad d res s es , c ontac tinformation ofarc hitec ts and owners , and otherinformation s pec ified .

L . W eld ing C ertific ates : P repare written c ertific ation that weld ing proc ed u res and pers onnelc omply with req u irements in the C ontrac tD oc u ments . S u bmitrec ord of W eld ing P roc ed u reS pec ific ation and P roc ed u re Q u alific ation Rec ord on A meric an W eld ing S oc iety (A W S )forms .Inc lu d e names offirms and pers onnelc ertified .

M . Ins taller C ertific ates : S u bmitwritten s tatements on manu fac tu rer's letterhead c ertifying thatIns taller c omplies with req u irements in the C ontrac t D oc u ments and , where req u ired , isau thorized by manu fac tu rerforthis s pec ific P rojec t.

N . M anu fac tu rer C ertific ates : S u bmitwritten s tatements on manu fac tu rer's letterhead c ertifyingthatmanu fac tu rerc omplies with req u irements in the C ontrac tD oc u ments . Inc lu d e evid enc e ofmanu fac tu ringexperienc e where req u ired .

O . P rod u c tC ertific ates : S u bmitwritten s tatements on manu fac tu rer's letterhead c ertifying thatprod u c tc omplies withreq u irements in the C ontrac tD oc u ments .

P . M aterialC ertific ates : S u bmitwritten s tatements on manu fac tu rer's letterhead c ertifying thatmaterialc omplies withreq u irements in the C ontrac tD oc u ments .

Q . M aterialTes tReports : S u bmitreports written by a qu alified tes ting agenc y, on tes ting agenc y'ss tand ard form , ind ic ating and interpreting tes t res u lts of material for c omplianc e withreq u irements in the C ontrac tD oc u ments .

R. P rod u c t Tes t Reports : S u bmit written reports ind ic ating c u rrent prod u c t prod u c ed bymanu fac tu rer c omplies with req u irements in the C ontrac t D oc u ments . B as e reports onevalu ation of tes ts performed by manu fac tu rerand witnes s ed by a qu alified tes ting agenc y, oron c omprehens ive tes ts performed by a q u alified tes tingagenc y.

S . Res earc h Reports : S u bmitwritten evid enc e, from a mod elc od e organization ac c eptable toau thorities havingju ris d ic tion, thatprod u c tc omplies withbu ild ingc od e in effec tforP rojec t.

T. S c hed u le of Tes ts and Ins pec tions : C omply with req u irements s pec ified in D ivis ion 1 S ec tion"Q u ality Requ irements . "

U. P rec ons tru c tion Tes tReports : S u bmitreports written by a qu alified tes ting agenc y, on tes tingagenc y's s tand ard form , ind ic ating and interpreting res u lts oftes ts performed before ins tallationofprod u c t, forc omplianc e withperformanc e req u irements in the C ontrac tD oc u ments .

V . C ompatibility Tes tReports : S u bmitreports written by a qu alified tes ting agenc y, on tes tingagenc y's s tand ard form , ind ic ating and interpreting res u lts of c ompatibility tes ts performedbefore ins tallation of prod u c t. Inc lu d e written rec ommend ations for primers and s u bs tratepreparation need ed forad hes ion.


W . Field Tes tReports : S u bmitreports ind ic ating and interpreting res u lts of field tes ts performedeither d u ring ins tallation of prod u c t or after prod u c t is ins talled in its final loc ation, forc omplianc e withreq u irements in the C ontrac tD oc u ments .

X . M aintenanc e D ata: C omply with req u irements s pec ified in D ivis ion 1 S ec tion "O peration andM aintenanc e D ata. "

Y . D es ign D ata: P repare and s u bmitwritten and graphic information, inc lu d ing, bu tnotlimited to,performanc e and d es ign c riteria, lis tof applic able c od es and regu lations , and c alc u lations .Inc lu d e lis tofas s u mptions and otherperformanc e and d es ign c riteria and a s u mmary ofload s .Inc lu d e load d iagrams if applic able. P rovid e name and vers ion of s oftware, if any, u s ed forc alc u lations . Inc lu d e page nu mbers .

2.2 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES

A . P erformanc e and D es ign C riteria: W here profes s ionald es ign s ervic es or c ertific ations by ad es ign profes s ionalare s pec ific ally req u ired of C ontrac torby the C ontrac tD oc u ments , provid eprod u c ts and s ys tems c omplyingwiths pec ific performanc e and d es ign c riteria ind ic ated .

1 . Ifc riteria ind ic ated are nots u ffic ientto perform s ervic es orc ertific ation req u ired , s u bmitawritten req u es tforad d itionalinformation to A rc hitec t.

B . D elegated -D es ign S ervic es C ertific ation: In ad d ition to S hopD rawings , P rod u c tD ata, and otherreq u ired s u bmittals , s u bmit three paper c opies of c ertific ate, s igned and s ealed by theres pons ible d es ign profes s ional, for eac h prod u c t and s ys tem s pec ific ally as s igned toC ontrac torto be d es igned orc ertified by a d es ign profes s ional.

1 . Ind ic ate thatprod u c ts and s ys tems c omply with performanc e and d es ign c riteria in theC ontrac tD oc u ments . Inc lu d e lis tof c od es , load s , and otherfac tors u s ed in performingthes e s ervic es .

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW

A . A c tion and InformationalS u bmittals : Review eac h s u bmittaland c hec k for c oord ination withotherW orkofthe C ontrac tand forc omplianc e with the C ontrac tD oc u ments . N ote c orrec tionsand field d imens ions . M arkwithapprovals tampbefore s u bmittingto A rc hitec t.

B . P rojec tC los eou tand M aintenanc e/M aterialS u bmittals : Refer to req u irements in D ivis ion 1S ec tion "C los eou tP roc ed u res . "

C . A pprovalS tamp: S tamp eac h s u bmittalwith a u niform , approvals tamp. Inc lu d e P rojec tnameand loc ation, s u bmittalnu mber, S pec ific ation S ec tion title and nu mber, name ofreviewer, d ateof C ontrac tor's approval, and s tatementc ertifying thats u bmittalhas been reviewed , c hec ked ,and approved forc omplianc e withthe C ontrac tD oc u ments .


3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION

A . General: A rc hitec twillnotreview s u bmittals thatd o notbearC ontrac tor's approvals tamp andwillretu rn them withou tac tion.

B . A c tion S u bmittals : A rc hitec twillreview eac h s u bmittal, make marks to ind ic ate c orrec tions ormod ific ations req u ired , and retu rn it. A rc hitec twills tamp eac h s u bmittalwith an ac tion s tampand willmarks tampappropriately to ind ic ate ac tion.

C . InformationalS u bmittals : A rc hitec twillreview eac h s u bmittaland willnotretu rn it, orwillretu rnitif itd oes notc omply with req u irements . A rc hitec twillforward eac h s u bmittalto appropriateparty.

D . Inc omplete s u bmittals are not ac c eptable, willbe c ons id ered nonres pons ive, and willberetu rned withou treview.

E . S u bmittals not req u ired by the C ontrac t D oc u ments may not be reviewed and may bed is c ard ed .


S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESQ UA L ITY REQ UIREM EN TS 0 1 40 0 0 -1

SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A . S ec tion inc lu d es ad minis trative and proc ed u ralreq u irements forq u ality as s u ranc e and q u alityc ontrol.

B . Tes tingand ins pec ting s ervic es are req u ired to verify c omplianc e with req u irements s pec ified orind ic ated . Thes e s ervic es d o notrelieve C ontrac tor of res pons ibility for c omplianc e with theC ontrac tD oc u mentreq u irements .

1 . S pec ified tes ts , ins pec tions , and related ac tions d o notlimitC ontrac tor's other qu ality-as s u ranc e and -c ontrolproc ed u res thatfac ilitate c omplianc e with the C ontrac tD oc u mentreq u irements .

2 . Req u irements forC ontrac torto provid e q u ality-as s u ranc e and -c ontrols ervic es req u iredby A rc hitec t, O wner, orau thorities having ju ris d ic tion are notlimited by provis ions ofthisS ec tion.

C . Related S ec tions :

1 . D ivis ions 2 throu gh33 S ec tions fors pec ific tes tand ins pec tion req u irements .

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A . Q u ality-A s s u ranc e S ervic es : A c tivities , ac tions , and proc ed u res performed before and d u ringexec u tion ofthe W orkto gu ard agains td efec ts and d efic ienc ies and s u bs tantiate thatpropos edc ons tru c tion willc omply withreq u irements .

B . Q u ality-C ontrolS ervic es : Tes ts , ins pec tions , proc ed u res , and related ac tions d u ring and afterexec u tion of the W ork to evalu ate that ac tu al prod u c ts inc orporated into the W ork andc ompleted c ons tru c tion c omply with req u irements . S ervic es d o not inc lu d e c ontrac tenforc ementac tivities performed by A rc hitec t.

C . M oc ku ps : Fu lls ize phys ic alas s emblies thatare c ons tru c ted on-s ite. M oc ku ps are c ons tru c tedto verify s elec tions mad e u nd ers ample s u bmittals ; to d emons trate aes thetic effec ts and , whereind ic ated , q u alities of materials and exec u tion; to review c oord ination, tes ting, oroperation; tos how interfac e between d is s imilar materials ; and to d emons trate c omplianc e with s pec ifiedins tallation toleranc es . M oc ku ps are not S amples . Unles s otherwis e ind ic ated , approvedmoc ku ps es tablis hthe s tand ard by whic hthe W orkwillbe ju d ged .

D . P rec ons tru c tion Tes ting: Tes ts and ins pec tions performed s pec ific ally for the P rojec tbeforeprod u c ts and materials are inc orporated into the W orkto verify performanc e orc omplianc e withs pec ified c riteria.

E . P rod u c tTes ting: Tes ts and ins pec tions thatare performed by an N RTL , an N VL A P , ora tes tingagenc y q u alified to c ond u c tprod u c ttes ting and ac c eptable to au thorities having ju ris d ic tion, toes tablis hprod u c tperformanc e and c omplianc e withs pec ified req u irements .


F. S ou rc e Q u ality-C ontrolTes ting: Tes ts and ins pec tions thatare performed atthe s ou rc e, i. e . ,plant, mill, fac tory, ors hop.

G. Field Q u ality-C ontrolTes ting: Tes ts and ins pec tions thatare performed on-s ite forins tallationofthe W orkand forc ompleted W ork.

H . Tes ting A genc y: A n entity engaged to perform s pec ific tes ts , ins pec tions , or both. Tes tinglaboratory s hallmean the s ame as tes tingagenc y.

I. Ins taller/A pplic ator/Erec tor: C ontrac tor or another entity engaged by C ontrac tor as anemployee, S u bc ontrac tor, orS u b-s u bc ontrac tor, to perform a partic u larc ons tru c tion operation,inc lu d ingins tallation, erec tion, applic ation, and s imilaroperations .

1 . Us e of trad e-s pec ific terminology in referring to a trad e or entity d oes notreq u ire thatc ertain c ons tru c tion ac tivities be performed by ac c red ited oru nionized ind ivid u als , orthatreq u irements s pec ified apply exc lu s ively to s pec ific trad e ortrad es .

J. Experienc ed : W hen u s ed with an entity orind ivid u al, "experienc ed " means having s u c c es s fu llyc ompleted a minimu m offive previou s projec ts s imilarin natu re, s ize, and extentto this P rojec t;being familiar with s pec ialreq u irements ind ic ated ; and having c omplied with req u irements ofau thorities havingju ris d ic tion.

1.3 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS

A . Referenc ed S tand ard s : If c omplianc e with two or more s tand ard s is s pec ified and thes tand ard s es tablis h d ifferentorc onflic tingreq u irements forminimu m qu antities orq u ality levels ,c omply with the mos ts tringentreq u irement. Refer c onflic ting req u irements thatare d ifferent,bu tapparently eq u al, to A rc hitec tfora d ec is ion before proc eed ing.

B . M inimu m Q u antity orQ u ality L evels : The q u antity orqu ality levels hown ors pec ified s hallbethe minimu m provid ed or performed . The ac tu alins tallation may c omply exac tly with theminimu m qu antity orqu ality s pec ified , oritmay exc eed the minimu m within reas onable limits .To c omply with thes e req u irements , ind ic ated nu meric valu es are minimu m or maximu m , asappropriate, for the c ontextof req u irements . Refer u nc ertainties to A rc hitec tfor a d ec is ionbefore proc eed ing.


A . C ontrac tor's S tatementof Res pons ibility: W hen req u ired by au thorities having ju ris d ic tion,s u bmitc opy of written s tatementof res pons ibility s entto au thorities having ju ris d ic tion befores tartingworkon the followings ys tems .

1 . S eis mic -forc e res is ting s ys tem , d es ignated s eis mic s ys tem , or c omponentlis ted in thed es ignated s eis mic s ys tem qu ality as s u ranc e plan prepared by the A rc hitec t.

2 . M ain wind -forc e res is ting s ys tem ora wind -res is ting c omponentlis ted in the wind -forc e-res is tings ys tem qu ality as s u ranc e plan prepared by the A rc hitec t.

B . Tes ting A genc y Q u alific ations : Fortes ting agenc ies s pec ified in "Q u ality A s s u ranc e" A rtic le tod emons trate theirc apabilities and experienc e. Inc lu d e proof of q u alific ations in the form of arec entreporton the ins pec tion ofthe tes tingagenc y by a rec ognized au thority.


1.5 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS

A . Tes tand Ins pec tion Reports : P repare and s u bmitc ertified written reports s pec ified in otherS ec tions . Inc lu d e the following:

1 . D ate ofis s u e.2 . P rojec ttitle and nu mber.3. N ame, ad d res s , and telephone nu mberoftes tingagenc y.4. D ates and loc ations ofs amples and tes ts orins pec tions .5. N ames ofind ivid u als makingtes ts and ins pec tions .6. D es c ription ofthe W orkand tes tand ins pec tion method .7 . Id entific ation ofprod u c tand S pec ific ation S ec tion.8 . C omplete tes torins pec tion d ata.9. Tes tand ins pec tion res u lts and an interpretation oftes tres u lts .1 0 . Rec ord of temperatu re and weatherc ond itions attime of s ample taking and tes ting and

ins pec ting.11 . C omments or profes s ionalopinion on whether tes ted or ins pec ted W ork c omplies with

the C ontrac tD oc u mentreq u irements .1 2 . N ame and s ignatu re oflaboratory ins pec tor.13. Rec ommend ations on retes tingand reins pec ting.

B . M anu fac tu rer's Field Reports : P repare written information d oc u menting tes ts and ins pec tionss pec ified in otherS ec tions . Inc lu d e the following:

1 . N ame, ad d res s , and telephone nu mberofrepres entative makingreport.2 . S tatementon c ond ition ofs u bs trates and theirac c eptability forins tallation ofprod u c t.3. S u mmary of ins tallation proc ed u res being followed , whether they c omply with

req u irements and , ifnot, whatc orrec tive ac tion was taken.4. Res u lts ofoperationaland othertes ts and a s tatementofwhetherobs erved performanc e

c omplies withreq u irements .5. O therreq u ired items ind ic ated in ind ivid u alS pec ific ation S ec tions .

C . P ermits , L ic ens es , and C ertific ates : ForO wner's rec ord s , s u bmitc opies of permits , lic ens es ,c ertific ations , ins pec tion reports , releas es , ju ris d ic tionals ettlements , notic es , rec eipts for feepayments , ju d gments , c orres pond enc e, rec ord s , and s imilar d oc u ments , es tablis hed forc omplianc e withs tand ard s and regu lations bearingon performanc e ofthe W ork.


A . General: Q u alific ations paragraphs in this artic le es tablis h the minimu m qu alific ation levelsreq u ired ; ind ivid u alS pec ific ation S ec tions s pec ify ad d itionalreq u irements .

B . M anu fac tu rerQ u alific ations : A firm experienc ed in manu fac tu ring prod u c ts ors ys tems s imilarto thos e ind ic ated for this P rojec tand with a rec ord of s u c c es s fu lin-s ervic e performanc e, aswellas s u ffic ientprod u c tion c apac ity to prod u c e req u ired u nits .

C . Fabric atorQ u alific ations : A firm experienc ed in prod u c ing prod u c ts s imilarto thos e ind ic atedfor this P rojec tand with a rec ord of s u c c es s fu lin-s ervic e performanc e, as wellas s u ffic ientprod u c tion c apac ity to prod u c e req u ired u nits .


D . Ins taller Q u alific ations : A firm or ind ivid u alexperienc ed in ins talling, erec ting, or as s emblingwork s imilarin material, d es ign, and extentto thatind ic ated forthis P rojec t, whos e work hasres u lted in c ons tru c tion witha rec ord ofs u c c es s fu lin-s ervic e performanc e.

E . P rofes s ionalEngineer Q u alific ations : A profes s ionalengineer who is legally q u alified toprac tic e in ju ris d ic tion where P rojec tis loc ated and who is experienc ed in provid ing engineerings ervic es of the kind ind ic ated . Engineering s ervic es are d efined as thos e performed forins tallations of the s ys tem , as s embly, or prod u c tthatare s imilar to thos e ind ic ated for thisP rojec tin material, d es ign, and extent.

F. S pec ialis ts : C ertain S pec ific ation S ec tions req u ire thats pec ific c ons tru c tion ac tivities s hallbeperformed by entities who are rec ognized experts in thos e operations . S pec ialis ts s halls atis fyq u alific ation req u irements ind ic ated and s hallbe engaged forthe ac tivities ind ic ated .

1 . Req u irements of au thorities having ju ris d ic tion s hall s u pers ed e req u irements fors pec ialis ts .

G. Tes ting A genc y Q u alific ations : A n N RTL , an N VL A P , or an ind epend entagenc y with theexperienc e and c apability to c ond u c ttes tingand ins pec tingind ic ated , as d oc u mented ac c ord ingto A S TM E 329; and with ad d itionalq u alific ations s pec ified in ind ivid u alS ec tions ; and wherereq u ired by au thorities havingju ris d ic tion, thatis ac c eptable to au thorities .

1 . N RTL : A nationally rec ognized tes tinglaboratory ac c ord ingto 29 C FR 191 0 . 7 .2 . N VL A P : A tes ting agenc y ac c red ited ac c ord ing to N IS T's N ationalVolu ntary L aboratory

A c c red itation P rogram .

H . M anu fac tu rer's Repres entative Q u alific ations : A n au thorized repres entative of manu fac tu rerwho is trained and approved by manu fac tu rer to obs erve and ins pec t ins tallation ofmanu fac tu rer's prod u c ts thatare s imilar in material, d es ign, and extentto thos e ind ic ated forthis P rojec t.

I. P rec ons tru c tion Tes ting: W here tes ting agenc y is ind ic ated to perform prec ons tru c tion tes tingforc omplianc e with s pec ified req u irements forperformanc e and tes tmethod s , c omply with thefollowing:

1 . C ontrac torres pons ibilities inc lu d e the following:

a. P rovid e tes ts pec imens repres entative ofpropos ed prod u c ts and c ons tru c tion.b. S u bmits pec imens in a timely mannerwith s u ffic ienttime fortes ting and analyzing

res u lts to preventd elayingthe W ork.c . B u ild laboratory moc ku ps attes tingfac ility u s ingpers onnel, prod u c ts , and method s

ofc ons tru c tion ind ic ated forthe c ompleted W ork.d . W hen tes ting is c omplete, remove tes ts pec imens , as s emblies , moc ku ps , and

laboratory moc ku ps ; d o notreu s e prod u c ts on P rojec t.

2 . Tes tingA genc y Res pons ibilities : S u bmita c ertified written reportofeac htes t, ins pec tion,and s imilarq u ality-as s u ranc e s ervic e to A rc hitec t, with c opy to C ontrac tor. Interprettes tsand ins pec tions and s tate in eac h reportwhether tes ted and ins pec ted work c omplieswithord eviates from the C ontrac tD oc u ments .

J. M oc ku ps : B efore ins talling portions of the W ork requ iring moc ku ps , bu ild moc ku ps for eac hform of c ons tru c tion and finis h req u ired to c omply with the following req u irements , u s ingmaterials ind ic ated forthe c ompleted W ork:


1 . B u ild moc ku ps in loc ation and of s ize ind ic ated or, if notind ic ated , as d irec ted byA rc hitec t.

2 . N otify A rc hitec ts even d ays in ad vanc e of d ates and times when moc ku ps willbec ons tru c ted .

3. D emons trate the propos ed range ofaes thetic effec ts and workmans hip.4. O btain A rc hitec t's approvalofmoc ku ps before s tartingwork, fabric ation, orc ons tru c tion.

a. A llow s even d ays forinitialreview and eac hre-review ofeac hmoc ku p.

5. M aintain moc ku ps d u ring c ons tru c tion in an u nd is tu rbed c ond ition as a s tand ard forju d gingthe c ompleted W ork.

6. D emolis hand remove moc ku ps when d irec ted , u nles s otherwis e ind ic ated .

1.7 QUALITY CONTROL

A . O wnerRes pons ibilities : W here q u ality-c ontrols ervic es are ind ic ated as O wner's res pons ibility,O wnerwillengage a qu alified tes tingagenc y to perform thes e s ervic es .

1 . O wnerwillfu rnis h C ontrac torwith names , ad d res s es , and telephone nu mbers oftes tingagenc ies engaged and a d es c ription oftypes oftes ting and ins pec ting they are engagedto perform .

2 . C os ts forretes ting and reins pec ting c ons tru c tion thatreplac es oris nec es s itated by workthatfailed to c omply with the C ontrac tD oc u ments willbe c harged to C ontrac tor, and theC ontrac tS u m willbe ad ju s ted by C hange O rd er.

B . C ontrac tor Res pons ibilities : Tes ts and ins pec tions not explic itly as s igned to O wner areC ontrac tor's res pons ibility. P erform ad d itionalqu ality-c ontrolac tivities req u ired to verify thattheW orkc omplies withreq u irements , whethers pec ified ornot.

1 . W here s ervic es are ind ic ated as C ontrac tor's res pons ibility, engage a q u alified tes tingagenc y to perform thes e q u ality-c ontrols ervic es .

a. C ontrac tors hallnotemploy s ame entity engaged by O wner, u nles s agreed to inwritingby O wner.

2 . N otify tes ting agenc ies atleas t24 hou rs in ad vanc e of time when W ork thatreq u irestes tingorins pec tingwillbe performed .

3. W here q u ality-c ontrols ervic es are ind ic ated as C ontrac tor's res pons ibility, s u bmit ac ertified written report, in d u plic ate, ofeac hq u ality-c ontrols ervic e.

4. Tes ting and ins pec ting req u es ted by C ontrac tor and not req u ired by the C ontrac tD oc u ments are C ontrac tor's res pons ibility.

5. S u bmitad d itionalc opies of eac h written reportd irec tly to au thorities having ju ris d ic tion,when they s o d irec t.

C . M anu fac tu rer's Field S ervic es : W here ind ic ated , engage a manu fac tu rer's repres entative toobs erve and ins pec tthe W ork. M anu fac tu rer's repres entative's s ervic es inc lu d e examination ofs u bs trates and c ond itions , verific ation of materials , ins pec tion of c ompleted portions of theW ork, and s u bmittalofwritten reports .

D . Retes ting/Reins pec ting: Regard les s of whetheroriginaltes ts orins pec tions were C ontrac tor'sres pons ibility, provid e q u ality-c ontrol s ervic es , inc lu d ing retes ting and reins pec ting, forc ons tru c tion thatreplac ed W orkthatfailed to c omply withthe C ontrac tD oc u ments .


E . Tes ting A genc y Res pons ibilities : C ooperate with A rc hitec tand C ontrac tor in performanc e ofd u ties . P rovid e q u alified pers onnelto perform req u ired tes ts and ins pec tions .

1 . N otify A rc hitec tand C ontrac torpromptly of irregu larities ord efic ienc ies obs erved in theW orkd u ringperformanc e ofits s ervic es .

2 . D etermine the loc ation from whic h tes ts amples willbe taken and in whic h in-s itu tes tsare c ond u c ted .

3. C ond u c tand interprettes ts and ins pec tions and s tate in eac h reportwhethertes ted andins pec ted workc omplies withord eviates from req u irements .

4. S u bmita c ertified written report, in d u plic ate, ofeac h tes t, ins pec tion, and s imilarqu ality-c ontrols ervic e throu ghC ontrac tor.

5. D o not releas e, revoke, alter, or inc reas e the C ontrac t D oc u ment req u irements orapprove orac c eptany portion ofthe W ork.

6. D o notperform any d u ties ofC ontrac tor.

F. A s s oc iated S ervic es : C ooperate with agenc ies performing req u ired tes ts , ins pec tions , ands imilarqu ality-c ontrols ervic es , and provid e reas onable au xiliary s ervic es as req u es ted . N otifyagenc y s u ffic iently in ad vanc e of operations to permitas s ignmentof pers onnel. P rovid e thefollowing:

1 . A c c es s to the W ork.2 . Inc id entallaborand fac ilities nec es s ary to fac ilitate tes ts and ins pec tions .3. A d eq u ate q u antities of repres entative s amples of materials that req u ire tes ting and

ins pec ting. A s s is tagenc y in obtainings amples .4. Fac ilities fors torage and field c u ringoftes ts amples .5. D elivery ofs amples to tes tingagenc ies .6. P reliminary d es ign mix propos ed foru s e formaterialmixes thatreq u ire c ontrolby tes ting

agenc y.7 . S ec u rity and protec tion fors amples and fortes ting and ins pec ting equ ipmentatP rojec t

s ite.

G. C oord ination: C oord inate s eq u enc e of ac tivities to ac c ommod ate req u ired q u ality-as s u ranc eand -c ontrols ervic es with a minimu m ofd elay and to avoid nec es s ity ofremoving and replac ingc ons tru c tion to ac c ommod ate tes tingand ins pec ting.1 . S c hed u le times fortes ts , ins pec tions , obtainings amples , and s imilarac tivities .

1.8 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

A . S pec ialTes ts and Ins pec tions : O wnerwillengage a qu alified tes ting agenc y/s pec ialins pec torto c ond u c ts pec ialtes ts and ins pec tions req u ired by au thorities having ju ris d ic tion as theres pons ibility ofO wner, and as follows :

B . S pec ialTes ts and Ins pec tions : C ond u c ted by a qu alified tes ting agenc y/s pec ialins pec tor asreq u ired by au thorities having ju ris d ic tion, as ind ic ated in ind ivid u alS pec ific ation S ec tions , andas follows :1 . Verifying thatmanu fac tu rermaintains d etailed fabric ation and q u ality-c ontrolproc ed u res

and reviewingthe c ompletenes s and ad eq u ac y ofthos e proc ed u res to perform the W ork.2 . N otifying A rc hitec tand C ontrac torpromptly of irregu larities and d efic ienc ies obs erved in

the W orkd u ringperformanc e ofits s ervic es .3. S u bmitting a c ertified written reportof eac h tes t, ins pec tion, and s imilar q u ality-c ontrol

s ervic e to A rc hitec twithc opy to C ontrac torand to au thorities havingju ris d ic tion.


4. S u bmittinga finalreportofs pec ialtes ts and ins pec tions atS u bs tantialC ompletion, whic hinc lu d es a lis tofu nres olved d efic ienc ies .

5. Interpretingtes ts and ins pec tions and s tatingin eac hreportwhethertes ted and ins pec tedworkc omplies withord eviates from the C ontrac tD oc u ments .

6. Retes tingand reins pec tingc orrec ted work.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A . General: O n c ompletion of tes ting, ins pec ting, s ample taking, and s imilar s ervic es , repaird amaged c ons tru c tion and res tore s u bs trates and finis hes .1 . P rovid e materials and c omply with ins tallation req u irements s pec ified in other

S pec ific ation S ec tions or matc hing exis ting s u bs trates and finis hes . Res tore patc hedareas and extend res toration into ad joining areas with d u rable s eams thatare as invis ibleas pos s ible. C omply with the C ontrac tD oc u mentreq u irements forc u tting and patc hingin D ivis ion 1 S ec tion "Exec u tion Requ irements . "

B . P rotec tc ons tru c tion expos ed by orforqu ality-c ontrols ervic e ac tivities .

C . Repair and protec tion are C ontrac tor's res pons ibility, regard les s of the as s ignment ofres pons ibility forqu ality-c ontrols ervic es .


S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESREFEREN C ES 0 1 420 0 -1

SECTION 01 4200 – REFERENCES A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DEFINITIONS

A . General: B as ic C ontrac td efinitions are inc lu d ed in the C ond itions ofthe C ontrac t.

B . " A pproved " : W hen u s ed to c onvey A rc hitec t's ac tion on C ontrac tor's s u bmittals , applic ations ,and req u es ts , "approved " is limited to A rc hitec t's d u ties and res pons ibilities as s tated in theC ond itions ofthe C ontrac t.

C . "D irec ted " : A c ommand or ins tru c tion by A rc hitec t. O ther terms inc lu d ing "req u es ted , ""au thorized , " " s elec ted , " "req u ired , " and "permitted " have the s ame meaningas "d irec ted . "

D . "Ind ic ated " : Req u irements expres s ed by graphic repres entations or in written form onD rawings , in S pec ific ations , and in otherC ontrac tD oc u ments . O therterms inc lu d ing "s hown, ""noted , " " s c hed u led , " and " s pec ified " have the s ame meaningas "ind ic ated . "

E . "Regu lations " : L aws , ord inanc es , s tatu tes , and lawfu lord ers is s u ed by au thorities havingju ris d ic tion, and ru les , c onventions , and agreements within the c ons tru c tion ind u s try thatc ontrolperformanc e ofthe W ork.

F. "Fu rnis h" : S u pply and d eliver to P rojec t s ite, read y for u nload ing, u npac king, as s embly,ins tallation, and s imilaroperations .

G. "Ins tall" : O perations at P rojec t s ite inc lu d ing u nload ing, temporarily s toring, u npac king,as s embling, erec ting, plac ing, anc horing, applying, working to d imens ion, finis hing, c u ring,protec ting, c leaning, and s imilaroperations .

H . " P rovid e" : Fu rnis hand ins tall, c omplete and read y forthe intend ed u s e.

I. " P rojec tS ite" : S pac e available forperforming c ons tru c tion ac tivities . The extentofP rojec ts iteis s hown on D rawings and may ormay notbe id entic alwith the d es c ription ofthe land on whic hP rojec tis to be bu ilt.

1.2 INDUSTRY STANDARDS

A . A pplic ability of S tand ard s : Unles s the C ontrac t D oc u ments inc lu d e more s tringentreq u irements , applic able c ons tru c tion ind u s try s tand ard s have the s ame forc e and effec tas ifbou nd orc opied d irec tly into the C ontrac tD oc u ments to the extentreferenc ed . S u c h s tand ard sare mad e a partofthe C ontrac tD oc u ments by referenc e.

B . P u blic ation D ates : C omply with s tand ard s in effec tas of d ate of the C ontrac tD oc u mentsu nles s otherwis e ind ic ated .

C . C opies of S tand ard s : Eac h entity engaged in c ons tru c tion on P rojec ts hou ld be familiar withind u s try s tand ard s applic able to its c ons tru c tion ac tivity. C opies ofapplic able s tand ard s are notbou nd withthe C ontrac tD oc u ments .

S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESREFEREN C ES 0 1 420 0 -2

1 . W here c opies ofs tand ard s are need ed to perform a req u ired c ons tru c tion ac tivity, obtainc opies d irec tly from pu blic ation s ou rc e.

1.3 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

A . Ind u s try O rganizations : W here abbreviations and ac ronyms are u s ed in S pec ific ations orotherC ontrac tD oc u ments , they s hallmean the rec ognized name ofthe entities ind ic ated in Thoms onGale's "Enc yc loped ia of A s s oc iations " or in C olu mbia B ooks '"N ationalTrad e & P rofes s ionalA s s oc iations ofthe U. S . "

B . Ind u s try O rganizations : W here abbreviations and ac ronyms are u s ed in S pec ific ations orotherC ontrac tD oc u ments , they s hallmean the rec ognized name ofthe entities .

C . C od e A genc ies : W here abbreviations and ac ronyms are u s ed in S pec ific ations or otherC ontrac tD oc u ments , they s hallmean the rec ognized name ofthe entities .

D . Fed eralGovernmentA genc ies : W here abbreviations and ac ronyms are u s ed in S pec ific ationsor other C ontrac tD oc u ments , they s hallmean the rec ognized name of the entities . N ames ,telephone nu mbers , and W eb s ites are s u bjec tto c hange and are believed to be ac c u rate andu p-to-d ate as ofthe d ate ofthe C ontrac tD oc u ments .

E . S tand ard s and Regu lations : W here abbreviations and ac ronyms are u s ed in S pec ific ations orother C ontrac t D oc u ments , they s hallmean the rec ognized name of the s tand ard s andregu lations . N ames , telephone nu mbers , and W eb s ites are s u bjec tto c hange and are believedto be ac c u rate and u p-to-d ate as ofthe d ate ofthe C ontrac tD oc u ments .

F. S tate GovernmentA genc ies : W here abbreviations and ac ronyms are u s ed in S pec ific ations orother C ontrac tD oc u ments , they s hallmean the rec ognized name of the entities . N ames ,telephone nu mbers , and W eb s ites are s u bjec tto c hange and are believed to be ac c u rate andu p-to-d ate as ofthe d ate ofthe C ontrac tD oc u ments .




S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESTEM P O RA RY FA C IL ITIES A N D C O N TRO L S 0 1 50 0 0 -1

SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL

1 . 1 REL A TED D O C UM EN TS

A . D rawings and general provis ions of the C ontrac t, inc lu d ing General and S u pplementaryC ond itions and otherD ivis ion 0 1 S pec ific ation S ec tions , apply to this S ec tion.

1 . 2 S UM M A RY

A . S ec tion inc lu d es req u irements for temporary u tilities , s u pport fac ilities , and s ec u rity andprotec tion fac ilities .

B . Related Req u irements :

1 . S ec tion 0 1 1 0 0 0 " S u mmary" forworkres tric tions and limitations on u tility interru ptions .

1 . 3 US E C H A RGES

A . General: Ins tallation and removalofand u s e c harges fortemporary fac ilities s hallbe inc lu d edin the C ontrac tS u m u nles s otherwis e ind ic ated . A llow otherentities to u s e temporary s ervic esand fac ilities withou t c os t, inc lu d ing, bu t not limited to, A rc hitec t, tes ting agenc ies , andau thorities havingju ris d ic tion.

B . W aterand S ewerS ervic e from Exis ting S ys tem : W aterfrom O wner's exis ting waters ys tem isavailable for u s e withou tmetering and withou tpaymentof u s e c harges . P rovid e c onnec tionsand extens ions ofs ervic es as req u ired forc ons tru c tion operations .

C . Elec tric P ower S ervic e from Exis ting S ys tem : Elec tric power from O wner's exis ting s ys tem isavailable for u s e withou tmetering and withou tpaymentof u s e c harges . P rovid e c onnec tionsand extens ions ofs ervic es as req u ired forc ons tru c tion operations .

1 . 4 IN FO RM A TIO N A L S UB M ITTA L S

A . Fire-S afety P rogram : S how c omplianc e with req u irements ofN FP A 241 and au thorities havingju ris d ic tion. Ind ic ate C ontrac tor pers onnelres pons ible for management of fire-preventionprogram .

1 . 5 Q UA L ITY A S S URA N C E

A . Elec tric S ervic e: C omply with N EC A , N EM A , and UL s tand ard s and regu lations fortemporaryelec tric s ervic e. Ins talls ervic e to c omply withN FP A 7 0 .


B . Tes ts and Ins pec tions : A rrange for au thorities having ju ris d ic tion to tes tand ins pec teac htemporary u tility before u s e . O btain req u ired c ertific ations and permits .

1 . 6 P RO JEC T C O N D ITIO N S

A . Temporary Us e ofP ermanentFac ilities : Engage Ins tallerofeac hpermanents ervic e to as s u meres pons ibility foroperation, maintenanc e, and protec tion of eac h permanents ervic e d u ring itsu s e as a c ons tru c tion fac ility before O wner's ac c eptanc e, regard les s of previou s ly as s ignedres pons ibilities .

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2 . 1 M A TERIA L S

A . P olyethylene S heet: Reinforc ed , fire-res is tive s heet, 1 0 -mil(0 . 25-mm)minimu m thic knes s , withflame-s pread ratingof15 orles s perA S TM E 8 4 and pas s ingN FP A 7 0 1 Tes tM ethod 2 .

2 . 2 EQ UIP M EN T

A . Fire Extingu is hers : P ortable, UL rated ; with c las s and extingu is hing agentas req u ired byloc ations and c las s es offire expos u res .

B . H V A C Eq u ipment: Unles s O wnerau thorizes u s e ofpermanentH VA C s ys tem , provid e vented ,s elf-c ontained , liqu id -propane-gas orfu el-oilheaters withind ivid u als pac e thermos tatic c ontrol.

1 . Us e ofgas oline-bu rning s pac e heaters , open-flame heaters , ors alamand er-type heatingu nits is prohibited .

2 . H eating Units : L is ted and labeled fortype offu elbeing c ons u med , by a qu alified tes tingagenc y ac c eptable to au thorities having ju ris d ic tion, and marked for intend ed loc ationand applic ation.

3. P ermanentH V A C S ys tem : If O wner au thorizes u s e of permanentH VA C s ys tem fortemporary u s e d u ring c ons tru c tion, provid e filterwith M ERV of 8 ateac h retu rn-airgrillein s ys tem and remove atend of c ons tru c tion and c lean H V A C s ys tem as req u ired inS ec tion 0 1 7 7 0 0 " C los eou tP roc ed u res " .

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3. 1 TEM P O RA RY UTIL ITY IN S TA L L A TIO N

A . S anitary Fac ilities : P u blic res trooms loc ated within the bu ild ing where the workofthis c ontrac tis being performed willbe available foru s e by the C ontrac tor. C lean res trooms d aily. P rovid etemporary toilets , was h fac ilities , and d rinking waterforu s e ofc ons tru c tion pers onnel. C omplywith req u irements of au thorities having ju ris d ic tion for type, nu mber, loc ation, operation, andmaintenanc e offixtu res and fac ilities .

B . H eatingand C ooling: P rovid e temporary heatingand c ooling req u ired by c ons tru c tion ac tivitiesfor c u ring or d rying of c ompleted ins tallations or for protec ting ins talled c ons tru c tion from


ad vers e effec ts of low temperatu res or high hu mid ity. S elec teq u ipmentthatwillnothave aharmfu leffec ton c ompleted ins tallations orelements beingins talled .

C . Elec tric P owerS ervic e: P rovid e elec tric powers ervic e and d is tribu tion s ys tem ofs u ffic ients ize,c apac ity, and powerc harac teris tic s req u ired forc ons tru c tion operations .

D . L ighting: P rovid e temporary lighting with loc als witc hing thatprovid es ad eq u ate illu mination forc ons tru c tion operations , obs ervations , ins pec tions , and traffic c ond itions .

1 . Ins talland operate temporary lighting thatfu lfills s ec u rity and protec tion req u irementswithou toperatingentire s ys tem .

E . P rovid e s u perintend entwith c ellu lar telephone or portable two-way rad io for u s e when awayfrom field offic e.

3. 2 S EC URITY A N D P RO TEC TIO N FA C IL ITIES IN S TA L L A TIO N

A . P rotec tion ofExis ting Fac ilities : P rotec texis ting vegetation, eq u ipment, s tru c tu res , u tilities , andother improvements atP rojec ts ite and on ad jac entproperties , exc eptthos e ind ic ated to beremoved oraltered . Repaird amage to exis tingfac ilities .

B . Environmental P rotec tion: P rovid e protec tion, operate temporary fac ilities , and c ond u c tc ons tru c tion as req u ired to c omply with environmentalregu lations and thatminimize pos s ibleair, waterway, and s u bs oilc ontamination orpollu tion orotheru nd es irable effec ts .

C . Tree and P lantP rotec tion: Ins talltemporary fenc ing loc ated as ind ic ated orou ts id e the d riplineof trees to protec tvegetation from d amage from c ons tru c tion operations . P rotec ttree roots ys tems from d amage, flood ing, and eros ion.

D . P es tC ontrol: Engage pes t-c ontrols ervic e to rec ommend prac tic es to minimize attrac tion andharboring of rod ents , roac hes , and other pes ts and to perform extermination and c ontrolproc ed u res atregu larintervals s o P rojec twillbe free ofpes ts and theirres id u es atS u bs tantialC ompletion. P erform c ontroloperations lawfu lly, u s ingenvironmentally s afe materials .

E . Temporary Fire P rotec tion: Ins talland maintain temporary fire-protec tion fac ilities of typesneed ed to protec tagains treas onably pred ic table and c ontrollable fire los s es . C omply withN FP A 241 ; manage fire-prevention program .

1 . P rohibits mokingin c ons tru c tion areas .2 . S u pervis e weld ing operations , c ombu s tion-type temporary heating u nits , and s imilar

s ou rc es offire ignition ac c ord ingto req u irements ofau thorities havingju ris d ic tion.3. D evelop and s u pervis e an overallfire-prevention and -protec tion program forpers onnel

atP rojec ts ite. Review need s with loc alfire d epartmentand es tablis h proc ed u res to befollowed . Ins tru c tpers onnelin method s and proc ed u res . P os twarnings and information.

4. P rovid e temporary s tand pipes and hos es forfire protec tion. H ang hos es with a warnings ign s tating thathos es are forfire-protec tion pu rpos es only and are notto be removed .M atc hhos e s ize withou tlets ize and eq u ipwiths u itable nozzles .


3. 3 M O IS TURE A N D M O L D C O N TRO L

A . C ontrac tor's M ois tu re-P rotec tion P lan: A void trapping waterin finis hed work. D oc u mentvis ibles igns ofmold thatmay appeard u ringc ons tru c tion.

B . Expos ed C ons tru c tion P has e: B efore ins tallation of weather barriers , when materials ares u bjec tto wettingand expos u re and to airborne mold s pores , protec tas follows :

1 . P rotec tporou s materials from waterd amage.2 . P rotec ts tored and ins talled materialfrom flowingors tand ingwater.3. Keepporou s and organic materials from c ominginto prolonged c ontac twithc onc rete.4. Remove s tand ingwaterfrom d ec ks .5. Keepd ec kopenings c overed ord ammed .

C . P artially Enc los ed C ons tru c tion P has e: A fter ins tallation of weather barriers bu tbefore fu llenc los u re and c ond itioning ofbu ild ing, when ins talled materials are s tills u bjec tto infiltration ofmois tu re and ambientmold s pores , protec tas follows :

1 . D o notload orins talld rywallorotherporou s materials orc omponents , oritems with highorganic c ontent, into partially enc los ed bu ild ing.

2 . Keepinteriors pac es reas onably c lean and protec ted from waterd amage.3. P eriod ic ally c ollec tand remove was te c ontainingc ellu los e orotherorganic matter.4. D is c ard orreplac e water-d amaged material.5. D o notins tallmaterialthatis wet.6. D is c ard , replac e, orc lean s tored orins talled materialthatbegins to grow mold .7 . P erform work in a s eq u enc e thatallows any wetmaterials ad eq u ate time to d ry before

enc los ingthe materialin d rywallorotherinteriorfinis hes .

D . C ontrolled C ons tru c tion P has e of C ons tru c tion: A fter c ompleting and s ealing of the bu ild ingenc los u re bu tpriorto the fu lloperation ofpermanentH VA C s ys tems , maintain as follows :

1 . C ontrolmois tu re and hu mid ity ins id e bu ild ingby maintainingeffec tive d ry-in c ond itions .2 . Us e permanentH VA C s ys tem to c ontrolhu mid ity.3. C omply with manu fac tu rer's written ins tru c tions for temperatu re, relative hu mid ity, and

expos u re to waterlimits .

a. H ygros c opic materials thatmay s u pportmold growth, inc lu d ing wood and gyps u m-bas ed prod u c ts , thatbec ome wetd u ringthe c ou rs e ofc ons tru c tion and remain wetfor48 hou rs are c ons id ered d efec tive.

b. M eas u re mois tu re c ontentofmaterials thathave been expos ed to mois tu re d u ringc ons tru c tion operations orafterins tallation. Rec ord read ings beginning attime ofexpos u re and c ontinu ing d aily for48 hou rs . Id entify materials c ontaining mois tu relevels higherthan allowed . Reportfind ings in writingto A rc hitec t.

c . Remove materials that c an notbe c ompletely res tored to their manu fac tu redmois tu re levelwithin 48 hou rs .


S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESP RO D UC T REQ UIREM EN TS 0 1 60 0 0 -1

SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A . S ec tion inc lu d es ad minis trative and proc ed u ralreq u irements fors elec tion ofprod u c ts foru s e inP rojec t; prod u c t d elivery, s torage, and hand ling; manu fac tu rers ' s tand ard warranties onprod u c ts ; s pec ialwarranties ; and c omparable prod u c ts .


1 . D ivis ion 0 1 S ec tion " S u bs titu tion P roc ed u res " forreq u es ts fors u bs titu tions .

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A . P rod u c ts : Items obtained for inc orporating into the W ork, whether pu rc has ed for P rojec tortaken from previou s ly pu rc has ed s toc k. The term "prod u c t" inc lu d es the terms "material, ""eq u ipment, " " s ys tem , " and terms ofs imilarintent.

1 . N amed P rod u c ts : Items id entified by manu fac tu rer's prod u c tname, inc lu d ing make ormod elnu mberorotherd es ignation s hown orlis ted in manu fac tu rer's pu blis hed prod u c tliteratu re, thatis c u rrentas ofd ate ofthe C ontrac tD oc u ments .

2 . N ew P rod u c ts : Items thathave notpreviou s ly been inc orporated into anotherprojec torfac ility. P rod u c ts s alvaged or rec yc led from other projec ts are notc ons id ered newprod u c ts .

3. C omparable P rod u c t: P rod u c tthatis d emons trated and approved throu gh s u bmittalproc es s to have the ind ic ated q u alities related to type, fu nc tion, d imens ion, in-s ervic eperformanc e, phys ic alproperties , appearanc e, and other c harac teris tic s thatequ alorexc eed thos e ofs pec ified prod u c t.

B . B as is -of-D es ign P rod u c t S pec ific ation: A s pec ific ation in whic h a s pec ific manu fac tu rer'sprod u c tis named and ac c ompanied by the word s "bas is -of-d es ign prod u c t, " inc lu d ing make ormod elnu mberorotherd es ignation, to es tablis hthe s ignific antqu alities related to type, fu nc tion,d imens ion, in-s ervic e performanc e, phys ic alproperties , appearanc e, and other c harac teris tic sfor pu rpos es of evalu ating c omparable prod u c ts of ad d itionalmanu fac tu rers named in thes pec ific ation.


A . C omparable P rod u c tReq u es ts : S u bmitreq u es tforc ons id eration ofeac h c omparable prod u c t.Id entify prod u c tor fabric ation or ins tallation method to be replac ed . Inc lu d e S pec ific ationS ec tion nu mberand title and D rawingnu mbers and titles .

1 . A rc hitec t's A c tion: If nec es s ary, A rc hitec t will req u es t ad d itional information ord oc u mentation forevalu ation within one weekofrec eiptofa c omparable prod u c treq u es t.A rc hitec twillnotify C ontrac torof approvalorrejec tion of propos ed c omparable prod u c t


req u es twithin 15 d ays of rec eiptof req u es t, or s even d ays of rec eiptof ad d itionalinformation ord oc u mentation, whic heveris later.

a. Form ofA pproval: A s s pec ified in D ivis ion 1 S ec tion " S u bmittalP roc ed u res . "b. Us e prod u c t s pec ified if A rc hitec t d oes not is s u e a d ec is ion on u s e of a

c omparable prod u c treq u es twithin time alloc ated .

B . B as is -of-D es ign P rod u c t S pec ific ation S u bmittal: C omply with req u irements in D ivis ion 0 1S ec tion "S u bmittalP roc ed u res . " S how c omplianc e withreq u irements .


A . C ompatibility of O ptions : If C ontrac tor is given option of s elec ting between two or moreprod u c ts foru s e on P rojec t, s elec tprod u c tc ompatible with prod u c ts previou s ly s elec ted , even ifpreviou s ly s elec ted prod u c ts were als o options .

1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A . D eliver, s tore, and hand le prod u c ts u s ing means and method s that willpreventd amage,d eterioration, and los s , inc lu d ing theftand vand alis m . C omply with manu fac tu rer's writtenins tru c tions .

B . D elivery and H and ling:

1 . S c hed u le d elivery to minimize long-term s torage at P rojec t s ite and to preventoverc rowd ingofc ons tru c tion s pac es .

2 . C oord inate d elivery with ins tallation time to ens u re minimu m hold ing time foritems thatare flammable, hazard ou s , eas ily d amaged , ors ens itive to d eterioration, theft, and otherlos s es .

3. D eliver prod u c ts to P rojec ts ite in an u nd amaged c ond ition in manu fac tu rer's originals ealed c ontainer or other pac kaging s ys tem , c omplete with labels and ins tru c tions forhand ling, s toring, u npac king, protec ting, and ins talling.

4. Ins pec tprod u c ts on d elivery to d etermine c omplianc e with the C ontrac tD oc u ments andto d etermine thatprod u c ts are u nd amaged and properly protec ted .

C . S torage:

1 . S tore prod u c ts to allow forins pec tion and meas u rementofq u antity orc ou ntingofu nits .2 . S tore materials in a mannerthatwillnotend angerP rojec ts tru c tu re.3. S tore prod u c ts thatare s u bjec tto d amage by the elements , u nd erc overin a weathertight

enc los u re above grou nd , withventilation ad eq u ate to preventc ond ens ation.4. S tore foam plas tic from expos u re to s u nlight, exc eptto extentnec es s ary for period of

ins tallation and c onc ealment.5. C omply with prod u c t manu fac tu rer's written ins tru c tions for temperatu re, hu mid ity,

ventilation, and weather-protec tion req u irements fors torage.6. P rotec ts tored prod u c ts from d amage and liq u id s from freezing.


1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTIES

A . W arranties s pec ified in other S ec tions s hallbe in ad d ition to, and ru n c onc u rrentwith, otherwarranties req u ired by the C ontrac tD oc u ments . M anu fac tu rer's d is c laimers and limitations onprod u c twarranties d o notrelieve C ontrac torof obligations u nd erreq u irements of the C ontrac tD oc u ments .

1 . M anu fac tu rer's W arranty: W ritten warranty fu rnis hed by ind ivid u almanu fac tu rer for apartic u larprod u c tand s pec ific ally end ors ed by manu fac tu rerto O wner.

2 . S pec ialW arranty: W ritten warranty req u ired by the C ontrac tD oc u ments to provid es pec ific rights forO wner.

B . S pec ial W arranties : P repare a written d oc u ment that c ontains appropriate terms andid entific ation, read y forexec u tion.

1 . M anu fac tu rer's S tand ard Form : M od ified to inc lu d e P rojec t-s pec ific information andproperly exec u ted .

2 . S pec ified Form : W hen s pec ified forms are inc lu d ed with the S pec ific ations , prepare awritten d oc u mentu s ingind ic ated form properly exec u ted .

3. Referto D ivis ions 2 throu gh16. S ec tions fors pec ific c ontentreq u irements and partic u larreq u irements fors u bmittings pec ialwarranties .

C . S u bmittalTime: C omply withreq u irements in D ivis ion 0 1 S ec tion "C los eou tP roc ed u res . "

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES

A . GeneralP rod u c tReq u irements : P rovid e prod u c ts thatc omply with the C ontrac tD oc u ments ,are u nd amaged and , u nles s otherwis e ind ic ated , are new attime ofins tallation.

1 . P rovid e prod u c ts c omplete with ac c es s ories , trim , finis h, fas teners , and other itemsneed ed fora c omplete ins tallation and ind ic ated u s e and effec t.

2 . S tand ard P rod u c ts : Ifavailable, and u nles s c u s tom prod u c ts ornons tand ard options ares pec ified , provid e s tand ard prod u c ts of types that have been prod u c ed and u s eds u c c es s fu lly in s imilars itu ations on otherprojec ts .

3. O wnerres erves the rightto limits elec tion to prod u c ts with warranties notin c onflic twithreq u irements ofthe C ontrac tD oc u ments .

4. W here prod u c ts are ac c ompanied by the term "as s elec ted , " A rc hitec t will makes elec tion.

5. D es c riptive, performanc e, and referenc e s tand ard req u irements in the S pec ific ationses tablis hs alientc harac teris tic s ofprod u c ts .

B . P rod u c tS elec tion P roc ed u res :

1 . P rod u c t: W here S pec ific ations name a s ingle manu fac tu rer and prod u c t, provid e thenamed prod u c tthatc omplies with req u irements . C omparable prod u c ts ors u bs titu tionsforC ontrac tor's c onvenienc e willnotbe c ons id ered .

2 . M anu fac tu rer/S ou rc e: W here S pec ific ations name a s ingle manu fac tu rer or s ou rc e,provid e a prod u c tby the named manu fac tu rerors ou rc e thatc omplies with req u irements .


C omparable prod u c ts or s u bs titu tions for C ontrac tor's c onvenienc e will not bec ons id ered .

3. P rod u c ts :

a. Res tric ted L is t: W here S pec ific ations inc lu d e a lis t of names of bothmanu fac tu rers and prod u c ts , provid e one ofthe prod u c ts lis ted thatc omplies withreq u irements . C omparable prod u c ts ors u bs titu tions forC ontrac tor's c onvenienc ewillbe c ons id ered , u nles s otherwis e ind ic ated .

b. N onres tric ted L is t: W here S pec ific ations inc lu d e a lis tof names of both availablemanu fac tu rers and prod u c ts , provid e one of the prod u c ts lis ted , or an u nnamedprod u c t, that c omplies with req u irements . C omply with req u irements in" C omparable P rod u c ts " A rtic le forc ons id eration ofan u nnamed prod u c t.

4. M anu fac tu rers :

a. Res tric ted L is t: W here S pec ific ations inc lu d e a lis tof manu fac tu rers 'names ,provid e a prod u c t by one of the manu fac tu rers lis ted that c omplies withreq u irements . C omparable prod u c ts ors u bs titu tions forC ontrac tor's c onvenienc ewillbe c ons id ered , u nles s otherwis e ind ic ated .

b. N onres tric ted L is t: W here S pec ific ations inc lu d e a lis tofavailable manu fac tu rers ,provid e a prod u c tby one ofthe manu fac tu rers lis ted , ora prod u c tby an u nnamedmanu fac tu rer, that c omplies with req u irements . C omply with req u irements in" C omparable P rod u c ts " A rtic le for c ons id eration of an u nnamed manu fac tu rer'sprod u c t.

5. B as is -of-D es ign P rod u c t: W here S pec ific ations name a prod u c t, or refer to a prod u c tind ic ated on D rawings , and inc lu d e a lis tof manu fac tu rers , provid e the s pec ified orind ic ated prod u c tor a c omparable prod u c tby one of the other named manu fac tu rers .D rawings and S pec ific ations ind ic ate s izes , profiles , d imens ions , and otherc harac teris tic s thatare bas ed on the prod u c tnamed . C omply with req u irements in" C omparable P rod u c ts " A rtic le for c ons id eration of an u nnamed prod u c tby one of theothernamed manu fac tu rers .

C . Vis u al M atc hing S pec ific ation: W here S pec ific ations req u ire "matc h A rc hitec t's s ample" ,provid e a prod u c tthatc omplies with req u irements and matc hes A rc hitec t's s ample. A rc hitec t'sd ec is ion willbe finalon whethera propos ed prod u c tmatc hes .

1 . If no prod u c t available within s pec ified c ategory matc hes and c omplies with others pec ified req u irements , c omply with req u irements in D ivis ion 1 S ec tion " S u bs titu tionP roc ed u res " forpropos alofprod u c t.

D . Vis u alS elec tion S pec ific ation: W here S pec ific ations inc lu d e the phras e "as s elec ted byA rc hitec tfrom manu fac tu rer's fu llrange" ors imilarphras e, s elec ta prod u c tthatc omplies withreq u irements . A rc hitec twills elec tc olor, glos s , pattern, d ens ity, ortextu re from manu fac tu rer'sprod u c tline thatinc lu d es boths tand ard and premiu m items .

2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS

A . C ond itions for C ons id eration: A rc hitec t willc ons id er C ontrac tor's req u es t for c omparableprod u c twhen the following c ond itions are s atis fied . Ifthe following c ond itions are nots atis fied ,A rc hitec t may retu rn req u es ts withou t ac tion, exc ept to rec ord nonc omplianc e with thes ereq u irements :


1 . Evid enc e that the propos ed prod u c t d oes not req u ire revis ions to the C ontrac tD oc u ments , thatitis c ons is tentwith the C ontrac tD oc u ments and willprod u c e theind ic ated res u lts , and thatitis c ompatible withotherportions ofthe W ork.

2 . D etailed c omparis on ofs ignific antq u alities ofpropos ed prod u c twith thos e named in theS pec ific ations . S ignific antqu alities inc lu d e attribu tes s u c h as performanc e, weight, s ize,d u rability, vis u aleffec t, and s pec ific featu res and req u irements ind ic ated .

3. Evid enc e thatpropos ed prod u c tprovid es s pec ified warranty.4. L is tofs imilarins tallations forc ompleted projec ts with projec tnames and ad d res s es and

names and ad d res s es ofarc hitec ts and owners , ifreq u es ted .5. S amples , ifreq u es ted .



S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESEXEC UTIO N REQ UIREM EN TS 0 1 7 0 0 0 -1

SECTION 01 7000 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A . S ec tion inc lu d es generalad minis trative and proc ed u ralreq u irements governingexec u tion oftheW orkinc lu d ing, bu tnotlimited to, the following:

1 . C ons tru c tion layou t.2 . Field engineeringand s u rveying.3. Ins tallation ofthe W ork.4. C u ttingand patc hing.5. P rogres s c leaning.6. S tartingand ad ju s ting.7 . P rotec tion ofins talled c ons tru c tion.8 . C orrec tion ofthe W ork.


1 . D ivis ion 0 1 S ec tion "C los eou t P roc ed u res " for s u bmitting finalproperty s u rvey withP rojec tRec ord D oc u ments , rec ord ing ofO wner-ac c epted d eviations from ind ic ated linesand levels , and finalc leaning.

2 . D ivis ion 0 7 S ec tion "Throu gh-P enetration Fires top S ys tems " forpatc hing penetrations infire-rated c ons tru c tion.


A . L and fillRec eipts : S u bmitc opy of rec eipts is s u ed by a land fillfac ility, lic ens ed to ac c epthazard ou s materials , forhazard ou s was te d is pos al.


A . C u tting and P atc hing: C omply with req u irements forand limitations on c u tting and patc hing ofc ons tru c tion elements .

1 . S tru c tu ralElements : W hen c u tting and patc hing s tru c tu ralelements , notify A rc hitec tofloc ations and d etails ofc u tting and awaitd irec tions from the A rc hitec tbefore proc eed ing.S hore, brac e, and s u pports tru c tu ralelementd u ring c u ttingand patc hing. D o notc u tandpatc h s tru c tu ralelements in a mannerthatc ou ld c hange theirload -c arrying c apac ity orinc reas e d eflec tion

2 . O perationalElements : D o notc u tand patc h operating elements and related c omponentsin a mannerthatres u lts in red u c ingtheirc apac ity to perform as intend ed orthatres u lts ininc reas ed maintenanc e ord ec reas ed operationallife ors afety.

3. O ther C ons tru c tion Elements : D o notc u tand patc h other c ons tru c tion elements orc omponents in a manner thatc ou ld c hange their load -c arrying c apac ity, thatres u lts in


red u c ing theirc apac ity to perform as intend ed , orthatres u lts in inc reas ed maintenanc eord ec reas ed operationallife ors afety.

4. Vis u alElements : D o notc u tand patc h c ons tru c tion in a manner thatres u lts in vis u alevid enc e of c u tting and patc hing. D o notc u tand patc h expos ed c ons tru c tion in amanner that wou ld , in A rc hitec t's opinion, red u c e the bu ild ing's aes thetic q u alities .Remove and replac e c ons tru c tion that has been c u t and patc hed in a vis u allyu ns atis fac tory manner.

1.4 WARRANTY

A . Exis ting W arranties : Remove, replac e, patc h, and repair materials and s u rfac es c u t ord amaged d u ring ins tallation orc u tting and patc hing operations , by method s and with materialss o as notto void exis tingwarranties .

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A . General: C omply withreq u irements s pec ified in otherS ec tions .

B . In-P lac e M aterials : Us e materials for patc hing id entic alto in-plac e materials . For expos eds u rfac es , u s e materials thatvis u ally matc h in-plac e ad jac ents u rfac es to the fu lles textentpos s ible.

1 . If id entic almaterials are u navailable or c annot be u s ed , u s e materials that, whenins talled , willprovid e a matc h ac c eptable to the A rc hitec tfor the vis u aland fu nc tionalperformanc e ofin-plac e materials .

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A . Exis ting C ond itions : The exis tenc e and loc ation of u nd ergrou nd and other u tilities andc ons tru c tion ind ic ated as exis ting are notgu aranteed . B efore beginning s itework, inves tigateand verify the exis tenc e and loc ation of u nd ergrou nd u tilities , mec hanic al and elec tric als ys tems , and otherc ons tru c tion affec tingthe W ork.

1 . B efore c ons tru c tion, verify the loc ation and invertelevation atpoints of c onnec tion ofs anitary s ewer, s torm s ewer, and water-s ervic e piping; u nd ergrou nd elec tric als ervic es ,and otheru tilities .

2 . Fu rnis h loc ation d ata forworkrelated to P rojec tthatmu s tbe performed by pu blic u tilitiess ervingP rojec ts ite.

B . Examination and A c c eptanc e of C ond itions : B efore proc eed ing with eac h c omponentof theW ork, examine s u bs trates , areas , and c ond itions , with Ins taller or A pplic ator pres entwhereind ic ated , for c omplianc e with req u irements for ins tallation toleranc es and other c ond itionsaffec tingperformanc e. Rec ord obs ervations .


1 . Verify c ompatibility with and s u itability of s u bs trates , inc lu d ing c ompatibility with exis tingfinis hes orprimers .

2 . Examine rou ghing-in for mec hanic aland elec tric als ys tems to verify ac tu alloc ations ofc onnec tions before eq u ipmentand fixtu re ins tallation.

3. Examine walls , floors , and roofs fors u itable c ond itions where prod u c ts and s ys tems areto be ins talled .

4. P roc eed with ins tallation only after u ns atis fac tory c ond itions have been c orrec ted .P roc eed ingwiththe W orkind ic ates ac c eptanc e ofs u rfac es and c ond itions .

3.2 PREPARATION

A . Exis ting Utility Information: Fu rnis h information to O wnerthatis nec es s ary to ad ju s t, move, orreloc ate exis ting u tility s tru c tu res , u tility poles , lines , s ervic es , or other u tility appu rtenanc esloc ated in oraffec ted by c ons tru c tion. C oord inate withau thorities havingju ris d ic tion.

B . Field M eas u rements : Take field meas u rements as req u ired to fitthe W ork properly. Rec hec kmeas u rements before ins talling eac h prod u c t. W here portions ofthe W orkare ind ic ated to fittoother c ons tru c tion, verify d imens ions of other c ons tru c tion by field meas u rements beforefabric ation. C oord inate fabric ation s c hed u le with c ons tru c tion progres s to avoid d elaying theW ork.

C . S pac e Req u irements : Verify s pac e req u irements and d imens ions of items s hownd iagrammatic ally on D rawings .

D . Review ofC ontrac tD oc u ments and Field C ond itions : Immed iately on d is c overy ofthe need forc larific ation ofthe C ontrac tD oc u ments c au s ed by d ifferingfield c ond itions ou ts id e the c ontrolofthe C ontrac tor, s u bmita req u es tfor information to A rc hitec tac c ord ing to req u irements inD ivis ion 0 1 S ec tion " P rojec tM anagementand C oord ination. "

3.3 INSTALLATION

A . General: L oc ate the W ork and c omponents of the W ork ac c u rately, in c orrec talignmentandelevation, as ind ic ated .

1 . M ake vertic alworkplu mb and make horizontalworklevel.2 . W here s pac e is limited , ins tallc omponents to maximize s pac e available formaintenanc e

and eas e ofremovalforreplac ement.3. C onc ealpipes , d u c ts , and wiringin finis hed areas , u nles s otherwis e ind ic ated .

B . C omply with manu fac tu rer's written ins tru c tions and rec ommend ations forins talling prod u c ts inapplic ations ind ic ated .

C . Ins tallprod u c ts atthe time and u nd er c ond itions thatwillens u re the bes tpos s ible res u lts .M aintain c ond itions req u ired forprod u c tperformanc e u ntilS u bs tantialC ompletion.

D . C ond u c tc ons tru c tion operations s o no partofthe W orkis s u bjec ted to d amaging operations orload ingin exc es s ofthatexpec ted d u ringnormalc ond itions ofoc c u panc y.

E . Tools and Eq u ipment: D o notu s e tools oreq u ipmentthatprod u c e harmfu lnois e levels .


F. Templates : O btain and d is tribu te to the parties involved templates for work s pec ified to befac tory prepared and field ins talled . C hec k S hop D rawings of other work to c onfirm thatad eq u ate provis ions are mad e for loc ating and ins talling prod u c ts to c omply with ind ic atedreq u irements .

G. A ttac hment: P rovid e bloc king and attac hmentplates and anc hors and fas teners of ad eq u ates ize and nu mberto s ec u rely anc horeac h c omponentin plac e, ac c u rately loc ated and alignedwith otherportions of the W ork. W here s ize and type of attac hments are notind ic ated , verifys ize and type req u ired forload c ond itions .

1 . M ou nting H eights : W here mou nting heights are notind ic ated , mou ntc omponents atheights d irec ted by A rc hitec t.

2 . A llow forbu ild ingmovement, inc lu d ingthermalexpans ion and c ontrac tion.3. C oord inate ins tallation of anc horages . Fu rnis h s etting d rawings , templates , and

d irec tions forins talling anc horages , inc lu d ing s leeves , c onc rete ins erts , anc horbolts , anditems with integralanc hors , thatare to be embed d ed in c onc rete or mas onry. D elivers u c hitems to P rojec ts ite in time forins tallation.

H . Joints : M ake joints of u niform wid th. W here jointloc ations in expos ed work are notind ic ated ,arrange joints forthe bes tvis u aleffec t. Fitexpos ed c onnec tions togetherto form hairline joints .

I. H azard ou s M aterials : Us e prod u c ts , c leaners , and ins tallation materials thatare notc ons id eredhazard ou s .

3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A . C u tting and P atc hing, General: Employ s killed workers to perform c u tting and patc hing.P roc eed withc u ttingand patc hingatthe earlies tfeas ible time, and c omplete withou td elay.

1 . C u tin-plac e c ons tru c tion to provid e forins tallation of otherc omponents orperformanc eof other c ons tru c tion, and s u bs eq u ently patc h as req u ired to res tore s u rfac es to theiroriginalc ond ition.

B . Temporary S u pport: P rovid e temporary s u pportofworkto be c u t.

C . P rotec tion: P rotec tin-plac e c ons tru c tion d u ring c u tting and patc hing to preventd amage.P rovid e protec tion from ad vers e weather c ond itions for portions of P rojec t that might beexpos ed d u ringc u ttingand patc hingoperations .

D . Exis ting Utility S ervic es and M ec hanic al/Elec tric alS ys tems : W here exis ting s ervic es /s ys temsare req u ired to be removed , reloc ated , or aband oned , bypas s s u c h s ervic es /s ys tems beforec u ttingto preventinterru ption to oc c u pied areas .

E . C u tting: C u tin-plac e c ons tru c tion by s awing, d rilling, breaking, c hipping, grind ing, and s imilaroperations , inc lu d ing exc avation, u s ing method s leas tlikely to d amage elements retained orad joining c ons tru c tion. If pos s ible, review propos ed proc ed u res with originalIns taller; c omplywithoriginalIns taller's written rec ommend ations .

1 . In general, u s e hand or s mallpower tools d es igned for s awing and grind ing, nothammering and c hopping. C u tholes and s lots neatly to minimu m s ize req u ired , and withminimu m d is tu rbanc e ofad jac ents u rfac es . Temporarily c overopenings when notin u s e .

2 . Finis hed S u rfac es : C u tord rillfrom the expos ed orfinis hed s id e into c onc ealed s u rfac es .


3. C onc rete and M as onry: C u tu s ing a c u tting mac hine, s u c h as an abras ive s aw or ad iamond -c ore d rill.

4. M ec hanic aland Elec tric alS ervic es : C u toff pipe or c ond u itin walls or partitions to beremoved . C ap, valve, or plu g and s ealremaining portion of pipe orc ond u itto prevententranc e ofmois tu re orotherforeign matterafterc u tting.

5. P roc eed withpatc hingafterc ons tru c tion operations req u iringc u ttingare c omplete.

F. P atc hing: P atc h c ons tru c tion by filling, repairing, refinis hing, c los ing u p, and s imilaroperationsfollowing performanc e of other work. P atc h with d u rable s eams thatare as invis ible asprac tic able. P rovid e materials and c omply with ins tallation req u irements s pec ified in otherS ec tions , where applic able.

1 . Ins pec tion: W here feas ible, tes t and ins pec t patc hed areas after c ompletion tod emons trate phys ic alintegrity ofins tallation.

2 . Expos ed Finis hes : Res tore expos ed finis hes of patc hed areas and extend finis hres toration into retained ad joining c ons tru c tion in a mannerthatwillminimize evid enc e ofpatc hingand refinis hing.

3. Floors and W alls : W here walls orpartitions thatare removed extend one finis hed areainto another, patc h and repairfloorand walls u rfac es in the new s pac e. P rovid e an evens u rfac e ofu niform finis h, c olor, textu re, and appearanc e. Remove in-plac e floorand wallc overings and replac e with new materials , if nec es s ary, to ac hieve u niform c olor andappearanc e.

4. C eilings : P atc h, repair, or rehang in-plac e c eilings as nec es s ary to provid e an even-plane s u rfac e ofu niform appearanc e.

5. ExteriorB u ild ing Enc los u re: P atc h c omponents in a mannerthatres tores enc los u re to aweathertightc ond ition.

G. C leaning: C lean areas and s pac es where c u tting and patc hing are performed . Remove paint,mortar, oils , pu tty, and s imilarmaterials from ad jac entfinis hed s u rfac es .

3.5 PROGRESS CLEANING

A . General: C lean P rojec t s ite and work areas d aily, inc lu d ing c ommon areas . Enforc ereq u irements s tric tly. D is pos e ofmaterials lawfu lly.

1 . C omply with req u irements in N FP A 241 forremovalof c ombu s tible was te materials andd ebris .

2 . D o nothold was te materials more than s even d ays d u ringnormalweatherorthree d ays ifthe temperatu re is expec ted to ris e above 8 0 d egF (2 7 d egC ).

3. C ontainerize hazard ou s and u ns anitary was te materials s eparately from other was te.M arkc ontainers appropriately and d is pos e oflegally, ac c ord ingto regu lations .

B . S ite: M aintain P rojec ts ite free ofwas te materials and d ebris .

C . W ork A reas : C lean areas where work is in progres s to the levelof c leanlines s nec es s ary forproperexec u tion ofthe W ork.

1 . Remove liqu id s pills promptly.2 . W here d u s twou ld impair proper exec u tion of the W ork, broom-c lean or vac u u m the

entire workarea, as appropriate.


D . Ins talled W ork: Keep ins talled work c lean. C lean ins talled s u rfac es ac c ord ing to writtenins tru c tions of manu fac tu rer or fabric ator of prod u c tins talled , u s ing only c leaning materialss pec ific ally rec ommend ed . If s pec ific c leaning materials are notrec ommend ed , u s e c leaningmaterials thatare nothazard ou s to health or property and thatwillnotd amage expos eds u rfac es .

E . C onc ealed S pac es : Remove d ebris from c onc ealed s pac es before enc los ingthe s pac e.

F. Expos ed S u rfac es in Finis hed A reas : C lean expos ed s u rfac es and protec tas nec es s ary toens u re freed om from d amage and d eterioration attime ofS u bs tantialC ompletion.

G. W as te D is pos al: D o notbu ry orbu rn was te materials on-s ite. D o notwas h was te materialsd own s ewers orinto waterways .

H . D u ring hand ling and ins tallation, c lean and protec t c ons tru c tion in progres s and ad joiningmaterials alread y in plac e. A pply protec tive c overing where req u ired to ens u re protec tion fromd amage ord eterioration atS u bs tantialC ompletion.

I. C lean and provid e maintenanc e on c ompleted c ons tru c tion as freq u ently as nec es s ary throu ghthe remaind erofthe c ons tru c tion period . A d ju s tand lu bric ate operable c omponents to ens u reoperability withou td amagingeffec ts .

J. L imiting Expos u res : S u pervis e c ons tru c tion operations to as s u re that no part of thec ons tru c tion, c ompleted or in progres s , is s u bjec t to harmfu l, d angerou s , d amaging, orotherwis e d eleteriou s expos u re d u ringthe c ons tru c tion period .

3.6 STARTING AND ADJUSTING

A . S tart eq u ipment and operating c omponents to c onfirm proper operation. Removemalfu nc tioning u nits , replac e withnew u nits , and retes t.

B . A d ju s teq u ipmentfor proper operation. A d ju s toperating c omponents for proper operationwithou tbind ing.

C . Tes teac h piec e ofeq u ipmentto verify properoperation. Tes tand ad ju s tc ontrols and s afeties .Replac e d amaged and malfu nc tioningc ontrols and eq u ipment.

D . M anu fac tu rer's Field S ervic e: C omply with q u alific ation req u irements in D ivis ion 0 1 S ec tion"Q u ality Requ irements . "

3.7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A . P rovid e finalprotec tion and maintain c ond itions thatens u re ins talled W orkis withou td amage ord eterioration attime ofS u bs tantialC ompletion.

B . C omply withmanu fac tu rer's written ins tru c tions fortemperatu re and relative hu mid ity.


3.8 CORRECTION OF THE WORK

A . Repair or remove and replac e d efec tive c ons tru c tion. Res tore d amaged s u bs trates andfinis hes .

1 . Repairing inc lu d es replac ing d efec tive parts , refinis hing d amaged s u rfac es , tou c hing u pwithmatc hingmaterials , and properly ad ju s tingoperatingequ ipment.

B . Res tore permanentfac ilities u s ed d u ringc ons tru c tion to theirs pec ified c ond ition.

C . Remove and replac e d amaged s u rfac es thatare expos ed to view ifs u rfac es c annotbe repairedwithou tvis ible evid enc e ofrepair.

D . Repairc omponents thatd o notoperate properly. Remove and replac e operating c omponentsthatc annotbe repaired .

E . Remove and replac e c hipped , s c ratc hed , and broken glas s orreflec tive s u rfac es .


S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESC O N S TRUC TIO N W A S TE M A N A GEM EN T 0 1 7 419 -1

SECTION 01 7419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A . S ec tion inc lu d es ad minis trative and proc ed u ralreq u irements forthe following:1 . Rec yc lingnonhazard ou s c ons tru c tion was te.2 . D is pos ingofnonhazard ou s c ons tru c tion was te.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A . C ons tru c tion W as te: B u ild ing and s ite improvementmaterials and others olid was te res u ltingfrom c ons tru c tion, remod eling, renovation, or repair operations . C ons tru c tion was te inc lu d espac kaging.

B . D is pos al: Removaloff-s ite of c ons tru c tion was te and s u bs eq u ents ale, rec yc ling, reu s e, ord epos itin land fillorinc ineratorac c eptable to au thorities havingju ris d ic tion.

C . Rec yc le: Rec overy of d emolition or c ons tru c tion was te for s u bs eq u ent proc es s ing inpreparation forreu s e.


A . W as te M anagement C onferenc e: C ond u c t c onferenc e at P rojec t s ite to c omply withreq u irements in D ivis ion 0 1 S ec tion "P rojec tM anagementand C oord ination. "

1.4 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN

A . General: D evelop a was te managementplan ac c ord ing to A S TM E 160 9 and req u irements ofthis S ec tion. P lan s hall c ons is t of was te id entific ation, was te red u c tion work plan, andc os t/revenu e analys is . Ind ic ate q u antities by weightorvolu me, bu tu s e s ame u nits ofmeas u rethrou ghou twas te managementplan.

B . W as te Id entific ation: Ind ic ate antic ipated types and q u antities of c ons tru c tion was te generatedby the W ork. Inc lu d e es timated q u antities and as s u mptions fores timates .

C . W as te Red u c tion W orkP lan: L is teac h type ofwas te and whetheritwillbe s alvaged , rec yc led ,ord is pos ed ofin land fillorinc inerator. Inc lu d e points ofwas te generation, totalq u antity ofeac htype of was te, q u antity for eac h means of rec overy, and hand ling and trans portationproc ed u res .1 . Rec yc led M aterials : Inc lu d e lis tof loc alrec eivers and proc es s ors and type of rec yc led

materials eac hwillac c ept. Inc lu d e names , ad d res s es , and telephone nu mbers .2 . D is pos ed M aterials : Ind ic ate how and where materials willbe d is pos ed of. Inc lu d e

name, ad d res s , and telephone nu mberofeac hland filland inc ineratorfac ility.


3. H and lingand Trans portation P roc ed u res : Inc lu d e method thatwillbe u s ed fors eparatingrec yc lable was te inc lu d ing s izes of c ontainers , c ontainer labeling, and d es ignatedloc ation on P rojec ts ite where materials s eparation willbe loc ated .


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION

A . General: Implementapproved was te managementplan. P rovid e hand ling, c ontainers , s torage,s ignage, trans portation, and other items as req u ired to implementwas te managementpland u ringthe entire d u ration ofthe C ontrac t.

B . W as te M anagementC oord inator: Engage a was te managementc oord inatorto be res pons ibleforimplementing, monitoring, and reportings tatu s ofwas te managementworkplan.

C . Training: Train workers , s u bc ontrac tors , and s u ppliers on proper was te managementproc ed u res , as appropriate forthe W orkoc c u rringatP rojec ts ite.1 . D is tribu te was te managementplan to entities when they firs tbegin workon-s ite. Review

plan proc ed u res and loc ations es tablis hed fors alvage, rec yc ling, and d is pos al.

D . S ite A c c es s and Temporary C ontrols : C ond u c t was te managementoperations to ens u reminimu m interferenc e with road s , s treets , walks , walkways , and other ad jac entoc c u pied andu s ed fac ilities .

1 . D es ignate and labels pec ific areas on P rojec ts ite nec es s ary fors eparating materials thatare to be s alvaged , rec yc led , reu s ed , d onated , and s old .

2 . C omply with D ivis ion 0 1 S ec tion "Temporary Fac ilities and C ontrols " forc ontrolling d u s tand d irt, environmentalprotec tion, and nois e c ontrol.

3.2 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL

A . General: Rec yc le paperand beverage c ontainers u s ed by on-s ite workers .

B . P roc ed u res : S eparate rec yc lable was te from other was te materials , tras h, and d ebris .S eparate rec yc lable was te by type atP rojec ts ite to the maximu m extentprac tic alac c ord ing toapproved c ons tru c tion was te managementplan.

1 . P rovid e appropriately marked c ontainers orbins forc ontrollingrec yc lable was te u ntiltheyare removed from P rojec ts ite. Inc lu d e lis tof ac c eptable and u nac c eptable materials ateac hc ontainerand bin.

a. Ins pec tc ontainers and bins forc ontamination and remove c ontaminated materialsiffou nd .

2 . S toc kpile proc es s ed materials on-s ite withou tintermixing with other materials . P lac e,grad e, and s hape s toc kpiles to d rain s u rfac e water. C overto preventwind blown d u s t.


3. S toc kpile materials away from c ons tru c tion area. D o not s tore within d rip line ofremainingtrees .

4. S tore c omponents offthe grou nd and protec tfrom the weather.5. Remove rec yc lable was te off O wner's property and trans portto rec yc ling rec eiver or

proc es s or.

3.3 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE

A . P ac kaging:

1 . C ard board and B oxes : B reakd own pac kaging into flats heets . B u nd le and s tore in a d ryloc ation.

2 . P olys tyrene P ac kaging: S eparate and bagmaterials .3. P allets : A s m u c h as pos s ible, req u ire d eliveries u s ing pallets to remove pallets from

P rojec ts ite. For pallets thatremain on-s ite, break d own pallets into c omponentwoodpiec es and c omply withreq u irements forrec yc lingwood .

4. C rates : B reak d own c rates into c omponentwood piec es and c omply with req u irementsforrec yc lingwood .

B . S ite-C learingW as tes : C hipbru s h, branc hes , and trees on-s ite.

C . W ood M aterials :1 . C lean C u t-O ffs ofL u mber: Grind orc hipinto s mallpiec es .2 . C lean S awd u s t: B ags awd u s tthatd oes notc ontain painted ortreated wood .

D . Gyps u m B oard : S tac k large c lean piec es on wood pallets or in c ontainer and s tore in a d ryloc ation.1 . C lean Gyps u m B oard : Grind s c raps of c lean gyps u m board u s ing s mallmobile c hipper

orhammermill. S c reen ou tpaperaftergrind ing.

3.4 DISPOSAL OF WASTE

A . General: Exc eptforitems ormaterials to be s alvaged , rec yc led , orotherwis e reu s ed , removewas te materials from P rojec t s ite and legally d is pos e of them in a land fillor inc ineratorac c eptable to au thorities havingju ris d ic tion.1 . Exc eptas otherwis e s pec ified , d o notallow was te materials thatare to be d is pos ed ofto

ac c u m u late on-s ite.2 . Remove and trans portd ebris in a mannerthatwillprevents pillage on ad jac ents u rfac es

and areas .

B . B u rning: D o notbu rn was te materials .

C . D is pos al: Trans portwas te materials offO wner's property and legally d is pos e ofthem .


S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESC L O S EO UT P RO C ED URES 0 1 7 7 0 0 -1

SECTION 01 7700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A . S ec tion inc lu d es ad minis trative and proc ed u ralreq u irements for c ontrac tc los eou t, inc lu d ing,bu tnotlimited to, the following:

1 . S u bs tantialC ompletion proc ed u res .2 . Finalc ompletion proc ed u res .3. W arranties .4. Finalc leaning.

B . Related S ec tions :1 . D ivis ion 0 1 S ec tion " P rojec tRec ord D oc u ments " fors u bmitting Rec ord D rawings , Rec ord

S pec ific ations , and Rec ord P rod u c tD ata.2 . D ivis ion 0 1 S ec tion "O peration and M aintenanc e D ata" for operation and maintenanc e

manu alreq u irements .3. D ivis ion 0 1 S ec tion "D emons tration and Training" forreq u irements forins tru c ting O wner's

pers onnel.4. D ivis ions 0 2 throu gh 33 S ec tions fors pec ific c los eou tand s pec ialc leaning req u irements

forthe W orkin thos e S ec tions .

1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A . P reliminary P roc ed u res : B efore req u es ting ins pec tion for d etermining d ate of S u bs tantialC ompletion, c omplete the following. L is titems below thatare inc omplete withreq u es t.

1 . P repare a lis tofitems to be c ompleted and c orrec ted (pu nc h lis t), the valu e ofitems onthe lis t, and reas ons why the W orkis notc omplete.

2 . A d vis e O wnerofpend ingins u ranc e c hangeoverreq u irements .3. S u bmits pec ific warranties , workmans hip bond s , maintenanc e s ervic e agreements , final

c ertific ations , and s imilard oc u ments .4. O btain and s u bmitreleas es permitting O wneru nres tric ted u s e ofthe W orkand ac c es s to

s ervic es and u tilities . Inc lu d e oc c u panc y permits , operating c ertific ates , and s imilarreleas es .

5. P repare and s u bmitP rojec tRec ord D oc u ments , operation and maintenanc e manu als ,final c ompletion c ons tru c tion photographic d oc u mentation, d amage or s ettlements u rveys , property s u rveys , and s imilarfinalrec ord information.

6. D eliver tools , s pare parts , extra materials , and s imilar items to loc ation d es ignated byO wner. L abelwithmanu fac tu rer's name and mod elnu mberwhere applic able.

7 . M ake finalc hangeoverof permanentloc ks and d eliverkeys to O wner. A d vis e O wner'spers onnelofc hangeoverin s ec u rity provis ions .

8 . C omplete s tartu ptes tingofs ys tems .9. S u bmittes t/ad ju s t/balanc e rec ord s .1 0 . Terminate and remove temporary fac ilities from P rojec t s ite, along with moc ku ps ,

c ons tru c tion tools , and s imilarelements .1 1 . A d vis e O wnerofc hangeoverin heatand otheru tilities .


12 . S u bmit c hangeover information related to O wner's oc c u panc y, u s e, operation, andmaintenanc e.

13. C omplete finalc leaningreq u irements , inc lu d ingtou c hu ppainting.14. Tou c h u p and otherwis e repairand res tore marred expos ed finis hes to eliminate vis u al

d efec ts .

B . Ins pec tion: S u bmita written req u es tforins pec tion forS u bs tantialC ompletion. O n rec eiptofreq u es t, A rc hitec twill either proc eed with ins pec tion or notify C ontrac tor of u nfu lfilledreq u irements . A rc hitec twillprepare the C ertific ate ofS u bs tantialC ompletion afterins pec tion orwillnotify C ontrac tor of items , either on C ontrac tor's lis t or ad d itionalitems id entified byA rc hitec t, thatmu s tbe c ompleted orc orrec ted before c ertific ate willbe is s u ed .

1 . Reins pec tion: Req u es treins pec tion when the W ork id entified in previou s ins pec tions asinc omplete is c ompleted orc orrec ted .

2 . Res u lts ofc ompleted ins pec tion willform the bas is ofreq u irements forfinalc ompletion.

1.3 FINAL COMPLETION

A . P reliminary P roc ed u res : B efore req u es ting finalins pec tion for d etermining finalc ompletion,c omplete the following:

1 . S u bmit a final A pplic ation for P ayment ac c ord ing to D ivis ion 1 S ec tion " P aymentP roc ed u res . "

2 . S u bmitc ertified c opy of A rc hitec t's S u bs tantialC ompletion ins pec tion lis tof items to bec ompleted orc orrec ted (pu nc h lis t), end ors ed and d ated by A rc hitec t. The c ertified c opyof the lis ts halls tate thateac h item has been c ompleted or otherwis e res olved forac c eptanc e.

3. S u bmit evid enc e of final, c ontinu ing ins u ranc e c overage c omplying with ins u ranc ereq u irements .

4. S u bmitpes t-c ontrolfinalins pec tion reportand warranty.5. Ins tru c t O wner's pers onnelin operation, ad ju s tment, and maintenanc e of prod u c ts ,

eq u ipment, and s ys tems . S u bmitd emons tration and trainingvid eo rec ord ings .

B . Ins pec tion: S u bmita written req u es tforfinalins pec tion forac c eptanc e. O n rec eiptofreq u es t,A rc hitec twilleither proc eed with ins pec tion or notify C ontrac tor of u nfu lfilled req u irements .A rc hitec twillprepare a finalC ertific ate forP aymentafterins pec tion orwillnotify C ontrac torofc ons tru c tion thatmu s tbe c ompleted orc orrec ted before c ertific ate willbe is s u ed .

1 . Reins pec tion: Req u es treins pec tion when the W ork id entified in previou s ins pec tions asinc omplete is c ompleted orc orrec ted .

1.4 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)

A . O rganization of L is t: Inc lu d e name and id entific ation of eac h s pac e and area affec ted byc ons tru c tion operations for inc omplete items and items need ing c orrec tion inc lu d ing, ifnec es s ary, areas d is tu rbed by C ontrac tor that are ou ts id e the limits of c ons tru c tion. Us eC S IForm 14. 1 A .

1 . O rganize lis t of s pac es in s eq u ential ord er, s tarting with exterior areas firs t andproc eed ingfrom lowes tfloorto highes tfloor.


2 . O rganize items applyingto eac hs pac e by majorelement, inc lu d ing c ategories forc eiling,ind ivid u alwalls , floors , eq u ipment, and bu ild ings ys tems .

3. S u bmitlis tofinc omplete items in the followingformat:a. Three paperc opies , u nles s otherwis e ind ic ated . A rc hitec twillretu rn two c opies .

1.5 WARRANTIES

A . S u bmittalTime: S u bmitwritten warranties on req u es tofA rc hitec tford es ignated portions oftheW ork where c ommenc ement of warranties other than d ate of S u bs tantial C ompletion isind ic ated .

B . O rganize warranty d oc u ments into an ord erly s eq u enc e bas ed on the table of c ontents of theP rojec tM anu al.

1 . B ind warranties and bond s in heavy-d u ty, 3-ring, vinyl-c overed , loos e-leaf bind ers ,thic knes s as nec es s ary to ac c ommod ate c ontents , and s ized to rec eive 8 -1/2-by-11-inc h(215-by-2 8 0 -mm)paper.

2 . P rovid e heavy paperd ivid ers with plas tic -c overed tabs foreac h s eparate warranty. M arktab to id entify the prod u c torins tallation. P rovid e a typed d es c ription of the prod u c torins tallation, inc lu d ing the name of the prod u c tand the name, ad d res s , and telephonenu mberofIns taller.

3. Id entify eac hbind eron the frontand s pine with the typed orprinted title "W A RRA N TIES , "P rojec tname, and name ofC ontrac tor.

4. S c an warranties and bond s and as s emble c omplete warranty and bond s u bmittalpac kage into a s ingle ind exed elec tronic P D F file with links enabling navigation to eac hitem . P rovid e table ofc ontents atbeginningofd oc u ment.

C . P rovid e ad d itionalc opies ofeac hwarranty to inc lu d e in operation and maintenanc e manu als .

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A . C leaning A gents : Us e c leaning materials and agents rec ommend ed by manu fac tu rer orfabric ator of the s u rfac e to be c leaned . D o not u s e c leaning agents thatare potentiallyhazard ou s to healthorproperty orthatmightd amage finis hed s u rfac es .

1 . Us e c leaning prod u c ts thatmeetGreen S ealGS -37 , orif GS -37 is notapplic able, u s eprod u c ts thatc omply with the C alifornia C od e of Regu lations maximu m allowable VO Clevels .

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FINAL CLEANING

A . General: P erform finalc leaning. C ond u c tc leaning and was te-removaloperations to c omplywith loc al laws and ord inanc es and Fed eral and loc al environmental and antipollu tionregu lations .


B . C leaning: Employ experienc ed workers orprofes s ionalc leaners forfinalc leaning. C lean eac hs u rfac e or u nit to c ond ition expec ted in an average c ommerc ial bu ild ing c leaning andmaintenanc e program . C omply withmanu fac tu rer's written ins tru c tions .

1 . C omplete the following c leaning operations before req u es ting ins pec tion forc ertific ationofS u bs tantialC ompletion forentire P rojec torfora portion ofP rojec t:

a. C lean P rojec ts ite, yard , and grou nd s , in areas d is tu rbed by c ons tru c tion ac tivities ,inc lu d ing land s c ape d evelopmentareas , of ru bbis h, was te material, litter, andotherforeign s u bs tanc es .

b. S weep paved areas broom c lean. Remove petroc hemic als pills , s tains , and otherforeign d epos its .

c . Rake grou nd s thatare neither planted nor paved to a s mooth, even-textu reds u rfac e.

d . Remove tools , c ons tru c tion eq u ipment, mac hinery, and s u rplu s materialfromP rojec ts ite.

e. Remove s now and ic e to provid e s afe ac c es s to bu ild ing.f. C lean expos ed exteriorand interiorhard -s u rfac ed finis hes to a d irt-free c ond ition,

free of s tains , films , and s imilar foreign s u bs tanc es . A void d is tu rbing natu ralweathering of exterior s u rfac es . Res tore reflec tive s u rfac es to their originalc ond ition.

g. Remove d ebris and s u rfac e d u s tfrom limited ac c es s s pac es , inc lu d ing roofs ,plenu ms , s hafts , trenc hes , eq u ipmentvau lts , manholes , attic s , and s imilars pac es .

h. S weepc onc rete floors broom c lean in u noc c u pied s pac es .i. Vac u u m c arpet and s imilar s oft s u rfac es , removing d ebris and exc es s nap;

s hampoo ifvis ible s oilors tains remain.j. C lean trans parentmaterials , inc lu d ing mirrors and glas s in d oors and wind ows .

Remove glazing c ompou nd s and other notic eable, vis ion-obs c u ring materials .Replac e c hipped or broken glas s and other d amaged trans parent materials .P olis hmirrors and glas s , takingc are notto s c ratc hs u rfac es .

k. Remove labels thatare notpermanent.l. Tou c h u pand otherwis e repairand res tore marred , expos ed finis hes and s u rfac es .

Replac e finis hes and s u rfac es thatc annotbe s atis fac torily repaired orres tored orthatalread y s how evid enc e ofrepairorres toration.

1) D o notpaintover"UL " and otherreq u ired labels and id entific ation, inc lu d ingmec hanic aland elec tric alnameplates .

m . W ipe s u rfac es of mec hanic aland elec tric aleq u ipment, elevator eq u ipment, ands imilar eq u ipment. Remove exc es s lu bric ation, paintand mortar d roppings , andotherforeign s u bs tanc es .

n. Replac e parts s u bjec tto operating c ond itions d u ring c ons tru c tion thatmay imped eoperation orred u c e longevity.

o. C lean plu mbing fixtu res to a s anitary c ond ition, free of s tains , inc lu d ing s tainsres u ltingfrom waterexpos u re.

p. Replac e d is pos able air filters and c lean permanentair filters . C lean expos eds u rfac es ofd iffu s ers , regis ters , and grills .

q . C lean lightfixtu res , lamps , globes , and reflec tors to fu nc tion with fu lleffic ienc y.Replac e bu rned -ou tbu lbs , and thos e notic eably d immed by hou rs of u s e, andd efec tive and nois y s tarters in flu ores c entand merc u ry vapor fixtu res to c omplywithreq u irements fornew fixtu res .

r. L eave P rojec tc lean and read y foroc c u panc y.


C . P es tC ontrol: Engage an experienc ed , lic ens ed exterminatorto make a finalins pec tion and ridP rojec tofrod ents , ins ec ts , and otherpes ts . P repare a report.

D . C ons tru c tion W as te D is pos al: C omply with was te d is pos alreq u irements in S ec tion 0 1 7 419" C ons tru c tion W as te M anagementand D is pos al. "

3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK

A . C omplete repair and res toration operations before req u es ting ins pec tion for d etermination ofS u bs tantialC ompletion.

B . Repair or remove and replac e d efec tive c ons tru c tion. Repairing inc lu d es replac ing d efec tiveparts , refinis hing d amaged s u rfac es , tou c hing u p with matc hing materials , and properlyad ju s ting operating eq u ipment. W here d amaged orworn items c annotbe repaired orres tored ,provid e replac ements . Remove and replac e operating c omponents thatc annotbe repaired .Res tore d amaged c ons tru c tion and permanentfac ilities u s ed d u ring c ons tru c tion to s pec ifiedc ond ition.

1 . Remove and replac e c hipped , s c ratc hed , and broken glas s , reflec tive s u rfac es , and otherd amaged trans parentmaterials .

2 . Tou c h u p and otherwis e repair and res tore marred or expos ed finis hes and s u rfac es .Replac e finis hes and s u rfac es thatthatalread y s how evid enc e ofrepairorres toration.

a. D o notpaintover "UL " and other req u ired labels and id entific ation, inc lu d ingmec hanic aland elec tric alnameplates . Remove paintapplied to req u ired labelsand id entific ation.

3. Replac e parts s u bjec t to operating c ond itions d u ring c ons tru c tion that may imped eoperation orred u c e longevity.

4. Replac e bu rned -ou tbu lbs , bu lbs notic eably d immed by hou rs of u s e, and d efec tive andnois y s tarters in flu ores c entand merc u ry vaporfixtu res to c omply with req u irements fornew fixtu res .


S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESO P ERA TIO N A N D M A IN TEN A N C E D A TA 0 1 7 8 23 -1

SECTION 01 7823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A . S ec tion inc lu d es ad minis trative and proc ed u ral req u irements for preparing operation andmaintenanc e manu als , inc lu d ingthe following:

1 . O peration and maintenanc e d oc u mentation d irec tory.2 . Emergenc y manu als .3. O peration manu als fors ys tems , s u bs ys tems , and eq u ipment.4. P rod u c tmaintenanc e manu als .5. S ys tems and eq u ipmentmaintenanc e manu als .


1 . D ivis ions 0 2 throu gh 33 S ec tions for s pec ific operation and maintenanc e manu alreq u irements forthe W orkin thos e S ec tions .

1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A . Format: S u bmitoperations and maintenanc e manu als in the followingformat:

1 . P D F elec tronic file. A s s emble eac h manu alinto a c ompos ite elec tronic ally-ind exed file.S u bmiton d igitalmed ia ac c eptable to A rc hitec t.

a. N ame eac h ind exed d oc u mentfile in c ompos ite elec tronic ind ex with applic ableitem name. Inc lu d e a c omplete elec tronic ally-linked operation and maintenanc ed irec tory.

b. Enable ins erted reviewerc omments on d rafts u bmittals .

B . M anu al S u bmittal: S u bmit eac h manu al in final form prior to req u es ting ins pec tion forS u bs tantialC ompletion and atleas t15 d ays before c ommenc ing d emons tration and training.A rc hitec twillretu rn c opy withc omments .

1 . C orrec tormod ify eac h manu alto c omply with A rc hitec t's c omments . S u bmitc opies ofeac h c orrec ted manu alwithin 15 d ays of rec eiptof A rc hitec t's c omments and prior toc ommenc ingd emons tration and training.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A . O rganization: Unles s otherwis e ind ic ated , organize eac h manu alinto a s eparate s ec tion foreac h s ys tem and s u bs ys tem , and a s eparate s ec tion foreac h piec e ofeq u ipmentnotpartofas ys tem . Eac hmanu als hallc ontain the followingmaterials , in the ord erlis ted :


1 . Title page.2 . Table ofc ontents .3. M anu alc ontents .

B . Title P age: Inc lu d e the followinginformation:

1 . S u bjec tmatterinc lu d ed in manu al.2 . N ame and ad d res s ofP rojec t.3. N ame and ad d res s ofO wner.4. D ate ofs u bmittal.5. N ame and c ontac tinformation forC ontrac tor.6. N ame and c ontac tinformation forC ons tru c tion M anager.7 . N ame and c ontac tinformation forA rc hitec t.8 . N ame and c ontac tinformation forC ommis s ioningA gent.9. N ames and c ontac tinformation formajorc ons u ltants to the A rc hitec tthatd es igned the

s ys tems c ontained in the manu als .1 0 . C ros s -referenc e to related s ys tems in otheroperation and maintenanc e manu als .

C . Table ofC ontents : L is teac hprod u c tinc lu d ed in manu al, id entified by prod u c tname, ind exed tothe c ontentof the volu me, and c ros s -referenc ed to S pec ific ation S ec tion nu mber in P rojec tM anu al.

D . M anu alC ontents : O rganize into s ets ofmanageable s ize. A rrange c ontents alphabetic ally bys ys tem , s u bs ys tem , and eq u ipment. If pos s ible, as s emble ins tru c tions for s u bs ys tems ,eq u ipment, and c omponents ofone s ys tem into a s ingle bind er.

E . M anu als , Elec tronic Files : S u bmitmanu als in the form of a mu ltiple file c ompos ite elec tronicP D F file foreac hmanu altype req u ired .

1 . Elec tronic Files : Us e elec tronic files prepared by manu fac tu rerwhere available. W heres c anning of paperd oc u ments is req u ired , c onfigu re s c anned file forminimu m read ablefile s ize.

2 . File N ames and B ookmarks : Enable bookmarking of ind ivid u ald oc u ments bas ed u ponfile names . N ame d oc u mentfiles to c orres pond to s ys tem , s u bs ys tem , and eq u ipmentnames u s ed in manu ald irec tory and table of c ontents . Grou p d oc u ments for eac hs ys tem and s u bs ys tem into ind ivid u alc ompos ite bookmarked files , then c reate c ompos itemanu al, s o thatres u lting bookmarks reflec tthe s ys tem , s u bs ys tem , and eq u ipmentnames in a read ily navigated file tree. C onfigu re elec tronic manu alto d is play bookmarkpanelu pon openingfile.

F. M anu als , P aper C opy: S u bmittwo (2) manu als in the form of hard -c opy, bou nd and labeledvolu mes .

1 . B ind ers : H eavy-d u ty, three-ring, vinyl-c overed , loos e-leaf or pos t-type bind ers , inthic knes s nec es s ary to ac c ommod ate c ontents , s ized to hold 8 -1/2-by-11-inc h (215-by-2 8 0 -mm)paper; with c learplas tic s leeve on s pine to hold labeld es c ribing c ontents andwithpoc kets ins id e c overs to hold fold ed overs ize s heets .

2.2 EMERGENCY MANUALS

A . C ontent: O rganize manu alinto a s eparate s ec tion foreac hofthe following:


1 . Type ofemergenc y.2 . Emergenc y ins tru c tions .3. Emergenc y proc ed u res .

B . Type of Emergenc y: W here applic able for eac h type of emergenc y ind ic ated below, inc lu d eins tru c tions and proc ed u res foreac hs ys tem , s u bs ys tem , piec e ofeq u ipment, and c omponent:

1 . Fire.2 . Flood .3. Gas leak.4. W aterleak.5. P owerfailu re.6. W aterou tage.7 . S ys tem , s u bs ys tem , oreq u ipmentfailu re.8 . C hemic alreleas e ors pill.

C . Emergenc y Ins tru c tions : D es c ribe and explain warnings , trou ble ind ic ations , errormes s ages ,and s imilar c od es and s ignals . Inc lu d e res pons ibilities of O wner's operating pers onnelfornotific ation ofIns taller, s u pplier, and manu fac tu rerto maintain warranties .

D . Emergenc y P roc ed u res : Inc lu d e the following, as applic able:

1 . Ins tru c tions on s topping.2 . S hu td own ins tru c tions foreac htype ofemergenc y.3. O peratingins tru c tions forc ond itions ou ts id e normaloperatinglimits .4. Req u ired s eq u enc es forelec tric orelec tronic s ys tems .5. S pec ialoperatingins tru c tions and proc ed u res .

2.3 OPERATION MANUALS

A . C ontent: In ad d ition to req u irements in this S ec tion, inc lu d e operation d ata req u ired inind ivid u alS pec ific ation S ec tions and the followinginformation:

1 . S ys tem , s u bs ys tem , and eq u ipmentd es c riptions . Us e d es ignations for s ys tems andeq u ipmentind ic ated on C ontrac tD oc u ments .

2 . P erformanc e and d es ign c riteria ifC ontrac toris d elegated d es ign res pons ibility.3. O peratings tand ard s .4. O peratingproc ed u res .5. O peratinglogs .6. W iringd iagrams .7 . C ontrold iagrams .8 . P iped s ys tem d iagrams .9. P rec au tions agains timproperu s e.1 0 . L ic ens e req u irements inc lu d ingins pec tion and renewald ates .

B . D es c riptions : Inc lu d e the following:

1 . P rod u c tname and mod elnu mber. Us e d es ignations forprod u c ts ind ic ated on C ontrac tD oc u ments .

2 . M anu fac tu rer's name.3. Eq u ipmentid entific ation withs erialnu mberofeac hc omponent.4. Eq u ipmentfu nc tion.


5. O peratingc harac teris tic s .6. L imitingc ond itions .7 . P erformanc e c u rves .8 . Engineeringd ata and tes ts .9. C omplete nomenc latu re and nu mberofreplac ementparts .

C . O peratingP roc ed u res : Inc lu d e the following, as applic able:

1 . S tartu pproc ed u res .2 . Eq u ipmentors ys tem break-in proc ed u res .3. Rou tine and normaloperatingins tru c tions .4. Regu lation and c ontrolproc ed u res .5. Ins tru c tions on s topping.6. N ormals hu td own ins tru c tions .7 . S eas onaland weekend operatingins tru c tions .8 . Req u ired s eq u enc es forelec tric orelec tronic s ys tems .9. S pec ialoperatingins tru c tions and proc ed u res .

D . S ys tems and Eq u ipmentC ontrols : D es c ribe the s eq u enc e of operation, and d iagram c ontrolsas ins talled .

E . P iped S ys tems : D iagram piping as ins talled , and id entify c olor-c od ing where req u ired forid entific ation.

2.4 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A . C ontent: O rganize manu alinto a s eparate s ec tion for eac h prod u c t, material, and finis h.Inc lu d e s ou rc e information, prod u c tinformation, maintenanc e proc ed u res , repairmaterials ands ou rc es , and warranties and bond s , as d es c ribed below.

B . S ou rc e Information: L is teac h prod u c tinc lu d ed in manu al, id entified by prod u c tname andarranged to matc h manu al's table of c ontents . For eac h prod u c t, lis tname, ad d res s , andtelephone nu mberof Ins tallerors u pplierand maintenanc e s ervic e agent, and c ros s -referenc eS pec ific ation S ec tion nu mberand title in P rojec tM anu al.

C . P rod u c tInformation: Inc lu d e the following, as applic able:

1 . P rod u c tname and mod elnu mber.2 . M anu fac tu rer's name.3. C olor, pattern, and textu re.4. M aterialand c hemic alc ompos ition.5. Reord eringinformation fors pec ially manu fac tu red prod u c ts .

D . M aintenanc e P roc ed u res : Inc lu d e manu fac tu rer's written rec ommend ations and the following:

1 . Ins pec tion proc ed u res .2 . Types ofc leaningagents to be u s ed and method s ofc leaning.3. L is tofc leaningagents and method s ofc leaningd etrimentalto prod u c t.4. S c hed u le forrou tine c leaningand maintenanc e.5. Repairins tru c tions .


E . Repair M aterials and S ou rc es : Inc lu d e lis ts of materials and loc als ou rc es of materials andrelated s ervic es .

F. W arranties and B ond s : Inc lu d e c opies ofwarranties and bond s and lis ts ofc irc u ms tanc es andc ond itions thatwou ld affec tvalid ity ofwarranties orbond s .

2.5 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A . C ontent: Foreac h s ys tem , s u bs ys tem , and piec e of eq u ipmentnotpartof a s ys tem , inc lu d es ou rc e information, manu fac tu rers ' maintenanc e d oc u mentation, maintenanc e proc ed u res ,maintenanc e and s ervic e s c hed u les , s pare parts lis tand s ou rc e information, maintenanc es ervic e c ontrac ts , and warranty and bond information, as d es c ribed below.

B . S ou rc e Information: L is teac h s ys tem , s u bs ys tem , and piec e ofeq u ipmentinc lu d ed in manu al,id entified by prod u c tname and arranged to matc h manu al's table of c ontents . For eac hprod u c t, lis tname, ad d res s , and telephone nu mber of Ins taller or s u pplier and maintenanc es ervic e agent, and c ros s -referenc e S pec ific ation S ec tion nu mberand title in P rojec tM anu al.

C . M anu fac tu rers ' M aintenanc e D oc u mentation: M anu fac tu rers ' maintenanc e d oc u mentationinc lu d ingthe followinginformation foreac hc omponentpartorpiec e ofeq u ipment:

1 . S tand ard maintenanc e ins tru c tions and bu lletins .2 . D rawings , d iagrams , and ins tru c tions req u ired for maintenanc e, inc lu d ing d is as s embly

and c omponentremoval, replac ement, and as s embly.3. Id entific ation and nomenc latu re ofparts and c omponents .4. L is tofitems rec ommend ed to be s toc ked as s pare parts .

D . M aintenanc e P roc ed u res : Inc lu d e the following information and items thatd etailes s entialmaintenanc e proc ed u res :

1 . Tes tand ins pec tion ins tru c tions .2 . Trou bles hootinggu id e.3. P rec au tions agains timpropermaintenanc e.4. D is as s embly; c omponentremoval, repair, and replac ement; and reas s embly ins tru c tions .5. A ligning, ad ju s ting, and c hec kingins tru c tions .6. D emons tration and trainingvid eo rec ord ing, ifavailable.

E . M aintenanc e and S ervic e S c hed u les : Inc lu d e s ervic e and lu bric ation req u irements , lis tofreq u ired lu bric ants for eq u ipment, and s eparate s c hed u les for preventive and rou tinemaintenanc e and s ervic e withs tand ard time allotment.

F. S pare P arts L is tand S ou rc e Information: Inc lu d e lis ts of replac ementand repair parts , withparts id entified and c ros s -referenc ed to manu fac tu rers 'maintenanc e d oc u mentation and loc als ou rc es ofmaintenanc e materials and related s ervic es .

G. M aintenanc e S ervic e C ontrac ts : Inc lu d e c opies of maintenanc e agreements with name andtelephone nu mberofs ervic e agent.

H . W arranties and B ond s : Inc lu d e c opies ofwarranties and bond s and lis ts ofc irc u ms tanc es andc ond itions thatwou ld affec tvalid ity ofwarranties orbond s .


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION

A . Emergenc y M anu al: A s s emble a c omplete s etofemergenc y information ind ic ating proc ed u resforu s e by emergenc y pers onneland by O wner's operating pers onnelfortypes ofemergenc iesind ic ated .

B . P rod u c tM aintenanc e M anu al: A s s emble a c omplete s etof maintenanc e d ata ind ic ating c areand maintenanc e ofeac hprod u c t, material, and finis hinc orporated into the W ork.

C . O peration and M aintenanc e M anu als : A s s emble a c omplete s etofoperation and maintenanc ed ata ind ic ating operation and maintenanc e ofeac h s ys tem , s u bs ys tem , and piec e ofeq u ipmentnotpartofa s ys tem .

D . M anu fac tu rers 'D ata: W here manu als c ontain manu fac tu rers 's tand ard printed d ata, inc lu d eonly s heets pertinentto prod u c tor c omponentins talled . M ark eac h s heetto id entify eac hprod u c tor c omponentinc orporated into the W ork. If d ata inc lu d e more than one item in atabu larformat, id entify eac h item u s ing appropriate referenc es from the C ontrac tD oc u ments .Id entify d ata applic able to the W orkand d elete referenc es to information notapplic able.

E . D rawings : P repare d rawings s u pplementing manu fac tu rers 'printed d ata to illu s trate therelations hip of c omponentparts of eq u ipmentand s ys tems and to illu s trate c ontrols eq u enc eand flow d iagrams . C oord inate thes e d rawings withinformation c ontained in rec ord D rawings toens u re c orrec tillu s tration ofc ompleted ins tallation.

1 . D o notu s e originalprojec trec ord d oc u ments as partof operation and maintenanc emanu als .

F. C omply withD ivis ion 1 S ec tion "C los eou tP roc ed u res " fors c hed u le fors u bmitting operation andmaintenanc e d oc u mentation.


S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESP RO JEC T REC O RD D O C UM EN TS 0 1 7 8 39 -1

SECTION 01 7839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A . S ec tion inc lu d es ad minis trative and proc ed u ralreq u irements for projec trec ord d oc u ments ,inc lu d ingthe following:

1 . Rec ord D rawings .2 . Rec ord S pec ific ations .3. Rec ord P rod u c tD ata.


1 . D ivis ion 0 1 S ec tion "O peration and M aintenanc e D ata" for operation and maintenanc emanu alreq u irements .

2 . D ivis ions 0 2 throu gh 33 S ec tions fors pec ific req u irements forprojec trec ord d oc u mentsofthe W orkin thos e S ec tions .


A . Rec ord D rawings : C omply withthe following:

1 . N u mberofC opies : S u bmitone s et(s )ofmarked -u prec ord prints .

B . Rec ord S pec ific ations : S u bmitone paperc opy of P rojec t's S pec ific ations , inc lu d ing ad d end aand c ontrac tmod ific ations .

C . Rec ord P rod u c tD ata: S u bmitone paperc opy ofeac h s u bmittal.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS

A . Rec ord P rints : M aintain one s etofmarked -u ppaperc opies ofthe C ontrac tD rawings and S hopD rawings .

1 . P reparation: M ark rec ord prints to s how the ac tu alins tallation where ins tallation variesfrom that s hown originally. Req u ire ind ivid u alor entity who obtained rec ord d ata,whether ind ivid u al or entity is Ins taller, s u bc ontrac tor, or s imilar entity, to provid einformation forpreparation ofc orres pond ingmarked -u prec ord prints .

a. Give partic u lar attention to information on c onc ealed elements that wou ld bed iffic u ltto id entify ormeas u re and rec ord later.

b. Rec ord d ata as s oon as pos s ible afterobtainingit.


c . Rec ord and c hec kthe marku pbefore enc los ingc onc ealed ins tallations .

2 . M ark the C ontrac tD rawings and S hop D rawings c ompletely and ac c u rately. Utilizepers onnelprofic ientatrec ord ing graphic information in prod u c tion of marked -u p rec ordprints .

3. M ark rec ord s ets with eras able, red -c olored penc il. Us e other c olors to d is tingu is hbetween c hanges ford ifferentc ategories ofthe W orkats ame loc ation.

4. N ote C ons tru c tion C hange D irec tive nu mbers , alternate nu mbers , C hange O rd ernu mbers , and s imilarid entific ation, where applic able.

B . Format: Id entify and d ate eac h rec ord D rawing; inc lu d e the d es ignation " P RO JEC T REC O RDD RA W IN G" in a prominentloc ation.

1 . Rec ord P rints : O rganize rec ord prints and newly prepared rec ord D rawings intomanageable s ets . B ind eac h s etwith d u rable paperc overs heets . Inc lu d e id entific ationon c overs heets .

2 . Id entific ation: A s follows :

a. P rojec tname.b. D ate.c . D es ignation "P RO JEC T REC O RD D RA W IN GS . "d . N ame ofA rc hitec t.e. N ame ofC ontrac tor.

2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS

A . P reparation: M ark S pec ific ations to ind ic ate the ac tu alprod u c tins tallation where ins tallationvaries from thatind ic ated in S pec ific ations , ad d end a, and c ontrac tmod ific ations .

1 . Give partic u lar attention to information on c onc ealed prod u c ts and ins tallations thatc annotbe read ily id entified and rec ord ed later.

2 . M ark c opy with the proprietary name and mod elnu mber of prod u c ts , materials , andeq u ipmentfu rnis hed , inc lu d ings u bs titu tions and prod u c toptions s elec ted .

3. Rec ord the name ofmanu fac tu rer, s u pplier, Ins taller, and otherinformation nec es s ary toprovid e a rec ord ofs elec tions mad e.

4. N ote related C hange O rd ers , rec ord P rod u c t D ata, and rec ord D rawings whereapplic able.

B . Format: S u bmitrec ord S pec ific ations as paperc opy.

2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA

A . P reparation: M ark P rod u c tD ata to ind ic ate the ac tu alprod u c tins tallation where ins tallationvaries s u bs tantially from thatind ic ated in P rod u c tD ata s u bmittal.

1 . Give partic u lar attention to information on c onc ealed prod u c ts and ins tallations thatc annotbe read ily id entified and rec ord ed later.

2 . Inc lu d e s ignific antc hanges in the prod u c t d elivered to P rojec ts ite and c hanges inmanu fac tu rer's written ins tru c tions forins tallation.

3. N ote related C hange O rd ers , rec ord S pec ific ations , and rec ord D rawings whereapplic able.


B . Format: S u bmitrec ord P rod u c tD ata as paperc opy.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS

A . A s s emble mis c ellaneou s rec ord s req u ired by other S pec ific ation S ec tions for mis c ellaneou srec ord keeping and s u bmittalin c onnec tion with ac tu alperformanc e of the W ork. B ind orfilemis c ellaneou s rec ord s and id entify eac h, read y forc ontinu ed u s e and referenc e.

B . Format: S u bmitmis c ellaneou s rec ord s u bmittals as paperc opy.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE

A . Rec ord ing: M aintain one c opy of eac h s u bmittald u ring the c ons tru c tion period for projec trec ord d oc u mentpu rpos es . P os tc hanges and mod ific ations to projec trec ord d oc u ments asthey oc c u r; d o notwaitu ntilthe end ofP rojec t.

B . M aintenanc e ofRec ord D oc u ments and S amples : S tore rec ord d oc u ments and S amples in thefield offic e apartfrom the C ontrac tD oc u ments u s ed forc ons tru c tion. D o notu s e projec trec ordd oc u ments forc ons tru c tion pu rpos es . M aintain rec ord d oc u ments in good ord erand in a c lean,d ry, legible c ond ition, protec ted from d eterioration and los s . P rovid e ac c es s to projec trec ordd oc u ments forA rc hitec t's referenc e d u ringnormalworkinghou rs .


S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESD EM O N S TRA TIO N A N D TRA IN IN G 0 1 7 90 0 -1

SECTION 01 7900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A . S ec tion inc lu d es ad minis trative and proc ed u ralreq u irements forins tru c ting O wner's pers onnel,inc lu d ingthe following:

1 . D emons tration ofoperation ofs ys tems , s u bs ys tems , and eq u ipment.2 . Trainingin operation and maintenanc e ofs ys tems , s u bs ys tems , and eq u ipment.


A . Ins tru c tion P rogram : S u bmitou tline of ins tru c tionalprogram for d emons tration and training,inc lu d ing a lis t of training mod u les and a s c hed u le of propos ed d ates , times , length ofins tru c tion time, and ins tru c tors 'names foreac htrainingmod u le. Inc lu d e learning objec tive andou tline foreac htrainingmod u le.

1 . Ind ic ate propos ed training mod u les u tilizing manu fac tu rer-prod u c ed d emons tration andtraining vid eo rec ord ings fors ys tems , eq u ipment, and prod u c ts in lieu ofvid eo rec ord ingoflive ins tru c tionalmod u le.


A . D emons tration and Training Vid eo Rec ord ings : S u bmittwo c opies within s even d ays ofend ofeac htrainingmod u le.

1 . A tc ompletion oftraining, s u bmitc omplete trainingmanu al(s )forO wner's u s e.


A . Fac ilitatorQ u alific ations : A firm orind ivid u alexperienc ed in training ored u c ating maintenanc epers onnelin a training program s imilarin c ontentand extentto thatind ic ated forthis P rojec t,and whos e work has res u lted in training or ed u c ation with a rec ord of s u c c es s fu llearningperformanc e.

B . Ins tru c tor Q u alific ations : A fac tory-au thorized s ervic e repres entative, c omplying withreq u irements in D ivis ion 0 1 S ec tion "Q u ality Requ irements , " experienc ed in operation andmaintenanc e proc ed u res and training.

C . P reins tru c tion C onferenc e: C ond u c tc onferenc e atP rojec ts ite to c omply with req u irements inD ivis ion 0 1 S ec tion " P rojec tM anagementand C oord ination. " Review method s and proc ed u resrelated to d emons tration and training.


1.5 COORDINATION

A . C oord inate ins tru c tion s c hed u le with O wner's operations . A d ju s t s c hed u le as req u ired tominimize d is ru ptingO wner's operations .

B . C oord inate c ontentof training mod u les with c ontentof approved emergenc y, operation, andmaintenanc e manu als . D o nots u bmitins tru c tion program u ntiloperation and maintenanc e d atahas been reviewed and approved by A rc hitec t.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

A . P rogram S tru c tu re: D evelopan ins tru c tion program thatinc lu d es ind ivid u altrainingmod u les foreac h s ys tem and for eq u ipmentnotpartof a s ys tem , as req u ired by ind ivid u alS pec ific ationS ec tions .

B . Training M od u les : D evelopa learning objec tive and teac hing ou tline foreac h mod u le. Inc lu d ea d es c ription of s pec ific s kills and knowled ge thatpartic ipantis expec ted to mas ter. Foreac hmod u le, inc lu d e ins tru c tion for the following as applic able to the s ys tem , eq u ipment, orc omponent:

1 . B as is ofS ys tem D es ign, O perationalRequ irements , and C riteria: Inc lu d e the following:

a. S ys tem , s u bs ys tem , and eq u ipmentd es c riptions .b. P erformanc e and d es ign c riteria ifC ontrac toris d elegated d es ign res pons ibility.c . O peratings tand ard s .d . Regu latory req u irements .e. Eq u ipmentfu nc tion.f. O peratingc harac teris tic s .g. L imitingc ond itions .h. P erformanc e c u rves .

2 . D oc u mentation: Review the followingitems in d etail:

a. Emergenc y manu als .b. O perations manu als .c . M aintenanc e manu als .d . P rojec trec ord d oc u ments .e. Id entific ation s ys tems .f. W arranties and bond s .g. M aintenanc e s ervic e agreements and s imilarc ontinu ingc ommitments .

3. Emergenc ies : Inc lu d e the following, as applic able:

a. Ins tru c tions on meaningofwarnings , trou ble ind ic ations , and errormes s ages .b. Ins tru c tions on s topping.c . S hu td own ins tru c tions foreac htype ofemergenc y.d . O peratingins tru c tions forc ond itions ou ts id e ofnormaloperatinglimits .e. S eq u enc es forelec tric orelec tronic s ys tems .f. S pec ialoperatingins tru c tions and proc ed u res .


4. O perations : Inc lu d e the following, as applic able:

a. S tartu pproc ed u res .b. Eq u ipmentors ys tem break-in proc ed u res .c . Rou tine and normaloperatingins tru c tions .d . Regu lation and c ontrolproc ed u res .e . C ontrols eq u enc es .f. S afety proc ed u res .g. Ins tru c tions on s topping.h. N ormals hu td own ins tru c tions .i. O peratingproc ed u res foremergenc ies .j. O peratingproc ed u res fors ys tem , s u bs ys tem , oreq u ipmentfailu re.k. S eas onaland weekend operatingins tru c tions .l. Req u ired s eq u enc es forelec tric orelec tronic s ys tems .m . S pec ialoperatingins tru c tions and proc ed u res .

5. A d ju s tments : Inc lu d e the following:

a. A lignments .b. C hec kingad ju s tments .c . N ois e and vibration ad ju s tments .d . E c onomy and effic ienc y ad ju s tments .

6. Trou bles hooting: Inc lu d e the following:

a. D iagnos tic ins tru c tions .b. Tes tand ins pec tion proc ed u res .

7 . M aintenanc e: Inc lu d e the following:

a. Ins pec tion proc ed u res .b. Types ofc leaningagents to be u s ed and method s ofc leaning.c . L is tofc leaningagents and method s ofc leaningd etrimentalto prod u c t.d . P roc ed u res forrou tine c leaninge. P roc ed u res forpreventive maintenanc e.f. P roc ed u res forrou tine maintenanc e.g. Ins tru c tion on u s e ofs pec ialtools .

8 . Repairs : Inc lu d e the following:

a. D iagnos is ins tru c tions .b. Repairins tru c tions .c . D is as s embly; c omponent removal, repair, and replac ement; and reas s embly

ins tru c tions .d . Ins tru c tions forid entifyingparts and c omponents .e. Review ofs pare parts need ed foroperation and maintenanc e.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A . A s s emble ed u c ationalmaterials nec es s ary forins tru c tion, inc lu d ing d oc u mentation and trainingmod u le. A s s emble training mod u les into a training manu alorganized in c oord ination withreq u irements in D ivis ion 0 1 S ec tion "O perations and M aintenanc e D ata. "

3.2 INSTRUCTION

A . Fac ilitator: Engage a q u alified fac ilitatorto prepare ins tru c tion program and trainingmod u les , toc oord inate ins tru c tors , and to c oord inate between C ontrac tor and O wner for nu mber ofpartic ipants , ins tru c tion times , and loc ation.

B . Engage qu alified ins tru c tors to ins tru c tO wner's pers onnelto ad ju s t, operate, and maintains ys tems , s u bs ys tems , and eq u ipmentnotpartofa s ys tem .

1 . A rc hitec t will fu rnis h an ins tru c tor to d es c ribe bas is of s ys tem d es ign, operationalreq u irements , c riteria, and regu latory req u irements .

2 . O wnerwillfu rnis han ins tru c torto d es c ribe O wner's operationalphilos ophy.3. O wnerwillfu rnis hC ontrac torwithnames and pos itions ofpartic ipants .

C . S c hed u ling: P rovid e ins tru c tion atmu tu ally agreed on times . For eq u ipmentthatreq u iress eas onaloperation, provid e s imilarins tru c tion ats tartofeac hs eas on.

1 . S c hed u le training with O wner, throu gh A rc hitec t, with at leas ts even d ays 'ad vanc enotic e.

D . Evalu ation: A tc onc lu s ion of eac h training mod u le, as s es s and d oc u menteac h partic ipant'smas tery ofmod u le by u s e ofa d emons tration performanc e-bas ed tes t.


D IVIS IO N 02 –EXIS TING C O ND ITIO NS

02 4119 Selective Demolition

S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESS E L E C TIVE D EM O L ITIO N 0 2 4119 -1

SECTION 02 4119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL


A . D rawings and general provis ions of the C ontrac t, inc lu d ing General and S u pplementaryC ond itions and D ivis ion 0 1 S pec ific ation S ec tions , apply to this S ec tion.

1 . 2 S UM M A RY

A . S ec tion Inc lu d es :

1 . D emolition and removalofs elec ted portions ofbu ild ingors tru c tu re.2 . S alvage ofexis tingitems to be reu s ed orrec yc led .

B . Related Req u irements :

1 . S ec tion 0 1 10 0 0 " S u mmary" for res tric tions on the u s e of the premis es , O wner-oc c u panc y req u irements , and phas ingreq u irements .

2 . S ec tion 0 1 7 30 0 "Exec u tion" forc u ttingand patc hingproc ed u res .

1 . 3 D EFIN ITIO N S

A . Remove: D etac h items from exis ting c ons tru c tion and legally d is pos e of them off-s ite u nles sind ic ated to be removed and s alvaged orremoved and reins talled .

B . Remove and S alvage: C arefu lly d etac h from exis ting c ons tru c tion, in a manner to preventd amage, and d eliverto O wner.

C . Remove and Reins tall: D etac h items from exis ting c ons tru c tion, prepare forreu s e, and reins tallwhere ind ic ated .

D . Exis ting to Remain: Exis ting items of c ons tru c tion thatare notto be permanently removed andthatare nototherwis e ind ic ated to be removed , removed and s alvaged , or removed andreins talled .

1 . 4 M A TERIA L S O W N ERS H IP

A . Unles s otherwis e ind ic ated , d emolition was te bec omes property ofC ontrac tor.

1 . 5 P REIN S TA L L A TIO N M EETIN GS

A . P red emolition C onferenc e: C ond u c tc onferenc e atP rojec ts ite.


1 . Ins pec tand d is c u s s c ond ition ofc ons tru c tion to be s elec tively d emolis hed .2 . Review s tru c tu ralload limitations ofexis tings tru c tu re.3. Review and finalize s elec tive d emolition s c hed u le and verify availability of materials ,

d emolition pers onnel, eq u ipment, and fac ilities need ed to make progres s and avoidd elays .

4. Review req u irements ofwork performed by othertrad es thatrely on s u bs trates expos edby s elec tive d emolition operations .

5. Review areas where exis tingc ons tru c tion is to remain and req u ires protec tion.


A . Q u alific ation D ata: Forrefrigerantrec overy tec hnic ian.

B . P ropos ed P rotec tion M eas u res : S u bmitreport, inc lu d ing d rawings , thatind ic ates the meas u respropos ed for protec ting ind ivid u als and property, for environmentalprotec tion, for d u s tc ontroland , fornois e c ontrol. Ind ic ate propos ed loc ations and c ons tru c tion ofbarriers .

C . S c hed u le ofS elec tive D emolition A c tivities : Ind ic ate the following:

1 . D etailed s eq u enc e of s elec tive d emolition and removalwork, with s tarting and end ingd ates for eac h ac tivity. Ens u re O wner's bu ild ing manager's and on-s ite operations areu ninterru pted .

2 . Interru ption ofu tility s ervic es . Ind ic ate how longu tility s ervic es willbe interru pted .3. C oord ination fors hu toff, c apping, and c ontinu ation ofu tility s ervic es .4. Us e ofelevatorand s tairs .5. C oord ination of O wner's c ontinu ing oc c u panc y of portions of exis ting bu ild ing and of

O wner's partialoc c u panc y ofc ompleted W ork.

D . Inventory: S u bmita lis tofitems to be removed and s alvaged and d eliverto O wnerpriorto s tartofd emolition.

E . P red emolition P hotographs orVid eo: S u bmitbefore W orkbegins .

F. W arranties : D oc u mentation ind ic ated thatexis ting warranties are s tillin effec tafterc ompletionofs elec tive d emolition.

1 . 7 C L O S EO UT S UB M ITTA L S

A . Inventory: S u bmita lis tofitems thathave been removed and s alvaged .

B . L and fillRec ord s : Ind ic ate rec eiptand ac c eptanc e of hazard ou s was tes by a land fillfac ilitylic ens ed to ac c epthazard ou s was tes .

1 . 8 FIEL D C O N D ITIO N S

A . C ond itions exis ting attime ofins pec tion forbid d ing pu rpos e willbe maintained by O wneras faras prac tic al.


B . N otify A rc hitec tof d is c repanc ies between exis ting c ond itions and D rawings before proc eed ingwiths elec tive d emolition.

C . H azard ou s M aterials : Itis notexpec ted thathazard ou s materials willbe enc ou ntered in theW ork.

1 . H azard ou s materials willbe removed by O wnerbefore s tartofthe W ork.2 . If s u s pec ted hazard ou s materials are enc ou ntered , d o notd is tu rb; immed iately notify

A rc hitec tand O wner. H azard ou s materials willbe removed by O wneru nd era s eparatec ontrac t.

D . S torage ors ale ofremoved items ormaterials on-s ite is notpermitted .

E . Utility S ervic e: M aintain exis ting u tilities ind ic ated to remain in s ervic e and protec tthem agains td amage d u rings elec tive d emolition operations .

1 . M aintain fire-protec tion fac ilities in s ervic e d u rings elec tive d emolition operations .

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2 . 1 P EFO RM A N C E REQ UIREM EN TS

A . Regu latory Req u irements : C omply with governing EP A notific ation regu lations before beginnings elec tive d emolition. C omply with hau ling and d is pos al regu lations of au thorities havingju ris d ic tion.

B . S tand ard s : C omply withA N S I/A S S E A 1 0 . 6 and N FP A 241 .

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3. 1 EX A M IN A TIO N

A . Review rec ord d oc u ments of exis ting c ons tru c tion provid ed by O wner. O wner d oes notgu arantee thatexis tingc ond itions are s ame as thos e ind ic ated in rec ord d oc u ments .

B . S u rvey exis ting c ond itions and c orrelate with req u irements ind ic ated to d etermine extentofs elec tive d emolition req u ired .

C . W hen u nantic ipated mec hanic al, elec tric al, or s tru c tu ralelements thatc onflic twith intend edfu nc tion ord es ign are enc ou ntered , inves tigate and meas u re the natu re and extentof c onflic t.P romptly s u bmita written reportto A rc hitec t.

D . Engage a profes s ionalengineer to perform an engineering s u rvey of c ond ition of bu ild ing tod etermine whether removing any elementmightres u ltin s tru c tu rald efic ienc y or u nplannedc ollaps e of any portion of s tru c tu re or ad jac ents tru c tu res d u ring s elec tive bu ild ing d emolitionoperations .


1 . P erform s u rveys as the W ork progres s es to d etec thazard s res u lting from s elec tived emolition ac tivities .

E . S u rvey of Exis ting C ond itions : Rec ord exis ting c ond itions by u s e of meas u red d rawings ,prec ons tru c tion photographs , prec ons tru c tion vid eotapes and templates .1 . B efore s elec tive d emolition or removal of exis ting bu ild ing elements that will be

reprod u c ed or d u plic ated in finalW ork, make permanent rec ord of meas u rements ,materials , and c ons tru c tion d etails req u ired to make exac treprod u c tion.

3. 2 UTIL ITY S ERVIC ES A N D M EC H A N IC A L /EL EC TRIC A L S YS TEM S

A . Exis ting S ervic es /S ys tems to Remain: M aintain s ervic es /s ys tems ind ic ated to remain andprotec tthem agains td amage.

3. 3 P REP A RA TIO N

A . Temporary S horing: P rovid e and maintain s horing, brac ing, and s tru c tu rals u pports as req u iredto pres erve s tability and preventmovement, s ettlement, orc ollaps e ofc ons tru c tion and finis hesto remain, and to preventu nexpec ted or u nc ontrolled movementor c ollaps e of c ons tru c tionbeingd emolis hed .

1 . S trengthen orad d new s u pports when req u ired d u ring progres s ofs elec tive d emolition.

3. 4 S E L EC TIVE D EM O L ITIO N , GEN ERA L

A . General: D emolis h and remove exis ting c ons tru c tion only to the extent req u ired by newc ons tru c tion and as ind ic ated . Us e method s req u ired to c omplete the W orkwithin limitations ofgoverningregu lations and as follows :

1 . P roc eed with s elec tive d emolition s ys tematic ally, from higher to lower level. C ompletes elec tive d emolition operations above eac h floor or tier before d is tu rbing s u pportingmembers on the nextlowerlevel.

2 . N eatly c u topenings and holes plu mb, s q u are, and tru e to d imens ions req u ired . Us ec u tting method s leas tlikely to d amage c ons tru c tion to remain orad joining c ons tru c tion.Us e hand tools ors mallpowertools d es igned fors awing orgrind ing, nothammering andc hopping, to minimize d is tu rbanc e of ad jac ents u rfac es . Temporarily c over openings toremain.

3. C u tor d rillfrom the expos ed or finis hed s id e into c onc ealed s u rfac es to avoid marringexis tingfinis hed s u rfac es .

4. D o not u s e c u tting torc hes u ntil work area is c leared of flammable materials . A tc onc ealed s pac es , s u c h as d u c tand pipe interiors , verify c ond ition and c ontents ofhid d en s pac e before s tarting flame-c u tting operations . M aintain portable fire-s u ppres s iond evic es d u ringflame-c u ttingoperations .

5. M aintain ad eq u ate ventilation when u s ingc u ttingtorc hes .6. Remove d ec ayed , vermin-infes ted , or otherwis e d angerou s or u ns u itable materials and

promptly d is pos e ofoff-s ite.7 . Remove s tru c tu ralframing members and lower to grou nd by method s u itable to avoid

free falland to preventgrou nd impac tord u s tgeneration.8 . L oc ate s elec tive d emolition eq u ipmentand remove d ebris and materials s o as notto

impos e exc es s ive load s on s u pportingwalls , floors , orframing.


9. D is pos e of d emolis hed items and materials promptly. C omply with req u irements inS ec tion 0 1 7 419 " C ons tru c tion W as te M anagementand D is pos al. "

B . Removed and S alvaged Items :

1 . C lean s alvaged items .2 . P ac korc rate items afterc leaning. Id entify c ontents ofc ontainers .3. S tore items in a s ec u re area u ntild elivery to O wner.4. Trans portitems to O wner's s torage area d es ignated by O wner.5. P rotec titems from d amage d u ringtrans portand s torage.

C . Removed and Reins talled Items :

1 . C lean and repairitems to fu nc tionalc ond ition ad eq u ate forintend ed reu s e.2 . P ac korc rate items afterc leaningand repairing. Id entify c ontents ofc ontainers .3. P rotec titems from d amage d u ringtrans portand s torage.4. Reins tallitems in loc ations ind ic ated . C omply with ins tallation req u irements for new

materials and eq u ipment. P rovid e c onnec tions , s u pports , and mis c ellaneou s materialsnec es s ary to make item fu nc tionalforu s e ind ic ated .

D . Exis ting Items to Remain: P rotec tc ons tru c tion ind ic ated to remain agains td amage and s oilingd u ring s elec tive d emolition. W hen permitted by A rc hitec t, items may be removed to a s u itable,protec ted s torage loc ation d u ring s elec tive d emolition and c leaned and reins talled in theiroriginalloc ations afters elec tive d emolition operations are c omplete.

3. 5 S E L EC TIVE D EM O L ITIO N P RO C ED URES FO R S P E C IFIC M A TERIA L S

A . C onc rete: D emolis h in s ec tions . C u tc onc rete fu lld epth atju nc tu res with c ons tru c tion to remainand atregu larintervals u s ingpower-d riven s aw, then remove c onc rete between s aw c u ts .

B . M as onry: D emolis h in s malls ec tions . C u tmas onry atju nc tu res with c ons tru c tion to remain,u s ingpower-d riven s aw, then remove mas onry between s aw c u ts .

C . C onc rete S labs -on-Grad e: S aw-c u tperimeter of area to be d emolis hed , then break u p andremove.

3. 6 D IS P O S A L O F D EM O L IS H ED M A TERIA L S

A . General: Exc ept for items or materials ind ic ated to be reu s ed , s alvaged , reins talled , orotherwis e ind ic ated to remain O wner's property, remove d emolis hed materials from P rojec ts ite and legally d is pos e ofthem in an EP A -approved land fill.

1 . D o notallow d emolis hed materials to ac c u m u late on-s ite.2 . Remove and trans portd ebris in a mannerthatwillprevents pillage on ad jac ents u rfac es

and areas .3. Remove d ebris from elevated portions ofbu ild ing by c hu te, hois t, orotherd evic e thatwill

c onvey d ebris to grad e levelin a c ontrolled d es c ent.4. C omply with req u irements s pec ified in S ec tion 0 1 7 419 " C ons tru c tion W as te

M anagementand D is pos al. "


B . B u rning: D o notbu rn d emolis hed materials .

C . D is pos al: Trans portd emolis hed materials offO wner's property and legally d is pos e ofthem .

3. 7 C L E A N IN G

A . C lean ad jac ents tru c tu res and improvements of d u s t, d irt, and d ebris c au s ed by s elec tived emolition operations . Retu rn ad jac entareas to c ond ition exis ting before s elec tive d emolitionoperations began.


D IVIS IO N 03 -C O NC RETE

Not Used

D IVIS IO N 04 -M A S O NRY

04 2200 Concrete Unit Masonry

SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATESCONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 2200 - 1

S EC TIO N 04 2200 -C O NC RETE UNIT M A S O NRY August 31, 2017

P A RT 1 -GENERA L


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and SupplementaryConditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Patching and repairing of existing concrete masonry units.2. Mortar and grout.3. Steel reinforcing bars.4. Ties and anchors.5. Embedded flashing.6. Miscellaneous masonry accessories.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. CMU(s): Concrete masonry unit(s).

B. Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells.

1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide unit masonry that develops indicated net-area compressive strengths at 28 days.1. Determine net-area compressive strength of masonry by testing masonry prisms

according to ASTM C 1314.

1.5 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING

A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency toperform preconstruction testing indicated below. Retesting of materials that fail to comply withspecified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense.

1. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit required, according to ASTM C 140for compressive strength.

2. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix required, according to ASTM C 109for compressive strength.

3. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix required, according to ASTM C 780for compressive strength.

4. Grout Test (Compressive Strength): For each mix required, according to ASTM C 1019.5. Prism Test: For each type of construction required, according to ASTM C 1314.



A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: For the following:1. Reinforcing Steel: Detail bending and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars.

Comply with ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement."


A. Qualification Data: For testing agency.

B. Material Certificates: For each type and size of the following:

1. Masonry units.

a. Include material test reports substantiating compliance with requirements.

2. Cementitious materials. Include brand, type, and name of manufacturer.3. Grout mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients.4. Reinforcing bars.5. Anchors, ties, and metal accessories.

C. Mix Designs: For each type of mortar and grout. Include description of type and proportions ofingredients.

1. Include test reports for mortar mixes required to comply with property specification. Testaccording to ASTM C 109 for compressive strength, ASTM C 1506 for water retention,and ASTM C 91 for air content.

2. Include test reports, according to ASTM C 1019, for grout mixes required to comply withcompressive strength requirement.

D. Statement of Compressive Strength of Masonry: For each combination of masonry unit typeand mortar type, provide statement of average net-area compressive strength of masonry units,mortar type, and resulting net-area compressive strength of masonry determined according toTables 1 and 2 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.

E. Cold-Weather and Hot-Weather Procedures: Detailed description of methods, materials, andequipment to be used to comply with requirements.


A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1093 for testing indicated.

B. Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture andcolor, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from singlesource from single manufacturer for each product required.

C. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality,including color for exposed masonry, from single manufacturer for each cementitiouscomponent and from single source or producer for each aggregate.


D. Masonry Standard: Comply with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 unless modified by requirementsin the Contract Documents.

E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements inSection 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination."

1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in anenclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. Ifunits become wet, do not install until they are dry.

B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do notuse cementitious materials that have become damp.

C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained andcontamination avoided.

D. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirtand oil.

1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills withwaterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry whenconstruction is not in progress.

1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides of walls and hold cover securelyin place.

B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at leastthree days after building masonry walls or columns.

C. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be leftexposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with suchmasonry.

1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and from mortar splatter by spreadingcoverings on ground and over wall surface.

2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings.3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and

integral finishes, from mortar droppings.4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from

splashing mortar and dirt onto completed masonry.

D. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with iceor frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged byfrost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements containedin ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.


1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40deg F and higher and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than 7 daysafter completing cleaning.

E. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained inACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.

P A RT 2 -P RO D UC TS

2.1 MASONRY UNITS, GENERAL

A. Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units tocontain chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated in the standard. Do not use unitswhere such defects will be exposed in the completed Work.

B. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide units that comply with requirements for fire-resistance ratings indicated as determined by testing according to ASTM E 119, by equivalentmasonry thickness, or by other means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS

A. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows, with exposed surfaces matching exposedfaces of adjacent units unless otherwise indicated.

1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers,bonding, and other special conditions.

2. Provide square-edged units for outside corners unless otherwise indicated.

B. CMUs: ASTM C 90.

1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net-area compressivestrength of 2000 psi.

2. Density Classification: Lightweight unless otherwise indicated.3. Size (Width): Manufactured to dimensions 3/8 inch less than nominal dimensions.

2.3 MASONRY LINTELS

A. Masonry Lintels: Prefabricated or built-in-place masonry lintels made from bond beam CMUswith reinforcing bars placed as indicated and filled with coarse grout. Cure precast lintels beforehandling and installing. Temporarily support built-in-place lintels until cured.

2.4 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS

A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weatherconstruction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar colorindicated.

B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.


C. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144.1. For joints less than 1/4 inch thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the

No. 16 sieve.

D. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404.

E. Water: Potable.

2.5 REINFORCEMENT

A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615 or ASTM A 996, Grade 60.

2.6 TIES AND ANCHORS

A. Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in this article that are made from materials thatcomply with the following unless otherwise indicated.

1. Mill-Galvanized, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82; with ASTM A 641, Class 1 coating.2. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, Commercial Steel, G60 zinc coating.3. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36.

B. Rigid Anchors: Fabricate from steel bars 1-1/2 inches wide by 1/4 inch thick by 24 inches long,with ends turned up 2 inches or with cross pins unless otherwise indicated.

1. Corrosion Protection: Hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153.

2.7 MISCELLANEOUS ANCHORS

A. Anchor Bolts: Headed or L-shaped steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; withASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers; hot-dip galvanized to comply withASTM A 153, Class C; of dimensions indicated.

B. Postinstalled Anchors: Torque-controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors.

1. Load Capacity: Capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to six times the loadimposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installedin concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualifiedindependent testing agency.

2. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply withASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5 unless otherwise indicated.

3. Material for Exterior Locations: Alloy Group 1 stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593, andnuts, ASTM F 594.

2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES

A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1;compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene.


B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Made from styrene-butadiene-rubber compound, complyingwith ASTM D 2000, Designation M2AA-805 or PVC, complying with ASTM D 2287, Type PVC-65406 and designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall;size and configuration as indicated.

2.9 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES

A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators,retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures unless otherwiseindicated.

1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.2. Use portland cement-lime mortar unless otherwise indicated.

B. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Property Specification. Provide thefollowing types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated.1. For reinforced masonry, use Type S.

C. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476.

1. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that willcomply with Table 1.15.1 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spacesand pour height.

2. Proportion grout in accordance with ASTM C 476, Table 1 or paragraph 4.2.2 forspecified 28-day compressive strength indicated, but not less than 4000 psi.

3. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches as measured according to ASTM C 143.


3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installationtolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimentalto performance of work.

2. Verify that foundations are within tolerances specified.3. Verify that reinforcing dowels are properly placed.

B. Before installation, examine rough-in and built-in construction for piping systems to verify actuallocations of piping connections.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections.


B. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry. After installingequipment, complete masonry to match the construction immediately adjacent to opening.

C. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuouspattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp,unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cutunits with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed.

3.3 TOLERANCES

A. Dimensions and Locations of Elements:

1. For dimensions in cross section or elevation do not vary by more than plus 1/2 inch orminus 1/4 inch.

2. For location of elements in plan do not vary from that indicated by more than plus orminus 1/2 inch.

3. For location of elements in elevation do not vary from that indicated by more than plus orminus 1/4 inch in a story height or 1/2 inch total.

B. Lines and Levels:

1. For bed joints and top surfaces of bearing walls do not vary from level by more than 1/4inch in 10 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.

2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not varyfrom level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.

3. For vertical lines and surfaces do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet,3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.

4. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, andexpansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.

5. For lines and surfaces do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inchin 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.

6. For vertical alignment of exposed head joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4inch in 10 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.

C. Joints:

1. For bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch,with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch.

2. For exposed bed joints, do not vary from bed-joint thickness of adjacent courses by morethan 1/8 inch.

3. For head and collar joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus 3/8inch or minus 1/4 inch.

4. For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus1/8 inch.

3.4 LAYING MASONRY WALLS

A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform jointthicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets.


Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, atother locations.

B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry inrunning bond; do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions atcorners or jambs.

C. Stopping and Resuming Work: Stop work by racking back units in each course from those incourse below; do not tooth. When resuming work, clean masonry surfaces that are to receivemortar before laying fresh masonry.

D. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections.Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items.

E. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar unless otherwise indicated.

F. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer ofmetal lath, wire mesh, or plastic mesh in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core.

G. Fill cores in hollow CMUs with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, andsimilar items unless otherwise indicated.

H. Build non-load-bearing interior partitions full height of story to underside of solid floor or roofstructure above unless otherwise indicated.

1. Install compressible filler in joint between top of partition and underside of structureabove.

2. At fire-rated partitions, treat joint between top of partition and underside of structureabove to comply with Section 07 8446 "Fire-Resistive Joint Systems."

3.5 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING

A. Lay hollow CMUs as follows:

1. With face shells fully bedded in mortar and with head joints of depth equal to bed joints.2. With webs fully bedded in mortar in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters.3. With webs fully bedded in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on

footings.4. With entire units, including areas under cells, fully bedded in mortar at starting course on

footings where cells are not grouted.

B. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than jointthickness unless otherwise indicated.

C. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes (other thanpaint) unless otherwise indicated.


3.6 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS

A. General: Install control and expansion joint materials in unit masonry as masonry progresses.Do not allow materials to span control and expansion joints without provision to allow for in-plane wall or partition movement.

B. Form control joints in concrete masonry as follows:1. Install preformed control-joint gaskets designed to fit standard sash block.

3.7 LINTELS

A. Provide masonry lintels where shown and where openings of more than 12 inches for brick-sizeunits and 24 inches for block-size units are shown without structural steel or other supportinglintels.

B. Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches at each jamb unless otherwise indicated.

3.8 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION

A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores as needed to supportreinforced masonry elements during construction.

1. Construct formwork to provide shape, line, and dimensions of completed masonry asindicated. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace,tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing ofreinforced masonry.

2. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardenedsufficiently to carry their own weight and other loads that may be placed on them duringconstruction.

B. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.

C. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained enoughstrength to resist grout pressure.

1. Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for cleanouts and for groutplacement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height.

2. Limit height of vertical grout pours to not more than 60 inches.

3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage special inspectors to perform tests and inspectionsand prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas, as needed toperform tests and inspections. Retesting of materials that fail to meet specified requirementsshall be done at Contractor's expense.

B. Inspections: Level B for Buildings C and D, Level C for Building A, special inspectionsaccording to the "International Building Code."


1. Begin masonry construction only after inspectors have verified proportions of site-prepared mortar.

2. Place grout only after inspectors have verified compliance of grout spaces and of grades,sizes, and locations of reinforcement.

3. Place grout only after inspectors have verified proportions of site-prepared grout.

C. Testing Prior to Construction: One set of tests.

D. Testing Frequency: One set of tests for each 5000 sq. ft. of wall area or portion thereof.

E. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided, according to ASTM C 140 forcompressive strength.

F. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 780. Testmortar for mortar air content and compressive strength.

G. Grout Test (Compressive Strength): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 1019.

H. Prism Test: For each type of construction provided, according to ASTM C 1314 at 7 days andat 28 days.

3.10 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING

A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwisedamaged or that do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; installin fresh mortar, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement.

B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, andcompletely fill with mortar. Point up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacentconstruction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for sealant application,where indicated.

C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to removemortar fins and smears before tooling joints.

D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows:

1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrapehoes or chisels.

2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned forcomparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceedingwith cleaning of masonry.

3. Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by coveringthem with liquid strippable masking agent or polyethylene film and waterproof maskingtape.

4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly byrinsing surfaces thoroughly with clear water.

5. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2A applicable totype of stain on exposed surfaces.


3.11 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL

A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor'sproperty. At completion of unit masonry work, remove from Project site.

B. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess masonry waste and legally dispose of off Owner'sproperty.


D IVIS IO N 05 -M ETA L S

05 5833 Countertop Supports05 7500 Decorative Formed Metal

S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESC O UN TERTO P S UP P O RTS 0 5 58 33 -1

SECTION 05 5833 - COUNTERTOP SUPPORTS A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL


A . D rawings and generalprovis ions of the C ontrac t, inc lu d ing Generaland S u pplementaryC ond itions and D ivis ion 0 1 S pec ific ation S ec tions , applyto this S ec tion.

1 . 2 D ES C RIP TIO N O F W O RK

A . The workofthis s ec tion inc lu d es , bu tis notlimited to, the following.1 . C u s tom fabric ated metalc ou ntertop s u pportbrac kets fors tone c ou ntertops and

otherc ou ntertops ind ic ated .

B . Related W ork:

1 . S ec tion 0 6 4116 –P las tic -L aminated -Fac ed A rc hitec tu ralC abinets2 . S ec tion 12 3661 . 19 –Q u artz A gglomerate C ou ntertops

1 . 4 S UB M ITTA L S

A . S hopD rawings : P rovid e large s c ale s hopd rawings forfabric ation, ins tallation and erec tion ofallparts ofthe work. P rovid e plans , elevations , and d etails ofanc horages , c onnec tions andac c es s oryitems . P rovid e ins tallation templates forworkins talled byothers .

B . Field M eas u rements : Take ac c u rate field meas u rements before preparation of s hopd rawings and fabric ation. D o notd elayjob progres s ; allow forfield c u ttingand fittingwheretakingfield meas u rements before fabric ation is notpos s ible.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2 . 1 FERRO US M ETA L S

A . S teelP lates , S hapes , and B ars : A S TM A 36/A 36M .

B . S teelTu bing: C old -formed s teeltu bingc omplyingwithA S TM A 50 0 .

C . S teelP ipe: A S TM A 53, s tand ard weight(S c hed u le 40 ), u nles s anotherweightis ind ic ated orreq u ired by s tru c tu ralload s .

D . C as t-in-P lac e A nc hors in C onc rete: A nc hors of type ind ic ated below, fabric ated fromc orros ion-res is tantmaterials c apable ofs u s taining, withou tfailu re, the load impos ed within as afety fac tor of 4, as d etermined by tes ting per A S TM E 48 8 , c ond u c ted by a qu alifiedind epend enttes tingagenc y.1 . Thread ed orwed ge type; galvanized ferrou s c as tings , eitherA S TM A 47 (A S TM A

47 M )malleable iron orA S TM A 2 7 /A 2 7 M c as ts teel. P rovid e bolts , was hers , a nds hims as need ed , hot-d ipgalvanized perA S TM A 153/A 153M .

E . W eld ingRod s and B are Elec trod es : S elec tac c ord ingto A W S s pec ific ations formetalalloyweld ed .


2 . 2 P A IN T

A . S hop P rimerforFerrou s M etal: Fas t-c u ring, lead -and c hromate-free, u nivers almod ified -alkyd primerc omplyingwithperformanc e req u irements in FS TT-P -664; s elec ted forgoodres is tanc e to normalatmos pheric c orros ion, c ompatibilitywithfinis hpaints ys tem ind ic ated ,and c apability to provid e a s ou nd fou nd ation forfield -applied topc oats d es pite prolongedexpos u re.

2 . 3 FA S TEN ERS

A . General: P rovid e Type 30 4 or316 s tainles s -s teelfas teners forexterioru s e and zinc -platedfas teners withc oatingc omplyingwithA S TM B 633, C las s Fe/Zn 5, where bu iltinto exteriorwalls . S elec tfas teners fortype, grad e, and c las s req u ired .

B . B olts and N u ts : Regu lar hexagon-head bolts , A S TM A 30 7 , Grad e A (A S TM F 568 M ,P ropertyC las s 4. 6); withhex nu ts , A S TM A 563 (A S TM A 563M ); and where ind ic ated , flatwas hers .

C . A nc horB olts : A S TM F 1554, Grad e 36.

D . P lain W as hers : Rou nd , c arbon s teel, A S M E B 1 8 . 2 2 . 1 (A S M E B 1 8 . 2 2M ).

E . L oc kW as hers : H elic al, s pringtype, c arbon s teel, A S M E B 1 8 . 2 1 . 1 (A S M E B 1 8 . 2 1 . 2M ).

F. Expans ion A nc hors : A nc hor boltand s leeve as s embly of materialind ic ated below withc apabilityto s u s tain, withou tfailu re, aload eq u alto s ix times the load impos ed when ins talledin u nitmas onry and eq u alto fou rtimes the load impos ed when ins talled in c onc rete, asd etermined bytes tingperA S TM E 48 8 , c ond u c ted byaqu alified ind epend enttes tingagenc y.1 . M aterial: C arbon-s teelc omponents zinc -plated to c omplywithA S TM B 633, C las s

Fe/Zn 5.

2 . 4 GRO UT

A . N ons hrinkM etallic Grou t: Fac tory-pac kaged , ferrou s aggregate grou tc omplyingwithA S TMC 110 7 , s pec ific allyrec ommend ed bymanu fac tu rerforheavy-d u tyload ingapplic ations .

2 . 5 FA B RIC A TIO N , GEN ERA L

A . S hop A s s embly: P reas s emble items in s hop to greates textentpos s ible to minimize fields plic ing and as s embly. D is as s emble u nits only as nec es s ary fors hipping and hand linglimitations . Us e c onnec tions thatmaintain s tru c tu ralvalu e ofjoined piec es . C learly marku nits forreas s emblyand c oord inated ins tallation.

B . S hearand pu nc hmetals c leanlyand ac c u rately. Remove bu rrs .

C . Eas e expos ed ed ges to a rad iu s of approximately 1/32 inc h (1mm), u nles s otherwis eind ic ated . Form bent-metalc orners to s malles trad iu s pos s ible withou tc au s ing grains eparation orotherwis e impairingwork.

D . W eld c orners and s eams c ontinu ou s lyto c omplywiththe following;1 . Us e materials and method s thatminimize d is tortion and d evelop s trength and

c orros ion res is tanc e ofbas e metals .2 . O btain fu s ion withou tu nd erc u toroverlap.


3. Remove weld ingflu x immed iately.4. A texpos ed c onnec tions , finis hexpos ed weld s ans s u rfac es wmoothand blend ed s o

no rou ghnes s s hows afterfinis hingand c ontou rofweld ed s u rfac e matc hes thatofad jac ents u rfac e.

E . P rovid e foranc horage oftype ind ic ated : c oord inate withs u pportings tru c tu re. Fabric ate ands pac e anc horingd evic es to s ec u re metalfabric ations rigid lyin plac e and to s u pportind ic tedload s .

F. Form expos ed work tru e to line and levelwith ac c u rate angles and s u rfac es and s traights harped ges .

G. Remove s harporrou ghareas on expos ed traffic s u rfac es .

2 . 6 C O UN TER TO P S UP P O RTS

A . C u s tom Fabric ated M etalC ou ntertopS u pports : C u s tom fabric ate c ou ntertops u pports tos u pportentire weightofc ou nteras s embly and an ad d itional50 0 pou nd c onc entrated loadac tingatloc ation and in d irec tion to c reate the greates ts tres s . D rilland prepare c ou ntertops u pports to rec eive allanc horbolts and fas teners inc lu d ingthos e forc ou ntertop, c ou ntertopaprons , and otheritems ind ic ated .1 . C onc ealed C ou ntertop S u pports : M ake c ou ntertop s u pports fu lly c onc ealed from

normalviewingangles .2 . S hopP ainting& P reparation: S hopprime paintworkas s pec ified in S ec tion 0 9 9123.

S hopapplythe firs tc oats pec ified .

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3. 1 IN S TA L L A TIO N

A . P re-Ins tallation Examination Requ ired : The Ins tallers hallexamine previou s work, relatedwork, and c ond itions u nd erwhic hthis workis to be performed and notifyC ontrac torin writingofalld efic ienc ies and c ond itions d etrimentalto the properc ompletion ofthis work. B eginningworkmeans Ins tallerac c epts s u bs trates , previou s work, and c ond itions .

B . C ou ntertop S u pportIns tallation Requ irements : P rovid e s u itable anc hors and fas teners toc onnec tc ou nters u pports to s olid bloc kingand s u pportingc ons tru c tion.1 . P rovid e s etting templates and d iagrams and c oord inate with otherworkinc lu d ing

bloc kingand c ou ntertops s o thatad eq u ate anc horbolts , bloc kingand brac ingis inplac e and ac c u ratelyloc ated .

2 . S etworkac c u ratelyand tru lyplu mb, leveland aligned .3. A llow atleas t1/4 inc hs him s pac e above c ou ntertops u pports forprec is e levelingof

c ou ntertops .4. A nc horc ou ntertop s u pports to c onc ealed framing and bloc king to s u pportload s

s pec ified u nd erfabric ation.5. C onc ealc ou ntertops u pports from normalview, exc eptwhere c learlyind ic ated to be

vis ible in the c ompleted work.

C . Repair: Tou c h-u pd amaged finis hes and repairminord amage to eliminate allevid enc e ofrepair. Remove and replac e workthatc annotbe s u c c es s fu llyrepaired .


SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATESDECORATIVE FORMED METAL 057500 - 1

S EC TIO N 05 7 500 -D EC O RA TIVE FO RM ED M ETA L August 31, 2017

P A RT 1 -GENERA L



1.2 SUMMARY


1. Countertop skirting.

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for decorative formed metal items. Furnish settingdrawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concreteinserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete ormasonry. Deliver items to Project site in time for installation.

B. Coordinate installation of decorative formed metal with adjacent construction to ensure that wallassemblies, flashings, trim, and joint sealants, are protected against damage from the effects ofweather, age, corrosion, and other causes of deterioration.


A. Product Data: For each type of product, including finishing materials.

B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for decorative formed metal.

1. Include plans, elevations, component details, and attachment details.2. Indicate materials and profiles of each decorative formed metal member, fittings, joinery,

finishes, fasteners, anchorages, and accessory items.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: For products involving selection of color, texture, ordesign, including mechanical finishes.


A. Evaluation Reports: For post-installed anchors, from ICC-ES.



A. Maintenance Data: For stainless-steel finish to include in maintenance manuals.


A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing decorative formed metal similar tothat indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance as well assufficient production capacity to produce required units.


A. Deliver decorative formed metal products wrapped in protective coverings and strappedtogether in suitable packs or in heavy-duty cartons. Remove protective coverings before theystain or bond to finished surfaces.

B. Store products on elevated platforms in a dry location.

1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls, columns, beams, and other constructioncontiguous with decorative formed metal by field measurements before fabrication and indicatemeasurements on Shop Drawings.



A. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperaturechanges acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints,overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects.

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), materialsurfaces.

2.2 SHEET METAL

A. General: Fabricate products from sheet metal without pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains,discolorations, or other imperfections where exposed to view on finished units.

B. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 304, stretcher-leveledstandard of flatness.


2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Sealants, Interior: Nonsag, paintable sealant complying with Section 07 9200 "Joint Sealants"and as recommended in writing by decorative formed metal manufacturer.

B. Filler Metal and Electrodes: Provide type and alloy of filler metal and electrodes asrecommended by producer of metal to be welded or brazed and as necessary for strength,corrosion resistance, and compatibility in fabricated items.

1. Use filler metals that will match the color of metal being joined and will not causediscoloration.

C. Fasteners: Fabricated from same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal unless otherwiseindicated. Do not use metals that are incompatible with materials joined.

1. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting decorative formed metal items and forattaching them to other work unless otherwise indicated.

2. Provide tamper-resistant flat-head machine screws for exposed fasteners unlessotherwise indicated.

D. Nonstructural Anchors: For applications not indicated to comply with design loads, providefastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, basedon ICC-ES AC193.

E. Backing Materials: Provided or recommended by decorative formed metal manufacturer.

F. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive recommended by metal fabricator that will fully bond metal tometal, will prevent telegraphing and oil-canning, and is compatible with substrate andnoncombustible after curing.

2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble decorative formed metal items in shop to greatest extent possibleto minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping andhandling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.

B. Coordinate dimensions and attachment methods of decorative formed metal items with those ofadjoining construction to produce integrated assemblies with closely fitting joints and with edgesand surfaces aligned unless otherwise indicated.

C. Form metal to profiles indicated, in maximum lengths to minimize joints. Produce flat, flushsurfaces without cracking or grain separation at bends. Fold back exposed edges ofunsupported sheet metal to form a 1/2-inch- (12-mm-) wide hem on the concealed side, or easeedges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm) and support with concealed stiffeners.

D. Increase metal thickness or reinforce with concealed stiffeners, backing materials, or both, asneeded to provide surface flatness equivalent to stretcher-leveled standard of flatness andsufficient strength for indicated use.

1. Support joints with concealed stiffeners as needed to hold exposed faces of adjoiningsheets in flush alignment.


E. Build in straps, plates, and brackets as needed to support and anchor fabricated items toadjoining construction. Reinforce decorative formed metal items as needed to attach andsupport other construction.

F. Provide support framing, mounting and attachment clips, splice sleeves, fasteners, andaccessories needed to install decorative formed metal items.

2.5 COUNTERTOP SKIRTING

A. Form countertop skirting from metal of type and thickness indicated below. Fabricate to fit tightlyto adjoining construction.

1. Stainless-Steel Sheet: 0.050 inch (1.27 mm).

a. Finish: No. 4.

B. Fabricate with calk stop angle to retain backer rod and sealant.

C. Conceal fasteners where possible; otherwise, locate where they are as inconspicuous aspossible. Size fasteners to support closures and trim, with fasteners spaced to prevent bucklingor waviness in finished surfaces.

D. Drill and tap holes needed for securing countertop skirting to other surfaces.

E. Incorporate gaskets where indicated or needed for concealed, continuous seal at abuttingsurfaces.

F. Miter or cope trim members at corners and reinforce with bent metal splice plates to form tightjoints.

2.6 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS

A. Complete mechanical finishes of flat sheet metal surfaces before fabrication where possible.After fabrication, finish all joints, bends, abrasions, and other surface blemishes to match sheetfinish.

B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,temporary protective covering before shipping.

C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces areacceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations inthe same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components areacceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed tominimize contrast.

2.7 STAINLESS-STEEL FINISHES

A. Surface Preparation: Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish.

B. Polished Finishes: Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish, free of cross scratches.


1. Run grain of directional finishes with long dimension of each piece.

C. Directional Satin Finish: No. 4.

D. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matterand leave surfaces chemically clean.


3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance withrequirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of decorativeformed metal.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Locate and place decorative formed metal items level and plumb and in alignment with adjacentconstruction. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required to install decorative formed metal.

1. Do not cut or abrade finishes that cannot be completely restored in the field. Return itemswith such finishes to the shop for required alterations, followed by complete refinishing, orprovide new units as required.

B. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screwswhere needed to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection.

C. Form tight joints with exposed connections accurately fitted together. Provide reveals andopenings for sealants and joint fillers as indicated.

D. Install concealed gaskets, joint fillers, insulation, sealants, and flashings, as the Workprogresses, to make exterior decorative formed metal items weatherproof.

E. Corrosion Protection: Apply bituminous paint or other permanent separation materials onconcealed surfaces where metals would otherwise be in direct contact with substrate materialsthat are incompatible or could result in corrosion or deterioration of either material or finish.

3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Unless otherwise indicated, clean metals by washing thoroughly with water and soap, rinsingwith clean water, and drying with soft cloths.

B. Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence remains ofcorrection work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop; make requiredalterations and refinish entire unit or provide new units.


3.4 PROTECTION

A. Protect finishes of decorative formed metal items from damage during construction period.Remove temporary protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion.

END O F S EC TIO N 05 7 500

D IVIS IO N 06 -W O O D A ND P L A S TIC S

Not Used

D IVIS IO N 07 -TH ERM A L A ND M O IS TURE P RO TEC TIO N

07 9200 Joint Sealants

S A L T L A KE C O UN TY GO VERN M EN T C EN TER RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESJO IN T S EA L A N TS 0 7 920 0 -1

SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL



1 . 2 S UM M A RY


1 . S ilic one joints ealants .2 . Urethane joints ealants .3. L atex joints ealants .4. A c ou s tic aljoints ealants .


1 . S ec tion 0 9 290 0 "Gyps u m B oard " fors ealingperimeterjoints .2 . S ec tion 0 9 30 0 0 "Tiling" fors ealingtile joints .

1 . 3 P REC O N S TRUC TIO N TES TIN G

A . P rec ons tru c tion C ompatibility and A d hes ion Tes ting: S u bmitto joint-s ealantmanu fac tu rers , fortes tingind ic ated below, s amples ofmaterials thatwillc ontac toraffec tjoints ealants .

1 . Us e A S TM C 1 0 8 7 to d etermine whether priming and other s pec ific jointpreparationtec hniqu es are req u ired to obtain rapid , optimu m ad hes ion of joints ealants to joints u bs trates .

2 . S u bmitnotfewer than eightpiec es of eac h kind of material, inc lu d ing joints u bs trates ,s hims , joint-s ealantbac kings , s ec ond ary s eals , and mis c ellaneou s materials .

3. S c hed u le s u ffic ienttime fortes tingand analyzingres u lts to preventd elayingthe W ork.4. For materials failing tes ts , obtain joint-s ealantmanu fac tu rer's written ins tru c tions for

c orrec tive meas u res inc lu d ingu s e ofs pec ially formu lated primers .5. Tes ting willnotbe req u ired if joint-s ealantmanu fac tu rers s u bmitjointpreparation d ata

thatare bas ed on previou s tes ting, notold er than 24 months , of s ealantprod u c ts forad hes ion to, and c ompatibility with, joints u bs trates and othermaterials matc hing thos es u bmitted .

B . P rec ons tru c tion Field -A d hes ion Tes ting: B efore ins talling s ealants , field tes ttheirad hes ion toP rojec tjoints u bs trates as follows :

1 . L oc ate tes tjoints where ind ic ated on P rojec tor, ifnotind ic ated , as d irec ted by A rc hitec t.2 . C ond u c tfield tes ts foreac happlic ation ind ic ated below:


a. Eac hkind ofs ealantand joints u bs trate ind ic ated .

3. N otify A rc hitec ts even d ays in ad vanc e of d ates and times when tes tjoints willbeerec ted .

4. A rrange fortes ts to take plac e with joint-s ealantmanu fac tu rer's tec hnic alrepres entativepres ent.

a. Tes tM ethod : Tes tjoints ealants ac c ord ing to M ethod A , Field -A pplied S ealantJointH and P u llTab, in A ppend ix X1 in A S TM C 1 193 orM ethod A , TailP roc ed u re,in A S TM C 1521 .

1) For joints with d is s imilar s u bs trates , verify ad hes ion to eac h s u bs trates eparately; extend c u talong one s id e, verifying ad hes ion to oppos ite s id e.Repeatproc ed u re foroppos ite s id e.

5. Reportwhether s ealantfailed to ad here to joints u bs trates or tore c ohes ively. Inc lu d ed ata on pu lld is tanc e u s ed to tes teac h kind ofprod u c tand joints u bs trate. Fors ealantsthatfailad hes ively, retes tu ntils atis fac tory ad hes ion is obtained .

6. Evalu ation of P rec ons tru c tion Field -A d hes ion-Tes tRes u lts : S ealants notevid enc ingad hes ive failu re from tes ting, in abs enc e of other ind ic ations of nonc omplianc e withreq u irements , willbe c ons id ered s atis fac tory. D o notu s e s ealants thatfailto ad here tojoints u bs trates d u ringtes ting.

1 . 4 A C TIO N S UB M ITTA L S

A . P rod u c tD ata: Foreac hjoint-s ealantprod u c tind ic ated .

B . S amples forInitialS elec tion: M anu fac tu rer's c olorc harts c ons is ting of s trips of c u red s ealantss howingthe fu llrange ofc olors available foreac hprod u c texpos ed to view.

C . Joint-S ealantS c hed u le: Inc lu d e the followinginformation:

1 . Joint-s ealantapplic ation, jointloc ation, and d es ignation.2 . Joint-s ealantmanu fac tu rerand prod u c tname.3. Joint-s ealantformu lation.4. Joint-s ealantc olor.


A . Q u alific ation D ata: Forqu alified Ins taller.

B . P rod u c tC ertific ates : Foreac hkind ofjoints ealantand ac c es s ory, from manu fac tu rer.

C . P rod u c tTes tReports : B as ed on evalu ation of c omprehens ive tes ts performed by a qu alifiedtes tingagenc y, ind ic atingthats ealants c omply withreq u irements .

D . P rec ons tru c tion C ompatibility and A d hes ion Tes t Reports : From s ealant manu fac tu rer,ind ic atingthe following:

1 . M aterials forming joint s u bs trates and joint-s ealant bac kings have been tes ted forc ompatibility and ad hes ion withjoints ealants .


2 . Interpretation of tes tres u lts and written rec ommend ations for primers and s u bs tratepreparation need ed forad hes ion.

E . P rec ons tru c tion Field -A d hes ion Tes tReports : Ind ic ate whic h s ealants and jointpreparationmethod s res u lted in optimu m ad hes ion to joint s u bs trates bas ed on tes ting s pec ified in" P rec ons tru c tion Tes ting" A rtic le.

F. Field -A d hes ion Tes tReports : Foreac hs ealantapplic ation tes ted .

G. W arranties : S ample ofs pec ialwarranties .


A . Ins tallerQ u alific ations : M anu fac tu rer's au thorized repres entative who is trained and approvedforins tallation ofu nits req u ired forthis P rojec t.

B . S ou rc e L imitations : O btain eac h kind of joint s ealant from s ingle s ou rc e from s inglemanu fac tu rer.

C . P rod u c tTes ting: Tes tjoints ealants u s inga qu alified tes tingagenc y.

1 . Tes ting A genc y Q u alific ations : A n ind epend enttes ting agenc y q u alified ac c ord ing toA S TM C 1 0 21 to c ond u c tthe tes tingind ic ated .

D . M oc ku ps : Ins talls ealant in moc ku ps of as s emblies s pec ified in other S ec tions that areind ic ated to rec eive joints ealants s pec ified in this S ec tion. Us e materials and ins tallationmethod s s pec ified in this S ec tion.

E . P reins tallation C onferenc e: C ond u c tc onferenc e atP rojec ts ite.

1 . 7 P RO JEC T C O N D ITIO N S

A . D o notproc eed withins tallation ofjoints ealants u nd erthe followingc ond itions :

1 . W hen ambientand s u bs trate temperatu re c ond itions are ou ts id e limits permitted by joint-s ealantmanu fac tu rerorare below 40 d egF.

2 . W hen joints u bs trates are wet.3. W here joint wid ths are les s than thos e allowed by joint-s ealant manu fac tu rer for

applic ations ind ic ated .4. W here c ontaminants c apable of interfering with ad hes ion have notyetbeen removed

from joints u bs trates .

1 . 8 W A RRA N TY

A . S pec ialIns taller's W arranty: M anu fac tu rer's s tand ard form in whic h Ins talleragrees to repairorreplac e joints ealants thatd o notc omply with performanc e and otherreq u irements s pec ified inthis S ec tion within s pec ified warranty period .

1 . W arranty P eriod : Two years from d ate ofS u bs tantialC ompletion.


B . S pec ial M anu fac tu rer's W arranty: M anu fac tu rer's s tand ard form in whic h joint-s ealantmanu fac tu reragrees to fu rnis h joints ealants to repairorreplac e thos e thatd o notc omply withperformanc e and otherreq u irements s pec ified in this S ec tion within s pec ified warranty period .

1 . W arranty P eriod : Twenty (20 )years from d ate ofS u bs tantialC ompletion.

C . S pec ialwarranties s pec ified in this artic le exc lu d e d eterioration orfailu re of joints ealants fromthe following:

1 . M ovementofthe s tru c tu re c au s ed by s tru c tu rals ettlementorerrors attribu table to d es ignor c ons tru c tion res u lting in s tres s es on the s ealantexc eed ing s ealantmanu fac tu rer'swritten s pec ific ations fors ealantelongation and c ompres s ion.

2 . D is integration ofjoints u bs trates from natu ralc au s es exc eed ingd es ign s pec ific ations .3. M ec hanic ald amage c au s ed by ind ivid u als , tools , orotherou ts id e agents .4. C hanges in s ealantappearanc e c au s ed by ac c u m u lation of d irtor other atmos pheric

c ontaminants .

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2 . 1 M A TERIA L S , GEN ERA L

A . C ompatibility: P rovid e joints ealants , bac kings , and otherrelated materials thatare c ompatiblewith one another and with joints u bs trates u nd er c ond itions of s ervic e and applic ation, asd emons trated by joint-s ealantmanu fac tu rer, bas ed on tes tingand field experienc e.

B . VO C C ontent: S ealants and s ealantprimers s hallc omply withthe following:

1 . A rc hitec tu rals ealants s hallhave a VO C c ontentof250 g/L orles s .2 . S ealants and s ealantprimers for nonporou s s u bs trates s hallhave a VO C c ontentof

7 7 5 g/L orles s .

C . L iq u id -A pplied JointS ealants : C omply with A S TM C 920 and otherreq u irements ind ic ated foreac h liqu id -applied joint s ealant s pec ified , inc lu d ing thos e referenc ing A S TM C 92 0c las s ific ations fortype, grad e, c las s , and u s es related to expos u re and joints u bs trates .

D . S tain-Tes t-Res pons e C harac teris tic s : W here s ealants are s pec ified to be nons tainingto porou ss u bs trates , provid e prod u c ts thathave u nd ergone tes ting ac c ord ing to A S TM C 1 248 and havenots tained porou s joints u bs trates ind ic ated forP rojec t.

E . S u itability for C ontac twith Food : W here s ealants are ind ic ated for joints thatwillc ome inrepeated c ontac twithfood , provid e prod u c ts thatc omply with21 C FR 1 7 7 . 260 0 .

F. C olors ofExpos ed JointS ealants : A s s elec ted by A rc hitec tfrom manu fac tu rer's fu llrange.

2 . 2 S IL IC O N E JO IN T S EA L A N TS

A . S ingle-C omponent, N ons ag, N eu tral-C u ring S ilic one Joint S ealant: A S TM C 920 , Type S ,Grad e N S , C las s 1 0 0 /50 , forUs e N T.1 . B as is -of-D es ign P rod u c t: S u bjec tto c omplianc e with req u irements , provid e D ow C orning

C orporation; 7 90 ora c omparable prod u c tby one ofthe following:


a. GE A d vanc ed M aterials .b. P ec ora C orporation.c . S ika C orporation, C ons tru c tion P rod u c ts D ivis ion.d . Tremc o Inc orporated .

B . Glazing S ealant: S ingle-C omponent, N ons ag, N eu tral-C u ring S ilic one JointS ealantc omplyingwithA S TM C 920 , Type S , Grad e N S , C las s 50 , forUs e N T.1 . B as is -of-D es ign P rod u c t: S u bjec tto c omplianc e with req u irements , provid e D ow C orning

C orporation; 7 95 ora c omparable prod u c tby one ofthe following:a. GE A d vanc ed M aterials .b. P ec ora C orporation.c . S ika C orporation, C ons tru c tion P rod u c ts D ivis ion.d . Tremc o Inc orporated .

C . M ild ew-Res is tant, S ingle-C omponent, A c id -C u ring S ilic one Joint S ealant: A S TM C 92 0 ,Type S , Grad e N S , C las s 25, forUs e N T.1 . B as is -of-D es ign P rod u c t: S u bjec tto c omplianc e with req u irements , provid e D ow C orning

C orporation; 7 8 6 M ild ew Res is tantora c omparable prod u c tby one ofthe following:a. GE A d vanc ed M aterials .b. Tremc o Inc orporated .

2 . 3 URETH A N E JO IN T S EA L A N TS

A . S ingle-C omponent, N ons ag, Traffic -Grad e, Urethane JointS ealant: A S TM C 920 . Type S ,Grad e N S , C las s 25, forUs e T.

1 . P rod u c ts : S u bjec tto c omplianc e with req u irements , available prod u c ts thatmay beinc orporated into the W orkinc lu d e, bu tare notlimited to, the following:a. P ac ific P olymers International, Inc .b. S ika C orporation, C ons tru c tion P rod u c ts D ivis ion; S ikaflex -1a.c . Tremc o Inc orporated .

2 . 4 L A TEX JO IN T S EA L A N TS

A . L atex JointS ealant: A c rylic latex ors ilic onized ac rylic latex, A S TM C 8 34, Type O P , Grad e N F.

1 . P rod u c ts : S u bjec tto c omplianc e with req u irements , available prod u c ts thatmay beinc orporated into the W orkinc lu d e, bu tare notlimited to, the following:a. P ec ora C orporation; A C -20 +.b. S c hnee-M orehead , Inc . ; S M 8 2 0 0 .c . Tremc o Inc orporated ; Tremflex 8 34.

2 . 5 A C O US TIC A L JO IN T S EA L A N TS

A . A c ou s tic alJointS ealant: M anu fac tu rer's s tand ard nons ag, paintable, nons taining latex s ealantc omplying with A S TM C 8 34. P rod u c teffec tively red u c es airborne s ou nd trans mis s ion throu ghperimeterjoints and openings in bu ild ingc ons tru c tion as d emons trated by tes tingrepres entativeas s emblies ac c ord ingto A S TM E 90 .


1 . P rod u c ts : S u bjec tto c omplianc e with req u irements , available prod u c ts thatmay beinc orporated into the W orkinc lu d e, bu tare notlimited to, the following:

a. P ec ora C orporation.b. US G C orporation; S H EETRO C K A c ou s tic alS ealant.

2 . 6 JO IN T S EA L A N T B A C KIN G

A . General: P rovid e s ealantbac kings of materialthatare nons taining; are c ompatible with joints u bs trates , s ealants , primers , and otherjointfillers ; and are approved forapplic ations ind ic atedby s ealantmanu fac tu rerbas ed on field experienc e and laboratory tes ting.

B . C ylind ric alS ealantB ac kings : A S TM C 1330 , Type C (c los ed -c ellmaterialwith a s u rfac e s kin),Type B (bic ellu lar materialwith a s u rfac e s kin)or any of the prec ed ing types , as approved inwriting by joint-s ealantmanu fac tu rerforjointapplic ation ind ic ated , and of s ize and d ens ity toc ontrols ealantd epthand otherwis e c ontribu te to prod u c ingoptimu m s ealantperformanc e.

C . B ond -B reaker Tape: P olyethylene tape or other plas tic tape rec ommend ed by s ealantmanu fac tu rerforpreventing s ealantfrom ad hering to rigid , inflexible joint-fillermaterials orjoints u rfac es atbac kofjoint. P rovid e s elf-ad hes ive tape where applic able.

2 . 7 M IS C EL L A N EO US M A TERIA L S

A . P rimer: M aterialrec ommend ed by joint-s ealantmanu fac tu rer where req u ired for ad hes ion ofs ealantto joints u bs trates ind ic ated , as d etermined from prec ons tru c tion joint-s ealant-s u bs tratetes ts and field tes ts .

B . C leaners forN onporou s S u rfac es : C hemic alc leaners ac c eptable to manu fac tu rers ofs ealantsand s ealantbac king materials , free of oily res id u es orothers u bs tanc es c apable of s taining orharming joints u bs trates and ad jac entnonporou s s u rfac es in any way, and formu lated topromote optimu m ad hes ion ofs ealants to joints u bs trates .

C . M as king Tape: N ons taining, nonabs orbentmaterialc ompatible with joints ealants and s u rfac esad jac entto joints .

PART 3 - EXECUTION


A . Examine joints ind ic ated to rec eive joints ealants , with Ins taller pres ent, for c omplianc e withreq u irements forjointc onfigu ration, ins tallation toleranc es , and otherc ond itions affec ting joint-s ealantperformanc e.

B . P roc eed withins tallation only afteru ns atis fac tory c ond itions have been c orrec ted .



A . S u rfac e C leaning of Joints : C lean ou tjoints immed iately before ins talling joints ealants toc omply withjoint-s ealantmanu fac tu rer's written ins tru c tions and the followingreq u irements :

1 . Remove allforeign materialfrom joints u bs trates thatc ou ld interfere with ad hes ion ofjoints ealant, inc lu d ing d u s t, paints (exc eptforpermanent, protec tive c oatings tes ted andapproved for s ealant ad hes ion and c ompatibility by s ealant manu fac tu rer), old joints ealants , oil, greas e, waterproofing, waterrepellents , water, s u rfac e d irt, and fros t.

2 . C lean porou s joints u bs trate s u rfac es by bru s hing, grind ing, mec hanic alabrad ing, or ac ombination ofthes e method s to prod u c e a c lean, s ou nd s u bs trate c apable ofd evelopingoptimu m bond with joints ealants . Remove loos e partic les remaining after c leaningoperations above by vac u u ming or blowing ou t joints with oil-free c ompres s ed air.P orou s joints u bs trates inc lu d e the following:

a. C onc rete.b. M as onry.c . Unglazed s u rfac es ofc eramic tile.

3. Remove laitanc e and form-releas e agents from c onc rete.4. C lean nonporou s joints u bs trate s u rfac es with c hemic alc leaners orothermeans thatd o

nots tain, harm s u bs trates , orleave res id u es c apable ofinterfering with ad hes ion ofjoints ealants . N onporou s joints u bs trates inc lu d e the following:

a. M etal.b. Glas s .c . Glazed s u rfac es ofc eramic tile.

B . JointP riming: P rime joints u bs trates where rec ommend ed by joint-s ealantmanu fac tu rerorasind ic ated by prec ons tru c tion joint-s ealant-s u bs trate tes ts orprior experienc e. A pply primertoc omply with joint-s ealantmanu fac tu rer's written ins tru c tions . C onfine primers to areas ofjoint-s ealantbond ; d o notallow s pillage ormigration onto ad joinings u rfac es .

C . M as king Tape: Us e mas king tape where req u ired to preventc ontac tof s ealantorprimerwithad joining s u rfac es thatotherwis e wou ld be permanently s tained ord amaged by s u c h c ontac torby c leaning method s req u ired to remove s ealants mears . Remove tape immed iately aftertoolingwithou td is tu rbingjoints eal.

3. 3 IN S TA L L A TIO N O F JO IN T S EA L A N TS

A . General: C omply with joint-s ealantmanu fac tu rer's written ins tallation ins tru c tions forprod u c tsand applic ations ind ic ated , u nles s more s tringentreq u irements apply.

B . S ealantIns tallation S tand ard : C omply with rec ommend ations in A S TM C 1193 foru s e of joints ealants as applic able to materials , applic ations , and c ond itions ind ic ated .

C . Ins talls ealantbac kings ofkind ind ic ated to s u pports ealants d u ring applic ation and atpos itionreq u ired to prod u c e c ros s -s ec tionals hapes and d epths of ins talled s ealants relative to jointwid ths thatallow optimu m s ealantmovementc apability.

1 . D o notleave gaps between end s ofs ealantbac kings .2 . D o nots tretc h, twis t, pu nc tu re, ortears ealantbac kings .


3. Remove abs orbents ealantbac kings thathave bec ome wetbefore s ealantapplic ationand replac e them withd ry materials .

D . Ins tallbond -breaker tape behind s ealants where s ealant bac kings are not u s ed betweens ealants and bac ks ofjoints .

E . Ins talls ealants u s ing proven tec hniqu es thatc omply with the following and atthe s ame timebac kings are ins talled :

1 . P lac e s ealants s o they d irec tly c ontac tand fu lly wetjoints u bs trates .2 . C ompletely fillrec es s es in eac hjointc onfigu ration.3. P rod u c e u niform , c ros s -s ec tionals hapes and d epths relative to jointwid ths thatallow

optimu m s ealantmovementc apability.

F. Tooling of N ons ag S ealants : Immed iately after s ealantapplic ation and before s kinning orc u ringbegins , tools ealants ac c ord ingto req u irements s pec ified in s u bparagraphs below to forms mooth, u niform bead s of c onfigu ration ind ic ated ; to eliminate air poc kets ; and to ens u rec ontac tand ad hes ion ofs ealantwiths id es ofjoint.

1 . Remove exc es s s ealantfrom s u rfac es ad jac entto joints .2 . Us e tooling agents thatare approved in writing by s ealantmanu fac tu rerand thatd o not

d is c olors ealants orad jac ents u rfac es .3. P rovid e c onc ave jointprofile perFigu re 8 A in A S TM C 1193, u nles s otherwis e ind ic ated .

G. A c ou s tic alS ealantIns tallation: A ts ou nd -rated as s emblies and els ewhere as ind ic ated , s ealc ons tru c tion atperimeters , behind c ontroljoints , and atopenings and penetrations with ac ontinu ou s bead of ac ou s tic als ealant. Ins tallac ou s tic als ealantatboth fac es of partitions atperimeters and throu gh penetrations . C omply with A S TM C 919 and with manu fac tu rer'swritten rec ommend ations .

3. 4 FIEL D Q UA L ITY C O N TRO L

A . Field -A d hes ion Tes ting: Field tes tjoint-s ealantad hes ion to joints u bs trates as follows :

1 . ExtentofTes ting: Tes tc ompleted and c u red s ealantjoints as follows :

a. P erform 10 tes ts forthe firs t10 0 0 feetofjointlength foreac h kind of s ealantandjoints u bs trate.

b. P erform 1 tes tforeac h 10 0 0 feetofjointlength thereafteror1 tes tpereac h floorperelevation.

2 . Tes tM ethod : Tes tjoints ealants ac c ord ing to M ethod A , Field -A pplied S ealantJointH and P u ll Tab, in A ppend ix X1 in A S TM C 1193 or M ethod A , Tail P roc ed u re, inA S TM C 1521 .

a. Forjoints with d is s imilars u bs trates , verify ad hes ion to eac h s u bs trate s eparately;extend c u talong one s id e, verifying ad hes ion to oppos ite s id e. Repeatproc ed u reforoppos ite s id e.

3. Ins pec ttes ted joints and reporton the following:

a. W hethers ealants filled jointc avities and are free ofvoid s .


b. W hether s ealant d imens ions and c onfigu rations c omply with s pec ifiedreq u irements .

c . W hethers ealants in joints c onnec ted to pu lled -ou tportion failed to ad here to joints u bs trates ortore c ohes ively. Inc lu d e d ata on pu lld is tanc e u s ed to tes teac h kindof prod u c tand joints u bs trate. C ompare thes e res u lts to d etermine if ad hes ionpas s es s ealantmanu fac tu rer's field -ad hes ion hand -pu lltes tc riteria.

4. Rec ord tes tres u lts in a field -ad hes ion-tes tlog. Inc lu d e d ates when s ealants wereins talled , names of pers ons who ins talled s ealants , tes td ates , tes tloc ations , whetherjoints were primed , ad hes ion res u lts and perc ent elongations , s ealant fill, s ealantc onfigu ration, and s ealantd imens ions .

5. Repair s ealants pu lled from tes t area by applying new s ealants following s ameproc ed u res u s ed originally to s ealjoints . Ens u re thatoriginals ealants u rfac es are c leanand thatnew s ealantc ontac ts originals ealant.

B . Evalu ation of Field -A d hes ion Tes tRes u lts : S ealants notevid enc ing ad hes ive failu re fromtes ting or nonc omplianc e with other ind ic ated req u irements willbe c ons id ered s atis fac tory.Remove s ealants thatfailto ad here to joints u bs trates d u ring tes ting or to c omply with otherreq u irements . Retes tfailed applic ations u ntiltes tres u lts prove s ealants c omply with ind ic atedreq u irements .

3. 5 C L E A N IN G

A . C lean off exc es s s ealantor s ealants mears ad jac entto joints as the W ork progres s es bymethod s and with c leaning materials approved in writing by manu fac tu rers ofjoints ealants andofprod u c ts in whic hjoints oc c u r.

3. 6 P RO TEC TIO N

A . P rotec tjoints ealants d u ringand afterc u ring period from c ontac twith c ontaminating s u bs tanc esand from d amage res u ltingfrom c ons tru c tion operations orotherc au s es s o s ealants are withou td eterioration ord amage attime ofS u bs tantialC ompletion. If, d es pite s u c h protec tion, d amageord eterioration oc c u rs , c u tou tand remove d amaged ord eteriorated joints ealants immed iatelys o ins tallations withrepaired areas are ind is tingu is hable from originalwork.


D IVIS IO N 08 -O P ENINGS

08 3113 Access Doors and Frames

SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATESACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 3113 - 1

S EC TIO N 08 3113 -A C C ES S D O O RS A ND FRA M ES August 31, 2017

P A RT 1 -GENERA L



1.2 SUMMARY


1. Access doors and frames for walls and ceilings.


A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1. Include construction details, fire ratings, materials, individual components and profiles,and finishes.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.2. Detail fabrication and installation of access doors and frames for each type of substrate.

C. Product Schedule: Provide complete access door and frame schedule, including types,locations, sizes, latching or locking provisions, and other data pertinent to installation.



A. Fire-Rated Access Doors and Frames: Units complying with NFPA 80 that are identical toaccess door and frame assemblies tested for fire-test-response characteristics according to thefollowing test method and that are listed and labeled by UL or another testing and inspectingagency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction:

1. NFPA 252 or UL 10B for fire-rated access door assemblies installed vertically.2. NFPA 288 for fire-rated access door assemblies installed horizontally.


2.2 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES FOR WALLS AND CEILINGS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offeringproducts that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:1. Acudor Products, Inc.2. Babcock-Davis.3. Elmdor/Stoneman Manufacturing Co.; Div. of Acorn Engineering Co.4. Jensen Industries; Div. of Broan-Nutone, LLC.5. J. L. Industries, Inc.; Div. of Activar Construction Products Group.6. Larsen's Manufacturing Company.7. Milcor Inc.8. Nystrom, Inc.

B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of access door and frame from single source from singlemanufacturer.

C. Flush Access Doors with Concealed Flanges:1. Assembly Description: Fabricate door to fit flush to frame. Provide frame with gypsum

board beads for concealed flange installation.2. Locations: Wall and ceiling.3. Door Size: As scheduled on the drawings.4. Uncoated Steel Sheet for Door: Nominal 0.060 inch, 16 gage.

a. Finish: Factory prime.

5. Frame Material: Same material and thickness as door.6. Hinges: Manufacturer's standard.7. Hardware: Self-latching door hardware, operated by key.

D. Fire-Rated, Flush Access Doors with Concealed Flanges:1. Assembly Description: Fabricate door to fit flush to frame, with a core of mineral-fiber

insulation enclosed in sheet metal. Provide self-latching door with automatic closer andinterior latch release. Provide frame with gypsum board beads for concealed flangeinstallation.

2. Locations: Wall and ceiling.3. Fire-Resistance Rating: Not less than that indicated or that of adjacent construction.4. Temperature-Rise Rating: 250 deg F at the end of 30 minutes.5. Uncoated Steel Sheet for Door: Nominal 0.036 inch, 20 gage.

a. Finish: Factory prime.

6. Frame Material: Same material, thickness, and finish as door.7. Hinges: Manufacturer's standard.8. Hardware: Self-latching door hardware, operated by key.

E. Hardware:1. Lock: Cylinder.

a. Lock Preparation: Prepare door panel to accept manufacturers standard mortiselock cylinder.


2.3 MATERIALS

A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36.

B. Steel Sheet: Uncoated or electrolytic zinc coated, ASTM A 879, with cold-rolled steel sheetsubstrate complying with ASTM A 1008, Commercial Steel (CS), exposed.

C. Frame Anchors: Same type as door face.

D. Inserts, Bolts, and Anchor Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A 153 orASTM F 2329.

2.4 FABRICATION

A. General: Provide access door and frame assemblies manufactured as integral units ready forinstallation.

B. Metal Surfaces: For metal surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materialswith smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seammarks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness.

C. Doors and Frames: Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnishattachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access doors to types of supportsindicated.

1. For concealed flanges with drywall bead, provide edge trim for gypsum board securelyattached to perimeter of frames.

D. Latching Mechanisms: Furnish number required to hold doors in flush, smooth plane whenclosed.

1. For cylinder locks, furnish two keys per lock and key all locks alike.

2.5 FINISHES

A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" forrecommendations for applying and designating finishes.

B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,temporary protective covering before shipping.

C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable.Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range ofapproved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.

D. Steel and Metallic-Coated-Steel Finishes:

1. Factory Prime: Apply manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free,universal primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment.



3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and otherconditions affecting performance of the Work.


3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing access doors and frames.

B. Install doors flush with adjacent finish surfaces or recessed to receive finish material.

3.3 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust doors and hardware, after installation, for proper operation.

B. Remove and replace doors and frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged.


D IVIS IO N 09 -FINIS H ES

09 2216 Non-Structural Metal Framing09 2900 Gypsum Board09 3000 Tiling09 9123 Interior Painting

S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESN O N -S TRUC TURA L M ETA L FRA M IN G 0 9 2216 -1

S EC TIO N 09 2216 -NO N-S TRUC TURA L M ETA L FRA M ING A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

P A RT 1 -GENERA L



1 . 2 S UM M A RY


1 . P atc hing and repairing of non-load -bearing s teelframing s ys tems for interior gyps u mboard as s emblies and framingforc ou ntertops .

2 . S u s pens ion s ys tems forinteriorgyps u m c eilings , s offits , and grid s ys tems .


A . P rod u c tD ata: Foreac htype ofprod u c t.


A . Evalu ation Reports : Ford impled s teels tu d s and ru nners and fires toptrac ks , from IC C -ES .


2 . 1 P ERFO RM A N C E REQ UIREM EN TS

A . Fire-Tes t-Res pons e C harac teris tic s : Forfire-res is tanc e-rated as s emblies thatinc orporate non-load -bearing s teelframing, provid e materials and c ons tru c tion id entic alto thos e tes ted inas s embly ind ic ated , ac c ord ingto A S TM E 119 by an ind epend enttes tingagenc y.

2 . 2 FRA M IN G S YS TEM S

A . FramingM embers , General: C omply withA S TM C 7 54 forc ond itions ind ic ated .

1 . S teelS heetC omponents : C omply with A S TM C 645 req u irements for metalu nles sotherwis e ind ic ated .

2 . P rotec tive C oating: A S TM A 653, G60 , hot-d ipgalvanized u nles s otherwis e ind ic ated .

B . S tu d s : A S TM C 645. Us e eithers teels tu d s ord impled s teels tu d s and ru nners .


1 . S teelS tu d s :

a. M inimu m B as e-M etalThic knes s : 0 . 0 33 inc h.b. D epth: A s ind ic ated on D rawings .

2 . D impled S teelS tu d s :

a. M inimu m B as e-M etalThic knes s : 0 . 0 25 inc h.b. D epth: A s ind ic ated on D rawings .

C . FlatS trap and B ac king P late: S teels heetfor bloc king and brac ing in length and wid thind ic ated .

1 . M inimu m B as e-M etalThic knes s : A s ind ic ated on D rawings bu tnotles s than 0 . 0 33 inc h.

D . C old -Rolled C hannelB rid ging: S teel, 0 . 0 53-inc h minimu m bas e-metalthic knes s , with minimu m1/2-inc h-wid e flanges .

1 . D epth: M inimu m 1-1/2 inc hes .2 . C lipA ngle: N otles s than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inc hes , 0 . 0 68 -inc h-thic k, galvanized s teel.

E . H at-S haped , Rigid Fu rringC hannels : A S TM C 645.

1 . M inimu m B as e-M etalThic knes s : 0 . 0 33 inc h.2 . D epth: 7 /8 inc h.

F. C old -Rolled Fu rring C hannels : 0 . 0 53-inc h u nc oated -s teelthic knes s , with minimu m 1/2-inc h-wid e flanges .

1 . D epth: 3/4 inc h.2 . Fu rring B rac kets : A d ju s table, c orru gated -ed ge type of s teel s heet with minimu m

u nc oated -s teelthic knes s of0 . 0 33 inc h.3. Tie W ire: A S TM A 641 , C las s 1 zinc c oating, s ofttemper, 0 . 0 62-inc h-d iameterwire, or

d ou ble s trand of0 . 0 48 -inc h-d iameterwire.

2 . 3 S US P EN S IO N S YS TEM S

A . Tie W ire: A S TM A 641 , C las s 1 zinc c oating, s ofttemper, 0 . 0 62-inc h-d iameterwire, ord ou bles trand of0 . 0 48 -inc h-d iameterwire.

B . W ire H angers : A S TM A 641 , C las s 1 zinc c oating, s ofttemper, 0 . 16 inc hin d iameter.

C . FlatH angers : S teels heet, minimu m 1 by 3/16 inc hby lengthind ic ated .

D . C arrying C hannels : C old -rolled , c ommerc ial-s teels heetwith a bas e-metalthic knes s of 0 . 0 53inc hand minimu m 1/2-inc h-wid e flanges .

1 . D epth: 2 inc hes .

E . Fu rringC hannels (Fu rringM embers ):


1 . H at-S haped , Rigid Fu rringC hannels : A S TM C 645, 7 /8 inc h d eep.

a. M inimu m B as e-M etalThic knes s : 0 . 0 33 inc h.

2 . Res ilient Fu rring C hannels : 1/2-inc h-d eep members d es igned to red u c e s ou ndtrans mis s ion.

a. C onfigu ration: A s ymmetric alorhats haped .

F. Grid S u s pens ion S ys tem for Gyps u m B oard C eilings : A S TM C 645, d irec t-hu ng s ys temc ompos ed ofmain beams and c ros s -fu rringmembers thatinterloc k.


a. A rms trongW orld Ind u s tries , Inc . ; D rywallGrid S ys tems .b. C hic ago M etallic C orporation; D rywallGrid S ys tem .c . US G C orporation; D rywallS u s pens ion S ys tem .

2 . 4 A UXIL IA RY M A TERIA L S

A . General: P rovid e au xiliary materials thatc omply withreferenc ed ins tallation s tand ard s .

1 . Fas teners for M etalFraming: O f type, material, s ize, c orros ion res is tanc e, hold ingpower, and otherproperties req u ired to fas ten s teelmembers to s u bs trates .

B . Is olation S tripatExteriorW alls : P rovid e the following:1 . Foam Gas ket: A d hes ive-bac ked , c los ed -c ell vinyl foam s trips that allow fas tener

penetration withou tfoam d is plac ement, 1/8 inc hthic k, in wid thto s u its teels tu d s ize.



A . Examine areas and s u bs trates , with Ins taller pres ent, and inc lu d ing weld ed hollow-metalframes , c as t-in anc hors , and s tru c tu ralframing, for c omplianc e with req u irements and otherc ond itions affec tingperformanc e ofthe W ork.

B . P roc eed withins tallation only afteru ns atis fac tory c ond itions have been c orrec ted .


A . S u s pend ed A s s emblies : C oord inate ins tallation of s u s pens ion s ys tems with ins tallation ofoverhead s tru c tu re to ens u re thatins erts and other provis ions for anc horages to bu ild ings tru c tu re have been ins talled to rec eive hangers ats pac ing req u ired to s u pportthe W ork andthathangers willd eveloptheirfu lls trength.


1 . Fu rnis h c onc rete ins erts and other d evic es ind ic ated to other trad es for ins tallation inad vanc e oftime need ed forc oord ination and c ons tru c tion.

3. 3 IN S TA L L A TIO N , GEN ERA L

A . Ins tallation S tand ard : A S TM C 7 54.1 . Gyps u m B oard A s s emblies : A ls o c omply with req u irements in A S TM C 8 40 thatapply to

framingins tallation.

B . Ins talls u pplementary framing, and bloc king to s u pportfixtu res , eq u ipments ervic es , heavy trim ,grab bars , toiletac c es s ories , fu rnis hings , ors imilarc ons tru c tion.

C . Ins tallbrac ingatterminations in as s emblies .

D . D o not brid ge bu ild ing c ontrol and expans ion joints with non-load -bearing s teel framingmembers . Frame boths id es ofjoints ind epend ently.

3. 4 IN S TA L L IN G FRA M ED A S S EM B L IES

A . Ins tallframing s ys tem c omponents ac c ord ing to s pac ings ind ic ated , bu t not greater thans pac ings req u ired by referenc ed ins tallation s tand ard s foras s embly types .

1 . S ingle-L ayerA pplic ation: 16 inc hes o. c . u nles s otherwis e ind ic ated .2 . M u ltilayerA pplic ation: 16 inc hes o. c . u nles s otherwis e ind ic ated .3. Tile B ac kingP anels : 16 inc hes o. c . u nles s otherwis e ind ic ated .

B . W here s tu d s are ins talled d irec tly agains texteriormas onry walls ord is s imilarmetals atexteriorwalls , ins tallis olation s tripbetween s tu d s and exteriorwall.

C . Ins talls tu d s s o flanges within framings ys tem pointin s ame d irec tion.

D . Ins talltrac ks (ru nners )atfloors and overhead s u pports . Extend framing fu llheightto s tru c tu rals u pports or s u bs trates above s u s pend ed c eilings exc eptwhere partitions are ind ic ated toterminate ats u s pend ed c eilings . C ontinu e framing arou nd d u c ts penetrating partitions abovec eiling.

1 . S lip-Type H ead Joints : W here framing extend s to overhead s tru c tu rals u pports , ins talltoprod u c e joints at tops of framing s ys tems that prevent axial load ing of finis hedas s emblies .

2 . D oor O penings : S c rew vertic als tu d s atjambs to jamb anc hor c lips on d oor frames ;ins tallru nnertrac ks ec tion (forc ripple s tu d s )athead and s ec u re to jamb s tu d s .

a. Ins talltwo s tu d s ateac hjamb u nles s otherwis e ind ic ated .b. Ins tallc ripple s tu d s athead ad jac entto eac h jamb s tu d , with a minimu m 1/2-inc h

c learanc e from jamb s tu d to allow for ins tallation of c ontroljoint in finis hedas s embly.

c . Extend jamb s tu d s throu gh s u s pend ed c eilings and attac h to u nd ers id e ofoverhead s tru c tu re.


3. O ther Framed O penings : Frame openings other than d oor openings the s ame asreq u ired for d oor openings u nles s otherwis e ind ic ated . Ins tallframing below s ills ofopenings to matc hframingreq u ired above d oorhead s .

4. Fire-Res is tanc e-Rated P artitions : Ins tallframing to c omply with fire-res is tanc e-ratedas s embly ind ic ated and s u pportc los u res and to make partitions c ontinu ou s from floortou nd ers id e ofs olid s tru c tu re.

a. Fires top Trac k: W here ind ic ated , ins tallto maintain c ontinu ity of fire-res is tanc e-rated as s embly ind ic ated .

5. S ou nd -Rated P artitions : Ins tallframingto c omply withs ou nd -rated as s embly ind ic ated .

E . D irec tFu rring:1 . A ttac h to c onc rete ormas onry with s tu b nails , s c rews d es igned formas onry attac hment,

orpowd er-d riven fas teners s pac ed 24 inc hes o. c .

F. Ins tallation Toleranc e: Ins talleac h framing members o fas tening s u rfac es vary notmore than1/8 inc hfrom the plane formed byfac es ofad jac entframing.

3. 5 IN S TA L L IN G S US P EN S IO N S YS TEM S

A . Ins talls u s pens ion s ys tem c omponents ac c ord ing to s pac ings ind ic ated , bu tnotgreater thans pac ings req u ired by referenc ed ins tallation s tand ard s foras s embly types .1 . H angers : 48 inc hes o. c .2 . C arryingC hannels (M ain Ru nners ): 48 inc hes o. c .3. Fu rringC hannels (Fu rringM embers ): 16 inc hes o. c .

B . Is olate s u s pens ion s ys tems from bu ild ing s tru c tu re where they abu tor are penetrated bybu ild ings tru c tu re to preventtrans ferofload ingimpos ed by s tru c tu ralmovement.

C . S u s pend hangers from bu ild ings tru c tu re as follows :

1 . Ins tallhangers plu mb and free from c ontac twith ins u lation orotherobjec ts within c eilingplenu m thatare notpartofs u pportings tru c tu ralors u s pens ion s ys tem .a. S play hangers only where req u ired to mis s obs tru c tions and offs et res u lting

horizontalforc es by brac ing, c ou nters playing, orothereq u ally effec tive means .

2 . W here wid th of d u c ts and other c ons tru c tion within c eiling plenu m prod u c es hangers pac ings thatinterfere with loc ations ofhangers req u ired to s u pports tand ard s u s pens ions ys tem members , ins talls u pplementals u s pens ion members and hangers in the form oftrapezes oreq u ivalentd evic es .a. S ize s u pplementals u s pens ion members and hangers to s u pportc eiling load s

within performanc e limits es tablis hed by referenc ed ins tallation s tand ard s .

3. W ire H angers : S ec u re by looping and wire tying, eitherd irec tly to s tru c tu res orto ins erts ,eye s c rews , orotherd evic es and fas teners thatare s ec u re and appropriate fors u bs trate,and in a mannerthatwillnotc au s e hangers to d eteriorate orotherwis e fail.

4. FlatH angers : S ec u re to s tru c tu re, inc lu d ing intermed iate framing members , by attac hingto ins erts , eye s c rews , orotherd evic es and fas teners thatare s ec u re and appropriate fors tru c tu re and hanger, and in a manner thatwillnotc au s e hangers to d eteriorate orotherwis e fail.

5. D o notattac hhangers to s teelroofd ec k.


6. D o notattac h hangers to permanentmetalforms . Fu rnis h c as t-in-plac e hangerins ertsthatextend throu ghforms .

7 . D o notattac hhangers to rolled -in hangertabs ofc ompos ite s teelfloord ec k.8 . D o notc onnec tors u s pend s teelframingfrom d u c ts , pipes , orc ond u it.

D . Fire-Res is tanc e-Rated A s s emblies : W ire tie fu rringc hannels to s u pports .

E . S eis mic B rac ing: S way-brac e s u s pens ion s ys tems withhangers u s ed fors u pport.

F. Grid S u s pens ion S ys tems : A ttac h perimeterwalltrac korangle where grid s u s pens ion s ys temsmeetvertic als u rfac es . M ec hanic ally join main beam and c ros s -fu rring members to eac h otherand bu tt-c u tto fitinto walltrac k.

G. Ins tallation Toleranc es : Ins talls u s pens ion s ys tems thatare levelto within 1/8 inc h in 12 feetmeas u red lengthwis e on eac h member thatwillrec eive finis hes and trans vers ely betweenparallelmembers thatwillrec eive finis hes .


S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESGYP S UM B O A RD 0 9 290 0 -1

S EC TIO N 09 2900 -GYP S UM B O A RD A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

P A RT 1 -GENERA L



1 . 2 S UM M A RY


1 . Interiorgyps u m board .2 . P atc hingand repairingofgyps u m s heathing.3. Tile bac kingpanels .


A . P rod u c tD ata: Foreac htype ofprod u c t.

B . S amples : Forthe followingprod u c ts :

1 . Trim A c c es s ories : Fu ll-s ize S ample in 12-inc h-long length for eac h trim ac c es s oryind ic ated .


A . M oc ku ps : B efore beginning gyps u m board ins tallation, ins tallmoc ku ps ofatleas t10 0 s q . ft. ins u rfac e area to d emons trate aes thetic effec ts and s etqu ality s tand ard s for materials andexec u tion.

1 . Ins tallmoc ku ps forthe following:

a. Eac hlevelofgyps u m board finis hind ic ated foru s e in expos ed loc ations .

2 . A pply or ins tall final d ec oration ind ic ated , inc lu d ing painting and wallc overings , onexpos ed s u rfac es forreview ofmoc ku ps .

3. S im u late finis hed lightingc ond itions forreview ofmoc ku ps .4. S u bjec tto c omplianc e with req u irements , approved moc ku ps may bec ome partof the

c ompleted W orkifu nd is tu rbed attime ofS u bs tantialC ompletion.


1 . 5 D EL IVERY , S TO RA GE A N D H A N D L IN G

A . S tore materials ins id e u nd er c over and keep them d ry and protec ted agains t weather,c ond ens ation, d irec ts u nlight, c ons tru c tion traffic , and otherpotentialc au s es ofd amage. S tac kpanels flatand s u pported on ris ers on a flatplatform to prevents agging.


A . Environmental L imitations : C omply with A S TM C 8 40 req u irements or gyps u m boardmanu fac tu rer's written rec ommend ations , whic heverare more s tringent.

B . D o notins tallpaper-fac ed gyps u m panels u ntilins tallation areas are enc los ed and c ond itioned .

C . D o notins tallpanels thatare wet, thos e thatare mois tu re d amaged , and thos e thatare moldd amaged .

1 . Ind ic ations thatpanels are wetor mois tu re d amaged inc lu d e, bu tare notlimited to,d is c oloration, s agging, orirregu lars hape.

2 . Ind ic ations thatpanels are mold d amaged inc lu d e, bu t are not limited to, fu zzy ors plotc hy s u rfac e c ontamination and d is c oloration.


2 . 1 P ERFO RM A N C E REQ UIREM EN TS

A . Fire-Res is tanc e-Rated A s s emblies : Forfire-res is tanc e-rated as s emblies , provid e materials andc ons tru c tion id entic alto thos e tes ted in as s embly ind ic ated ac c ord ing to A S TM E 119 by anind epend enttes tingagenc y.

B . S TC -Rated A s s emblies : For S TC -rated as s emblies , provid e materials and c ons tru c tionid entic alto thos e tes ted in as s embly ind ic ated ac c ord ingto A S TM E 90 and c las s ified ac c ord ingto A S TM E 413 by an ind epend enttes tingagenc y.

2 . 2 GYP S UM B O A RD , GEN ERA L

A . S ize: P rovid e maximu m lengths and wid ths available thatwillminimize joints in eac h area andthatc orres pond withs u pports ys tem ind ic ated .

2 . 3 IN TERIO R GYP S UM B O A RD

A . M anu fac tu rers : S u bjec tto c omplianc e with req u irements , available manu fac tu rers offeringprod u c ts thatmay be inc orporated into the W orkinc lu d e, bu tare notlimited to, the following:1 . C ertainTeed C orp.2 . Georgia-P ac ific Gyps u m L L C .3. N ationalGyps u m C ompany.4. P A B C O Gyps u m .5. US G C orporation.


B . M ois tu re- and M old -Res is tantGyps u m B oard : A S TM C 1396. W ith mois tu re- and mold -res is tantc ore and papers u rfac es .

1 . C ore: 5/8 inc h, Type X .2 . L ongEd ges : Tapered .3. M old Res is tanc e: A S TM D 32 7 3, s c ore of10 as rated ac c ord ingto A S TM D 32 7 4.

2 . 4 W A L L S H E A TH IN G

A . Glas s -M atGyps u m W allS heathing: A S TM C 11 7 7 .

1 . P rod u c ts : S u bjec tto c omplianc e with req u irements , available prod u c ts that may beinc orporated into the W orkinc lu d e, bu tare notlimited to, the following:

a. C ertainTeed C orporation; Glas Roc .b. G-P Gyps u m C orporation; D ens -Glas s Gold .c . N ationalGyps u m C ompany; Gold B ond e(2)XP .d . Temple-Inland Inc . ; GreenGlas se. United S tates Gyps u m C o. ; S ec u roc k.

2 . Type and Thic knes s : Type X , 5/8 inc hthic k.3. S ize: 48 by 10 8 inc hes forvertic alins tallation.

2 . 5 TIL E B A C KIN G P A N E L S

A . Glas s -M at, W ater-Res is tant B ac king B oard : A S TM C 1 1 7 8 , with manu fac tu rer's s tand arded ges .


a. C ertainTeed C orp. ; Glas Roc Tile B ac ker.b. Georgia-P ac ific Gyps u m L L C ; D ens S hield Tile B ac ker.

2 . C ore: 5/8 inc h, Type X .3. M old Res is tanc e: A S TM D 32 7 3, s c ore of10 as rated ac c ord ingto A S TM D 32 7 4.

2 . 6 TRIM A C C E S S O RIES

A . InteriorTrim : A S TM C 10 47 .

1 . M aterial: Galvanized oralu minu m-c oated s teels heetorrolled zinc .2 . S hapes :

a. C ornerbead .b. L C -B ead : J-s haped ; expos ed longflange rec eives jointc ompou nd .c . L -B ead : L -s haped ; expos ed longflange rec eives jointc ompou nd .d . U-B ead : J-s haped ; expos ed s hortflange d oes notrec eive jointc ompou nd .e . Expans ion (c ontrol)joint.


f. C u rved -Ed ge C ornerbead : W ithnotc hed orflexible flanges .

B . A lu minu m Trim : Extru d ed ac c es s ories of profiles and d imens ions ind ic ated inc lu d ing bu tnotlimited to “F”Revealas manu fac tu red by Fry RegletC orp.

1 . M anu fac tu rers : S u bjec t to c omplianc e with req u irements , available manu fac tu rersoffering prod u c ts thatmay be inc orporated into the W ork inc lu d e, bu tare notlimited to,the following:

a. Fry RegletC orp.b. Gord on, Inc .c . P ittc on Ind u s tries .

2 . A lu minu m : A lloy and temperwith notles s than the s trength and d u rability properties ofA S TM B 221 , A lloy 60 63-T5.

3. Finis h: C orros ion-res is tantprimer c ompatible with jointc ompou nd and finis h materialss pec ified .

2 . 7 JO IN T TREA TM EN T M A TERIA L S

A . General: C omply withA S TM C 47 5.

B . JointTape:

1 . InteriorGyps u m B oard : P aper.2 . Tile B ac kingP anels : A s rec ommend ed by panelmanu fac tu rer.

C . JointC ompou nd forInteriorGyps u m B oard : Foreac h c oatu s e formu lation thatis c ompatiblewithotherc ompou nd s applied on previou s orfors u c c es s ive c oats .

1 . P refilling: A topen joints and d amaged s u rfac e areas , u s e s etting-type tapingc ompou nd .2 . Embed d ing and Firs tC oat: Forembed d ing tape and firs tc oaton joints , fas teners , and

trim flanges , u s e d rying-type, all-pu rpos e c ompou nd .

3. FillC oat: Fors ec ond c oat, u s e d rying-type, all-pu rpos e c ompou nd .4. Finis h C oat: Forthird c oat, u s e d rying-type, all-pu rpos e c ompou nd .

D . JointC ompou nd forTile B ac kingP anels :

1 . Glas s -M at, W ater-Res is tant B ac king P anel: A s rec ommend ed by bac king panelmanu fac tu rer.

2 . 8 A UXIL IA RY M A TERIA L S

A . General: P rovid e au xiliary materials thatc omply with referenc ed ins tallation s tand ard s andmanu fac tu rer's written rec ommend ations .

B . S teelD rillS c rews : A S TM C 1 0 0 2 , u nles s otherwis e ind ic ated .


1 . Us e s c rews c omplying with A S TM C 954 for fas tening panels to s teelmembers from0 . 0 33 to 0 . 1 12 inc hthic k.

C . S ou nd A ttenu ation B lankets : A S TM C 665, Type I (blankets withou t membrane fac ing)prod u c ed by c ombining thermos etting res ins with mineralfibers manu fac tu red from glas s , s lagwool, orroc kwool.

1 . Fire-Res is tanc e-Rated A s s emblies : C omply withmineral-fiberreq u irements ofas s embly.

D . A c ou s tic alJointS ealant: M anu fac tu rer's s tand ard nons ag, paintable, nons taining latex s ealantc omplying with A S TM C 8 34. P rod u c teffec tively red u c es airborne s ou nd trans mis s ion throu ghperimeterjoints and openings in bu ild ingc ons tru c tion as d emons trated by tes tingrepres entativeas s emblies ac c ord ingto A S TM E 90 .

1 . P rod u c ts : S u bjec tto c omplianc e with req u irements , available prod u c ts thatmay beinc orporated into the W orkinc lu d e, bu tare notlimited to, the following:a. P ec ora C orporation; A C -20 FTR.b. US G C orporation; S H EETRO C K A c ou s tic alS ealant.

2 . A c ou s tic aljoints ealants hallhave a VO C c ontentof 250 g/L or les s when c alc u latedac c ord ingto 40 C FR 59, S u bpartD (EP A M ethod 24).

E . ThermalIns u lation: A s s pec ified in S ec tion 0 7 21 0 0 "ThermalIns u lation. "

F. VaporRetard er: A s s pec ified in S ec tion 0 7 2 1 0 0 "ThermalIns u lation. "



A . Examine areas and s u bs trates inc lu d ing weld ed hollow-metalframes and framing, with Ins tallerpres ent, forc omplianc e withreq u irements and otherc ond itions affec tingperformanc e.

B . Examine panels before ins tallation. Rejec tpanels thatare wet, mois tu re d amaged , and moldd amaged .

C . P roc eed withins tallation only afteru ns atis fac tory c ond itions have been c orrec ted .

3. 2 A P P L YIN G A N D FIN IS H IN G P A N EL S , GEN ERA L

A . C omply withA S TM C 8 40 .

B . Ins tallc eiling panels ac ros s framing to minimize the nu mberofabu tting end joints and to avoidabu tting end joints in c entralarea of eac h c eiling. S tagger abu tting end joints of ad jac entpanels notles s than one framingmember.

C . Ins tallpanels with fac e s id e ou t. B u ttpanels togetherfora lightc ontac tated ges and end s withnotmore than 1/16 inc hofopen s pac e between panels . D o notforc e into plac e.


D . L oc ate ed ge and end joints over s u pports , exc eptin c eiling applic ations where intermed iates u pports orgyps u m board bac k-bloc king is provid ed behind end joints . D o notplac e tapereded ges agains tc u ted ges orend s . S taggervertic aljoints on oppos ite s id es ofpartitions . D o notmake joints otherthan c ontroljoints atc orners offramed openings .

E . Form c ontroland expans ion joints withs pac e between ed ges ofad joininggyps u m panels .

F. C overboth fac es of s u pportframing with gyps u m panels in c onc ealed s pac es (above c eilings ,etc . ), exc eptin c has es brac ed internally.

1 . Unles s c onc ealed applic ation is ind ic ated or req u ired for s ou nd , fire, air, or s mokeratings , c overage may be ac c omplis hed withs c raps ofnotles s than 8 s q . ft. in area.

2 . Fitgyps u m panels arou nd d u c ts , pipes , and c ond u its .3. W here partitions inters ec ts tru c tu ralmembers projec ting below u nd ers id e of floor/roof

s labs and d ec ks , c u tgyps u m panels to fitprofile formed by s tru c tu ralmembers ; allow1/4-to 3/8 -inc h-wid e joints to ins talls ealant.

G. Is olate perimeter of gyps u m board applied to non-load -bearing partitions at s tru c tu ralabu tments , exc eptfloors . P rovid e 1/4-to 1/2-inc h-wid e s pac es atthes e loc ations and trimed ges with ed ge trim where ed ges of panels are expos ed . S ealjoints between ed ges andabu ttings tru c tu rals u rfac es withac ou s tic als ealant.

H . A ttac hmentto S teelFraming: A ttac h panels s o lead ing ed ge orend ofeac h panelis attac hedto open (u ns u pported )ed ges ofs tu d flanges firs t.

I. S TC -Rated A s s emblies : S ealc ons tru c tion atperimeters , behind c ontroljoints , and atopeningsand penetrations with a c ontinu ou s bead ofac ou s tic als ealant. Ins tallac ou s tic als ealantatbothfac es ofpartitions atperimeters and throu gh penetrations . C omply with A S TM C 919 and withmanu fac tu rer's written rec ommend ations for loc ating ed ge trim and c los ing off s ou nd -flankingpaths arou nd orthrou ghas s emblies , inc lu d ings ealing partitions above ac ou s tic alc eilings .

J. Ins talls ou nd attenu ation blankets before ins talling gyps u m panels u nles s blankets are read ilyins talled afterpanels have been ins talled on one s id e.

3. 3 A P P L YIN G IN TERIO R GYP S UM B O A RD

A . Ins tallinteriorgyps u m board in the followingloc ations :1 . Type X : Vertic als u rfac es u nles s otherwis e ind ic ated .2 . A bu s e-Res is tantType: A s ind ic ated on D rawings .3. M ois tu re-and M old -Res is tantType: A s ind ic ated on D rawings .4. Type C : W here req u ired fors pec ific fire-res is tanc e-rated as s embly ind ic ated .

B . S ingle-L ayerA pplic ation:

1 . O n c eilings , apply gyps u m panels before wall/partition board applic ation to greates textentpos s ible and atrightangles to framingu nles s otherwis e ind ic ated .

2 . O n partitions /walls , apply gyps u m panels horizontally (perpend ic u lar to framing) u nles sotherwis e ind ic ated or req u ired by fire-res is tanc e-rated as s embly, and minimize endjoints .

a. S taggerabu tting end joints notles s than one framing memberin alternate c ou rs esofpanels .


b. A ts tairwells and other high walls , ins tallpanels horizontally u nles s otherwis eind ic ated orreq u ired by fire-res is tanc e-rated as s embly.

3. O n Z-fu rring members , apply gyps u m panels vertic ally (parallelto framing)with no endjoints . L oc ate ed ge joints overfu rringmembers .

4. Fas teningM ethod s : A pply gyps u m panels to s u pports withs teeld rills c rews .

3. 4 IN S TA L L IN G TRIM A C C ES S O RIES

A . General: For trim with bac k flanges intend ed for fas teners , attac h to framing with s amefas teners u s ed for panels . O therwis e, attac h trim ac c ord ing to manu fac tu rer's writtenins tru c tions .

B . C ontrolJoints : Ins tallc ontroljoints ac c ord ingto A S TM C 8 40 and in s pec ific loc ations approvedby A rc hitec tforvis u aleffec t.

C . InteriorTrim : Ins tallin the followingloc ations :

1 . C ornerbead : Us e atou ts id e c orners u nles s otherwis e ind ic ated .2 . L C -B ead : Us e atexpos ed paneled ges .3. L -B ead : Us e where ind ic ated .4. U-B ead : Us e atexpos ed paneled ges where ind ic ated .5. C u rved -Ed ge C ornerbead : Us e atc u rved openings .

D . A lu minu m Trim : Ins tallin loc ations ind ic ated on D rawings .

3. 5 FIN IS H IN G GYP S UM B O A RD

A . General: Treatgyps u m board joints , interior angles , ed ge trim , c ontroljoints , penetrations ,fas tenerhead s , s u rfac e d efec ts , and els ewhere as req u ired to prepare gyps u m board s u rfac esford ec oration. P romptly remove res id u aljointc ompou nd from ad jac ents u rfac es .

B . P refillopen joints and d amaged s u rfac e areas .

C . A pply jointtape overgyps u m board joints , exc eptfortrim prod u c ts s pec ific ally ind ic ated as notintend ed to rec eive tape.

D . Gyps u m B oard Finis h L evels : Finis h panels to levels ind ic ated below and ac c ord ing toA S TM C 8 40 :

1 . L evel1 : C eilingplenu m areas , c onc ealed areas , and where ind ic ated .2 . L evel2 : P anels thatare s u bs trate fortile.3. L evel4: A tpanels u rfac es thatwillbe expos ed to view u nles s otherwis e ind ic ated .

a. P rimer and its applic ation to s u rfac es are s pec ified in S ec tion 0 9 9123 "InteriorP ainting. "

E . Glas s -M atFac ed P anels : Finis hac c ord ingto manu fac tu rer's written ins tru c tions .


3. 6 P RO TEC TIO N

A . P rotec tad jac ents u rfac es from d rywallc ompou nd and promptly remove from floors and othernon-d rywalls u rfac es . Repairs u rfac es s tained , marred , or otherwis e d amaged d u ring d rywallapplic ation.

B . P rotec t ins talled prod u c ts from d amage from weather, c ond ens ation, d irec t s u nlight,c ons tru c tion, and otherc au s es d u ringremaind erofthe c ons tru c tion period .

C . Remove and replac e panels thatare wet, mois tu re d amaged , and mold d amaged .

1 . Ind ic ations thatpanels are wetor mois tu re d amaged inc lu d e, bu tare notlimited to,d is c oloration, s agging, orirregu lars hape.

2 . Ind ic ations thatpanels are mold d amaged inc lu d e, bu t are not limited to, fu zzy ors plotc hy s u rfac e c ontamination and d is c oloration.


A . A bove-C eiling O bs ervation: A rc hitec twillc ond u c tan above-c eiling obs ervation before ins tallinggyps u m board c eilings and reportd efic ienc ies in the W ork obs erved . D o notproc eed withins tallation ofgyps u m board to c eilings u pportframing u ntild efic ienc ies have been c orrec ted .1 . N otify A rc hitec ts even d ays in ad vanc e ofd ate and time when P rojec t, orpartofP rojec t,

willbe read y forabove-c eilingobs ervation.2 . B efore notifying A rc hitec t, c omplete the following in areas to rec eive gyps u m board

c eilings :a. Ins tallation of8 0 perc entoflightingfixtu res , powered foroperation.b. Ins tallation, ins u lation, and leakand pres s u re tes tingofwaterpipings ys tems .c . Ins tallation ofair-d u c ts ys tems .d . Ins tallation ofaird evic ese. Ins tallation ofmec hanic als ys tem c ontrol-airtu bing.f. Ins tallation ofc eilings u pportframing.


SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATESTILING 09 3000 - 1

SECTION 09 3000 – TILING August 31, 2017

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY


1. Ceramic tile.2. Crack isolation membrane.3. Metal edge strips.

B. Related Sections:1. Section 07 9200 "Joint Sealants" for sealing of expansion, contraction, control, and

isolation joints in tile surfaces.2. Section 09 2900 "Gypsum Board" for glass-mat, water-resistant backer board.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. General: Definitions in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards and in ANSI A137.1apply to Work of this Section unless otherwise specified.

B. ANSI A108 Series: ANSI A108.01, ANSI A108.02, ANSI A108.1A, ANSI A108.1B,ANSI A108.1C, ANSI A108.4, ANSI A108.5, ANSI A108.6, ANSI A108.8, ANSI A108.9,ANSI A108.10, ANSI A108.11, ANSI A108.12, ANSI A108.13, ANSI A108.14, ANSI A108.15,ANSI A108.16, and ANSI A108.17, which are contained in "American National StandardSpecifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile."

C. Module Size: Actual tile size plus joint width indicated.

D. Face Size: Actual tile size, excluding spacer lugs.


A. Static Coefficient of Friction: For tile installed on walkway surfaces, provide products with thefollowing values as determined by testing identical products per ASTM C 1028:

1. Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.6.




B. Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of tile and tile pattern. Show widths, details, andlocations of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile substrates and finished tilesurfaces.

C. Samples for Selection: For each type of tile and grout indicated. Include Samples ofaccessories involving color selection.

D. Samples for Verification:

1. Full-size units of each type and composition of tile and for each color and finishrequired. For ceramic mosaic tile in color blend patterns, provide full sheets of each colorblend.

2. Assembled samples mounted on a rigid panel, with grouted joints, for each type andcomposition of tile and for each color and finish required. Make samples at least 12inches square, but not fewer than 4 tiles. Use grout of type and in color or colorsapproved for completed Work.

3. Full-size units of each type of trim and accessory.4. Metal edge strips in 6-inch lengths.


A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.

B. Master Grade Certificates: For each shipment, type, and composition of tile, signed by tilemanufacturer and Installer.

C. Product Certificates: For each type of product, signed by product manufacturer.

D. Material Test Reports: For each tile-setting and -grouting product.

1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish extra materials that match and are from same production runs as products installed andthat are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describingcontents.

1. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amountinstalled for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated.

2. Grout: Furnish quantity of grout equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type,composition, and color indicated.



A. Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from one source orproducer.

1. Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from same production run and of consistentquality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area.

B. Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform qualityfor each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from one manufacturer and each aggregatefrom one source or producer.

C. Source Limitations for Other Products: Obtain each of the following products specified in thisSection from a single manufacturer for each product:

1. Stone thresholds.2. Crack isolation membrane.3. Joint sealants.4. Metal edge strips.

D. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and todemonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.

1. Build mockup of floor tile installation. Provide mockup for T1 and T2. Mockup shall be notless than 5’ x 5’ and shall include, but not be limited to, waterjet cuts on curves.

2. Build mockup of wall tile installation.3. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of

Substantial Completion.

E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1. Review requirements in ANSI A108.01 for substrates and for preparation by other trades.


A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labelsintact until time of use. Comply with requirements in ANSI A137.1 for labeling tile packages.

B. Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location.

C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained andcontamination can be avoided.

D. Store liquid materials in unopened containers and protected from freezing.

E. Handle tile that has temporary protective coating on exposed surfaces to prevent coatedsurfaces from contacting backs or edges of other units. If coating does contact bondingsurfaces of tile, remove coating from bonding surfaces before setting tile.



A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete andambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated inreferenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCTS, GENERAL

A. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A137.1 for types,compositions, and other characteristics indicated.

1. Provide tile complying with Standard grade requirements unless otherwise indicated.

B. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI A108.02,ANSI standards referenced in other Part 2 articles, ANSI standards referenced by TCAinstallation methods specified in tile installation schedules, and other requirements specified.

C. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges, blend tile in factory andpackage so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken fromother packages and match approved Samples.

D. Mounting: For factory-mounted tile, provide back- or edge-mounted tile assemblies as standardwith manufacturer unless otherwise indicated.

1. Where tile is indicated for installation on exteriors or in wet areas, do not use back- oredge-mounted tile assemblies unless tile manufacturer specifies in writing that this typeof mounting is suitable for installation indicated and has a record of successful in-serviceperformance.

E. Factory-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile type, protectexposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout by precoating with continuousfilm of petroleum paraffin wax, applied hot. Do not coat unexposed tile surfaces.

2.2 TILE PRODUCTS

A. Ceramic Tile (Type WT-1): Porcelain tile.1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product as

scheduled on the drawings.2. Composition: Porcelain.3. Certification: Tile certified by the Porcelain Tile Certification Agency.4. Face Size: 12 by 24 inches (nominal) or as scheduled.5. Tile Color and Pattern: As scheduled on the drawings.6. Wall Accent Tile Color and Pattern: As scheduled on the drawings.7. Grout Color: As scheduled on the drawings.

B. Ceramic Tile (Type WT-2): Unglazed porcelain tile.1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product as

scheduled on the drawings.


2. Certification: Tile certified by the Porcelain Tile Certification Agency.3. Face Size: 5 by 5 inches (127 by 127 mm).4. Thickness: 5/16 inch (7.92 mm).5. Face: Plain with square or cushion edges.6. Tile Color, Glaze, and Pattern: As scheduled on the drawings.7. Grout Color: As scheduled on the drawings.

C. Ceramic Tile (Type WT-3 and WT-4): Factory-mounted glazed porcelain tile.1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product as

scheduled on the drawings.2. Composition: Porcelain.3. Module Size: As scheduled on the drawings.4. Thickness: 3/16 inch (4.8 mm).5. Face: Plain with cushion edges.6. Surface: Smooth, without abrasive admixture.7. Finish: Mat, opaque glaze.8. Tile Color and Pattern: As scheduled on the drawings.9. Grout Color: As scheduled on the drawings.

D. Glass Tile (Type WT-5): Factory-mounted mosaic glass tile, cast.1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product as

scheduled on the drawings.2. Module Size: As scheduled.3. Sizing Category: Standard.4. Aesthetic Class: V0.5. Tile Color and Pattern: As indicated by manufacturer's designations.6. Grout Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.3 CLEAVAGE MEMBRANE

A. Fabric-Reinforced, Modified-Bituminous Sheet: Self-adhering, modified-bituminous sheet withfabric reinforcement facing; 0.040-inch (1-mm) nominal thickness.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may beincorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:a. Custom Building Products; Crack Buster Pro Crack Prevention Mat Underlayment.

2.4 CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE

A. General: Manufacturer's standard product that complies with ANSI A118.12 for highperformance and is recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. Includereinforcement and accessories recommended by manufacturer.

B. Fabric-Reinforced, Fluid-Applied Membrane: System consisting of liquid-latex rubber orelastomeric polymer and fabric reinforcement.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may beincorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:a. Laticrete International, Inc.b. MAPEI Corporation.


2.5 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE

A. General: Manufacturer's standard product that complies with ANSI A118.10 and isrecommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. Include reinforcement andaccessories recommended by manufacturer.

B. Chlorinated Polyethylene Sheet: Nonplasticized, chlorinated polyethylene faced on both sideswith nonwoven polyester fabric.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may beincorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Noble Company (The); Nobleseal TS.b. Noble Company (The); Noble Deck.

2.6 SETTING MATERIALS

A. Portland Cement Mortar (Thickset) Installation Materials: ANSI A108.02.1. Reinforcing Wire Fabric: Galvanized, welded wire fabric, 2 by 2 inches by 0.062-inch

diameter; comply with ASTM A 185 and ASTM A 82 except for minimum wire size.2. Expanded Metal Lath: Diamond-mesh lath complying with ASTM C 847.

a. Base Metal and Finish for Exterior Applications: Zinc-coated (galvanized) steelsheet.

b. Configuration over Studs and Furring: Flat.c. Weight: 3.4 lb/sq. yd.

3. Latex Additive: Manufacturer's standard acrylic resin or styrene-butadiene-rubber wateremulsion, serving as replacement for part or all of gaging water, of type specificallyrecommended by latex-additive manufacturer for use with field-mixed portland cementand aggregate mortar bed.

B. Standard Dry-Set Mortar (Thinset): ANSI A118.1.1. For wall applications, provide mortar that complies with requirements for nonsagging

mortar in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A118.1.

C. Modified Dry-Set Mortar (Thinset): ANSI A118.4, premium-grade, bright white for use with glasstile and translucent type tile.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:a. MAPEI Corporation; Adesilex P10

2. Provide prepackaged, dry-mortar mix combined with acrylic resin or styrene-butadiene-rubber liquid-latex additive at Project site.

3. For wall applications, provide mortar that complies with requirements for nonsaggingmortar in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A118.4.

D. Medium-Bed, Modified Dry-Set Mortar: Comply with requirements in ANSI A118.4. Provideproduct that is approved by manufacturer for application thickness of 5/8 inch (16 mm).


1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturersoffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following:a. MAPEI Corporation; Ultraflex LFT

2. Provide prepackaged, dry-mortar mix combined with acrylic resin or styrene-butadiene-rubber liquid-latex additive at Project site.

2.7 GROUT MATERIALS

A. Water-Cleanable Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.3, with a VOC content of 65 g/L or less.

1. Provide product capable of withstanding continuous and intermittent exposure totemperatures of up to 140 and 212 deg F (60 and 100 deg C), respectively, and certifiedby manufacturer for intended use.

2.8 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS

A. General: Provide sealants, primers, backer rods, and other sealant accessories that complywith the following requirements and with the applicable requirements in Section 079200 "JointSealants."

1. Sealants shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2. Use primers, backer rods, and sealant accessories recommended by sealantmanufacturer.

B. Colors: Provide colors of exposed sealants to match colors of grout in tile adjoining sealedjoints unless otherwise indicated.

C. One-Part, Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C 920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25;Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, O; formulated withfungicide, intended for sealing interior ceramic tile joints and other nonporous substrates thatare subject to in-service exposures of high humidity and extreme temperatures.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may beincorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:a. Dow Corning Corporation; Dow Corning 786.b. GE Silicones; a division of GE Specialty Materials; Sanitary 1700.c. Laticrete International, Inc.; Latasil Tile & Stone Sealant.d. Tremco Incorporated; Tremsil 600 White.

2.9 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-basedformulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installationsindicated.


B. Metal Edge Strips: Angle or L-shaped, height to match tile and setting-bed thickness, metallic orcombination of metal and PVC or neoprene base, designed specifically for flooring applications;stainless-steel, ASTM A 666, 300 Series exposed-edge material.1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Schluter

Systems L.P. or a comparable product.

2. Threshold Transition: Schluter®-SCHIENEa. Description: L-shaped profile with 1/8" (3.2 mm) wide top section and vertical wall

section that together form the visible surface, integrated trapezoid-perforatedanchoring leg, and integrated grout joint spacer.

b. Anchoring Leg:1) Provide with straight anchoring leg

c. Material and Finish:1) EV4A - Stainless Steel Type 316 L = V4A

d. Height: Height as required

3. Edge Trim: Schluter®-QUADECa. Description: profile with square visible surface, integrated trapezoidperforated

anchoring leg, and integrated grout joint spacer.b. Corners:

1) Provide with matching inside and outside cornersc. Material and Finish:

1) E - Stainless Steel Type 304 = V2Ad. Height: Height as required

4. Floor Transition: Schluter®-RENO-Ta. Description: T-shaped profile with 1/16" (1 mm) thick beveled exposed surface and

11/32" (9 mm) tall integrated vertical anchoring leg.b. Material and Finish:

1) E - Stainless Steel Type 304 = V2Ac. Width:

1) 1" (25 mm)

C. Temporary Protective Coating: Either product indicated below that is formulated to protectexposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout; compatible with tile, mortar, andgrout products; and easily removable after grouting is completed without damaging grout or tile.

1. Petroleum paraffin wax, fully refined and odorless, containing at least 0.5 percent oil witha melting point of 120 to 140 deg F per ASTM D 87.

2. Grout release in form of manufacturer's standard proprietary liquid coating that isspecially formulated and recommended for use as temporary protective coating for tile.

D. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile andgrout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and groutmanufacturers.

E. Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard silicone product for sealing grout joints and that doesnot change color or appearance of grout.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may beincorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Bonsal American; an Oldcastle company; Grout Sealer.


b. MAPEI Corporation; KER 004, Keraseal Penetrating Sealer for Unglazed Groutand Tile.

c. Summitville Tiles, Inc.; SL-15, Invisible Seal Penetrating Grout and Tile Sealer.d. TEC; a subsidiary of H. B. Fuller Company; TA-256 Penetrating Silicone Grout

Sealer.

2.10 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT

A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and groutmanufacturers' written instructions.

B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions.

C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, andother procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performancecharacteristics for installations indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, forcompliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affectingperformance of installed tile.

1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm, dry, clean, free of coatings that areincompatible with tile-setting materials including curing compounds and other substancesthat contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required byANSI A108.01 for installations indicated.

2. Verify that concrete substrates for tile floors installed with bonded mortar bed or thin-setmortar comply with surface finish requirements in ANSI A108.01 for installationsindicated.

a. Verify that surfaces that received a steel trowel finish have been mechanicallyscarified.

b. Verify that protrusions, bumps, and ridges have been removed by sanding orgrinding.

3. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanicalunits of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed.

4. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; ifnot coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect.



3.2 PREPARATION

A. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thin-setmortar with trowelable leveling and patching compound specifically recommended by tile-settingmaterial manufacturer.

B. Where indicated, prepare substrates to receive waterproofing by applying a reinforced mortarbed that complies with ANSI A108.1A and is sloped 1/4 inch per foot toward drains.

C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, verify that tile has been factory blended andpackaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken fromother packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return tomanufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing.

D. Field-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: If indicated under tile type or needed to preventgrout from staining or adhering to exposed tile surfaces, precoat them with continuous film oftemporary protective coating, taking care not to coat unexposed tile surfaces.

3.3 TILE INSTALLATION

A. Comply with TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" for TCA installation methodsspecified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 Series"Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCA installation methods,specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used.

1. For the following installations, follow procedures in the ANSI A108 Series of tileinstallation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage:a. Tile floors composed of tiles 8 by 8 inches or larger.

B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form completecovering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly atobstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments.

C. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marringvisible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straightaligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations soplates, collars, or covers overlap tile.

D. Provide manufacturer's standard trim shapes where necessary to eliminate exposed tile edges.

E. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Lay out tile work and centertile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Lay out tile work to minimizethe use of pieces that are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwiseindicated.

1. For tile mounted in sheets, make joints between tile sheets same width as joints withintile sheets so joints between sheets are not apparent in finished work.

2. Where adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, or trim are specified or indicated to be samesize, align joints.

3. Where tiles are specified or indicated to be whole integer multiples of adjoining tiles onfloor, base, walls, or trim, align joints unless otherwise indicated.


F. Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated, install tile with the following joint widths:

1. Porcelain Tile: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm).

G. Lay out tile wainscots to dimensions indicated or to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated.

H. Metal Edge Strips: Install at locations indicated and where exposed edge of tile flooring meetscarpet, wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with or below top of tile and no threshold isindicated.

I. Grout Sealer: Apply grout sealer to grout joints according to grout-sealer manufacturer's writteninstructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer andsealer from tile faces by wiping with soft cloth.

3.4 WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION

A. Install waterproofing to comply with ANSI A108.13 and manufacturer's written instructions toproduce waterproof membrane of uniform thickness that is bonded securely to substrate.

B. Allow waterproofing to cure and verify by testing that it is watertight before installing tile orsetting materials over it.

3.5 CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE INSTALLATION

A. Install crack isolation membrane to comply with ANSI A108.17 and manufacturer's writteninstructions to produce membrane of uniform thickness and bonded securely to substrate.

B. Do not install tile or setting materials over crack isolation membrane until membrane has cured.

3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTING

A. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they arefree of foreign matter.1. Remove latex-portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible.2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written

instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleanersrecommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleanersare safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protectmetal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with cleanwater before and after cleaning.

3. Remove temporary protective coating by method recommended by coating manufacturerand that is acceptable to tile and grout manufacturer. Trap and remove coating toprevent drain clogging.

B. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period toprevent staining, damage, and wear. If recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat ofneutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors.

C. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting iscompleted.


D. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral protective cleaner fromtile surfaces.

3.7 INTERIOR TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE

A. Interior Floor Installations, Concrete Subfloor:1. Tile Installation F111: Cement mortar bed (thickset) with crack isolation membrane;

TCA F111 and ANSI A108.1A. Install waterproof membrane where indicated.a. Thin-Set Mortar for Cured-Bed Method: Latex-portland cement mortar.b. Grout: Water-cleanable epoxy grout.

2. Tile Installation F125A: Thin-set mortar on crack isolation membrane; TCA F125A. Installwaterproofing where indicated.a. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar.b. Grout: Water-cleanable epoxy grout.

B. Interior Floor Installations, Concrete Subfloor with Existing Tile to Remain:1. Contractor shall carefully examine the existing floor tile, checking for any loose or broken

units. Remove or patch as directed by the mortar bed manufacturer.2. Existing tiles shall be roughed with a belt sander and then primed with Mapei ECO Prim

Grip, applied in accordance with manufacturers written recommendations andinstructions.

3. Tile Installation F125A: Thin-set mortar on crack isolation membrane; TCA F125A. Installwaterproofing where indicated.a. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar.b. Grout: Water-cleanable epoxy grout.

C. Interior Wall Installations, Metal Studs or Furring:1. Tile Installation W245: Thin-set mortar on coated glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum

backer board; TCA W245.a. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar.b. Grout: Water-cleanable epoxy grout.

D. Interior Wall Installations, Masonry or Concrete with Existing Tile to Remain:1. Contractor shall carefully examine the existing tile, checking for any loose or broken

units. Remove or patch as directed by the mortar bed manufacturer.2. Existing tiles shall be roughed with a belt sander and then primed with Mapei ECO Prim

Grip, applied in accordance with manufacturers written recommendations andinstructions.

3. Ceramic Tile Installation: TCNA W202; thinset mortar.a. Thinset Mortar: Standard dry-set mortar.b. Grout: Water-cleanable epoxy grout.

E. Interior Wall Installations, Tile Type WT-2 (WOW, Moon Porcelain):1. Provide 1 mm – 3/64 inch (0.5 mm – 1/64 inch for CUE) spacers between tiles to

maintain an even installation over the whole surface.2. Color of the grout shall be as close as possible to the color of the tile product. After the

area has been grouted, and before the grout dries, remove any excess material with adamp sponge.

3. For installation on porous surfaces provide Kerakoll Special ECO or Mapei Kerabond T.4. For installation on non-porous surfaces provide Kerakoll Series H40 or Mapei Ultraflex.5. Grouting mortar shall be Kerakoll Fugabella ECO Porcelana 0-5 or Mapei Ultracolor Plus

FA.


6. Areas susceptible to stains such as the backsplash provide Kerakoll Fugalite ECO orMapei Flexcolor CQ or Flexcolor 3D.


S A L T P A L A C E C O N VEN TIO N C EN TER H A L L 1 and H A L L 4 -RES TRO O M FIN IS H UP GRA D E H H Y A S S O C IA TESIN TERIO R P A IN TIN G 0 9 9123 -1

SECTION 09 9123 - INTERIOR PAINTING A u gu s t31 , 2 0 1 7

PART 1 - GENERAL



1 . 2 S UM M A RY

A . S ec tion inc lu d es s u rfac e preparation and the applic ation of paints ys tems on the followinginteriors u bs trates :1 . S teel.2 . C as tiron.3. Galvanized metal.4. A lu minu m (notanod ized orotherwis e c oated ).5. Gyps u m board .

1 . 3 D EFIN ITIO N S

A . Glos s L evel1 : N otmore than 5 u nits at60 d egrees and 10 u nits at8 5 d egrees , ac c ord ing toA S TM D 523, a matte flatfinis h.

B . Glos s L evel2 : N otmore than 10 u nits at60 d egrees and 10 to 35 u nits at8 5 d egrees ,ac c ord ingto A S TM D 523, a high-s id e s heen flat, velvet-like finis h.

C . Glos s L evel3: 1 0 to 25 u nits at60 d egrees and 10 to 35 u nits at8 5 d egrees , ac c ord ing toA S TM D 523, an eggs hellfinis h.

D . Glos s L evel4: 2 0 to 35 u nits at60 d egrees and notles s than 35 u nits at8 5 d egrees , ac c ord ingto A S TM D 523, a s atin-like finis h.

E . Glos s L evel5: 35 to 7 0 u nits at60 d egrees , ac c ord ingto A S TM D 523, a s emi-glos s finis h.

F. Glos s L evel6: 7 0 to 8 5 u nits at60 d egrees , ac c ord ingto A S TM D 523, a glos s finis h.


A . P rod u c tD ata: For eac h type of prod u c t. Inc lu d e preparation req u irements and applic ationins tru c tions .

B . S amples forS elec tion: Foreac htype ofpaints ys tem and in eac hc olorand glos s oftopc oat.

1 . S u bmitS amples on rigid bac king, 8 inc hes s q u are.2 . S tepc oats on S amples to s how eac hc oatreq u ired fors ys tem .


3. L abeleac hc oatofeac hS ample.4. L abeleac hS ample forloc ation and applic ation area.

C . P rod u c tL is t: Foreac hprod u c tind ic ated , inc lu d e the following:

1 . C ros s -referenc e to paint s ys tem and loc ations of applic ation areas . Us e s amed es ignations ind ic ated on D rawings and in s c hed u les .

2 . VO C c ontent.

1 . 5 C L O S EO UT S UB M ITTA L S

A . C oating M aintenanc e M anu al: P rovid e c oating maintenanc e manu alinc lu d ing area s u mmarywith finis h s c hed u le, area d etaild es ignating loc ation where eac h prod u c t/c olor/finis h was u s ed ,prod u c t d ata pages , materials afety d ata s heets , c are and c leaning ins tru c tions , tou c h-u pproc ed u res , and c olors amples ofeac h c olorand finis h u s ed .

1 . 6 M A IN TEN A N C E M A TERIA L S UB M ITTA L S

A . Fu rnis h extra materials , from the s ame prod u c tru n, thatmatc h prod u c ts ins talled and thatarepac kaged withprotec tive c overingfors torage and id entified withlabels d es c ribingc ontents .

1 . P aint: 5 perc ent, bu tnotles s than 1 gal. ofeac hmaterialand c olorapplied .


A . M oc ku ps : A pply moc ku ps ofeac h paints ys tem ind ic ated and eac h c olorand finis h s elec ted toverify preliminary s elec tions mad e u nd er S ample s u bmittals and to d emons trate aes theticeffec ts and s etqu ality s tand ard s formaterials and exec u tion.

1 . A rc hitec twills elec tone s u rfac e to repres ents u rfac es and c ond itions for applic ation ofeac hpaints ys tem s pec ified in P art3.

a. Vertic aland H orizontalS u rfac es : P rovid e s amples ofatleas t10 0 s q . ft.b. O therItems : A rc hitec twilld es ignate items orareas req u ired .

2 . Finalapprovalofc olors elec tions willbe bas ed on moc ku ps .

a. If preliminary c olor s elec tions are not approved , apply ad d itionalmoc ku ps ofad d itionalc olors s elec ted by A rc hitec tatno ad d ed c os tto O wner.

3. A pprovalof moc ku ps d oes not c ons titu te approvalof d eviations from the C ontrac tD oc u ments c ontained in moc ku ps u nles s A rc hitec ts pec ific ally approves s u c h d eviationsin writing.

4. S u bjec tto c omplianc e with req u irements , approved moc ku ps may bec ome partof thec ompleted W orkifu nd is tu rbed attime ofS u bs tantialC ompletion.


1 . 8 D EL IVERY , S TO RA GE , A N D H A N D L IN G

A . D elivery and H and ling: D eliver prod u c ts to P rojec t s ite in an u nd amaged c ond ition inmanu fac tu rer's originals ealed c ontainers , c omplete with labels and ins tru c tions for hand ling,s toring, u npac king, protec ting, and ins talling. P ac kagings hallbearthe manu fac tu rer’ s labelwiththe followinginformation:

1 . P rod u c tname and type (d es c ription).2 . B atc hd ate.3. C olornu mber.4. VO C c ontent.5. Environmentalhand lingreq u irements .6. S u rfac e preparation req u irements .7 . A pplic ation ins tru c tions .

B . S tore materials notin u s e in tightly c overed c ontainers in well-ventilated areas with ambienttemperatu res c ontinu ou s ly maintained atnotles s than 45 d egF.

1 . M aintain c ontainers in c lean c ond ition, free offoreign materials and res id u e.2 . Remove rags and was te from s torage areas d aily.


A . A pply paints only when temperatu re ofs u rfac es to be painted and ambientairtemperatu res arebetween 50 and 95 d egF.

B . D o notapply paints when relative hu mid ity exc eed s 8 5 perc ent; attemperatu res les s than 5d egF above the d ew point; orto d amporwets u rfac es .

C . L ead P aint: Itis notexpec ted thatlead paintwillbe enc ou ntered in the W ork.

1 . If s u s pec ted lead paintis enc ou ntered , d o notd is tu rb; immed iately notify A rc hitec tandO wner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2 . 1 M A N UFA C TURERS

A . B as is -of-D es ign P rod u c t: S u bjec tto c omplianc e with req u irements , provid e S herwin-W illiamsC ompany prod u c ts ind ic ated orc omparable prod u c tfrom one ofthe following:

1 . B enjamin M oore & C o.2 . D u ron, Inc .3. Glid d en P rofes s ional, D ivis ion ofP P G A rc hitec tu ralFinis hes , Inc .4. P P G A rc hitec tu ralFinis hes , Inc .5. P ratt& L ambert.

B . S ou rc e L imitations : O btain paintmaterials from s ingle s ou rc e from s ingle lis ted manu fac tu rer.


1 . M anu fac tu rer's d es ignations lis ted on a s eparate c olors c hed u le are forc olorreferenc eonly and d o notind ic ate priorapproval.

2 . 2 P A IN T, GEN ERA L

A . M aterialC ompatibility:

1 . P rovid e materials foru s e within eac h paints ys tem thatare c ompatible with one anotherand s u bs trates ind ic ated , u nd erc ond itions ofs ervic e and applic ation as d emons trated bymanu fac tu rer, bas ed on tes tingand field experienc e.

2 . For eac h c oat in a paint s ys tem , provid e prod u c ts rec ommend ed in writing bymanu fac tu rers oftopc oatforu s e in paints ys tem and on s u bs trate ind ic ated .

B . VO C C ontent: For field applic ations thatare ins id e the weatherproofing s ys tem , paints andc oatings s hallc omply with VO C c ontentlimits ofau thorities having ju ris d ic tion and the followingVO C c ontentlimits :

1 . FlatP aints and C oatings : 50 g/L .2 . N onflatP aints and C oatings : 50 g/L .3. D ry-FogC oatings : 150 g/L .4. P rimers , S ealers , and Und erc oaters : 1 0 0 g/L .5. Ru s t-P reventive C oatings : 1 0 0 g/L .6. Zinc -Ric hInd u s trialM aintenanc e P rimers : 1 0 0 g/L .7 . P retreatmentW as hP rimers : 420 g/L .8 . S hellac s , C lear: 7 30 g/L .9. S hellac s , P igmented : 550 g/L .

C . C olors : A s s elec ted by A rc hitec tfrom manu fac tu rer's fu llrange.

1 . 2 0 perc entofs u rfac e area may be painted withd eeptones .

2 . 3 S O URC E Q UA L ITY C O N TRO L

A . Tes tingofP aintM aterials : O wnerres erves the rightto invoke the followingproc ed u re:

1 . O wnerwillengage the s ervic es of a qu alified tes ting agenc y to s ample paintmaterials .C ontrac tor willbe notified in ad vanc e and may be pres entwhen s amples are taken. Ifpaintmaterials have alread y been d elivered to P rojec ts ite, s amples may be taken atP rojec ts ite. S amples willbe id entified , s ealed , and c ertified by tes tingagenc y.

2 . Tes tingagenc y willperform tes ts forc omplianc e withprod u c treq u irements .3. O wner may d irec tC ontrac tor to s top applying c oatings if tes tres u lts s how materials

being u s ed d o not c omply with prod u c t req u irements . C ontrac tor s hall removenonc omplying paintmaterials from P rojec ts ite, pay for tes ting, and repaints u rfac espainted with rejec ted materials . C ontrac torwillbe req u ired to remove rejec ted materialsfrom previou s ly painted s u rfac es if, on repainting with c omplying materials , the two paintsare inc ompatible.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


A . Examine s u bs trates and c ond itions , with A pplic atorpres ent, forc omplianc e with req u irementsformaximu m mois tu re c ontentand otherc ond itions affec ting performanc e of the W ork. Verifys u itability ofs u bs trates , inc lu d ing s u rfac e c ond itions and c ompatibility with exis ting finis hes andprimers . W here ac c eptability of s u bs trate c ond itions is in q u es tion, apply s amples and performin-s itu tes tingto verify c ompatibility, ad hes ion, and film integrity ofnew paintapplic ation.

1 . Report, in writing, c ond itions thatmay affec tapplic ation, appearanc e, orperformanc e ofpaint.

B . S u bs trate C ond itions :

1 . M aximu m M ois tu re C ontentof S u bs trates : W hen meas u red with an elec tronic mois tu remeteras follows :a. Gyps u m B oard : 1 2 perc ent.

2 . Gyps u m B oard S u bs trates : Verify thatfinis hingc ompou nd is s and ed s mooth.

C . P roc eed with c oating applic ation only after u ns atis fac tory c ond itions have been c orrec ted ;applic ation ofc oatingind ic ates ac c eptanc e ofs u rfac es and c ond itions .


A . C omply withmanu fac tu rer's written ins tru c tions applic able to s u bs trates ind ic ated .

B . Remove hard ware, c overs , plates , and s imilar items alread y in plac e thatare removable andare notto be painted . Ifremovalis imprac tic alorimpos s ible bec au s e of s ize orweightofitem ,provid e s u rfac e-applied protec tion before s u rfac e preparation and painting.

1 . A fterc ompletingpaintingoperations , u s e workers s killed in the trad es involved to reins tallitems thatwere removed . Remove s u rfac e-applied protec tion ifany.

C . C lean s u bs trates ofs u bs tanc es thatc ou ld impairbond ofpaints , inc lu d ing d u s t, d irt, oil, greas e,and inc ompatible paints and enc aps u lants .

1 . Remove inc ompatible primers and reprime s u bs trate with c ompatible primers orapply tiec oatas req u ired to prod u c e paints ys tems ind ic ated .

D . C onc rete S u bs trates : Remove releas e agents , c u ring c ompou nd s , efflores c enc e, and c halk. D onotpaints u rfac es if mois tu re c ontentor alkalinity of s u rfac es to be painted exc eed s thatpermitted in manu fac tu rer's written ins tru c tions .

1 . C onc rete Floors : Remove oil, d u s t, greas e, d irt, and other foreign materials . C omplywithS S P C -S P -13/N A C E 6 orIC RI0 37 32 .

E . S teelS u bs trates : Remove ru s t, loos e mills c ale, and s hop primer, ifany. C lean u s ing method srec ommend ed in writingby paintmanu fac tu rerbu tnotles s than the following:


1 . S S P C -S P 3, " P owerToolC leaning. "

F. S hop-P rimed S teelS u bs trates : C lean field weld s , bolted c onnec tions , and abrad ed areas ofs hoppaint, and paintexpos ed areas with the s ame materialas u s ed fors hoppriming to c omplywithS S P C -P A 1 fortou c hingu ps hop-primed s u rfac es .

G. Galvanized -M etalS u bs trates : Remove greas e and oilres id u e from galvanized s heetmetalfabric ated from c oils toc kby mec hanic almethod s to prod u c e c lean, lightly etc hed s u rfac es thatpromote ad hes ion ofs u bs eq u ently applied paints .

H . A lu minu m S u bs trates : Remove loos e s u rfac e oxid ation.

3. 3 A P P L IC A TIO N

A . A pply paints ac c ord ingto manu fac tu rer's written ins tru c tions .

1 . Us e applic ators and tec hniqu es s u ited forpaintand s u bs trate ind ic ated .2 . P aint s u rfac es behind movable eq u ipment and fu rnitu re s ame as s imilar expos ed

s u rfac es . B efore finalins tallation, paints u rfac es behind permanently fixed eq u ipmentorfu rnitu re withprime c oatonly.

3. P aintfrontand bac ks id es of ac c es s panels , removable or hinged c overs , and s imilarhinged items to matc hexpos ed s u rfac es .

4. D o not paint over labels of ind epend ent tes ting agenc ies or eq u ipment name,id entific ation, performanc e rating, ornomenc latu re plates .

5. P rimers s pec ified in painting s c hed u les may be omitted on items thatare fac tory primedorfac tory finis hed ifac c eptable to topc oatmanu fac tu rers .

6. Ifitc an be s een, paintit.

B . Tinteac h u nd erc oata lighter s had e to fac ilitate id entific ation of eac h c oatif mu ltiple c oats ofs ame materialare to be applied . Tintu nd erc oats to matc hc oloroftopc oat, bu tprovid e s u ffic ientd ifferenc e in s had e ofu nd erc oats to d is tingu is heac h s eparate c oat.

C . If u nd erc oats orotherc ond itions s how throu gh topc oat, apply ad d itionalc oats u ntilc u red filmhas a u niform paintfinis h, c olor, and appearanc e.

D . A pply paints to prod u c e s u rfac e films withou tc lou d ines s , s potting, holid ays , laps , bru s h marks ,rollertrac king, ru ns , s ags , ropines s , orothers u rfac e imperfec tions . C u tin s harplines and c olorbreaks .

E . P ainting Fire S u ppres s ion, P lu mbing, H V A C , Elec tric al, C ommu nic ation, and Elec tronic S afetyand S ec u rityW ork:

1 . P aintthe following workwhere expos ed in eq u ipmentrooms :

a. Eq u ipment, inc lu d ingpanelboard s and s witc hgear.b. Unins u lated metalpiping.c . Unins u lated plas tic piping.d . P ipe hangers and s u pports .e. M etalc ond u it.f. P las tic c ond u it.g. Tanks thatd o nothave fac tory-applied finalfinis hes .


h. D u c t, eq u ipment, and pipe ins u lation having c otton orc anvas ins u lation c overingorotherpaintable jac ketmaterial.

2 . P aintthe following workwhere expos ed in oc c u pied s pac es :

a. Eq u ipment, inc lu d ingpanelboard s .b. Unins u lated metalpiping.c . Unins u lated plas tic piping.d . P ipe hangers and s u pports .e. M etalc ond u it.f. P las tic c ond u it.g. D u c t, eq u ipment, and pipe ins u lation having c otton orc anvas ins u lation c overing

orotherpaintable jac ketmaterial.h. O theritems as d irec ted by A rc hitec t.

3. P aintportions of internals u rfac es of metald u c ts , withou tliner, behind air inlets andou tlets thatare vis ible from oc c u pied s pac es .


A . D ry Film Thic knes s Tes ting: O wner may engage the s ervic es of a q u alified tes ting andins pec tingagenc y to ins pec tand tes tpaintford ry film thic knes s .

1 . C ontrac tors halltou c h u pand res tore painted s u rfac es d amaged by tes ting.2 . If tes tres u lts s how thatd ry film thic knes s of applied paintd oes notc omply with paint

manu fac tu rer's written rec ommend ations , C ontrac tor s hallpay for tes ting and applyad d itional c oats as need ed to provid e d ry film thic knes s that c omplies with paintmanu fac tu rer's written rec ommend ations .

3. 5 C L E A N IN G A N D P RO TEC TIO N

A . A tend ofeac h workd ay, remove ru bbis h, empty c ans , rags , and otherd is c ard ed materials fromP rojec ts ite.

B . A fter c ompleting paint applic ation, c lean s pattered s u rfac es . Remove s pattered paints bywas hing, s c raping, orothermethod s . D o nots c ratc hord amage ad jac entfinis hed s u rfac es .

C . P rotec tworkofothertrad es agains td amage from paintapplic ation. C orrec td amage to workofother trad es by c leaning, repairing, replac ing, and refinis hing, as approved by A rc hitec t, andleave in an u nd amaged c ond ition.

D . A tc ompletion of c ons tru c tion ac tivities of other trad es , tou c h u p and res tore d amaged ord efac ed painted s u rfac es .

3. 6 IN TERIO R P A IN TIN G S C H ED UL E

A . M etalS u bs trates (A lu minu m , S teel, Galvanized S teel):

1 . L atex S ys tem :


a. P rime C oat: P rimer, ru s t-inhibitive, water bas ed : S -W P ro Ind u s trial P ro-C rylUnivers alP rimer, B 66-310 S eries , at5. 0 to 10 mils wet, 2 . 0 to 4. 0 mils d ry.

b. Intermed iate C oat: W ater-bas ed ac rylic , interior, matc hingtopc oat.c . Topc oat: W ater-bas ed ac rylic , s emi-glos s , (Glos s L evel5): S -W P ro Ind u s trial

A c rylic S emi-Glos s C oating, B 66-650 S eries , at2 . 5 to 4. 0 mils d ry, perc oat.

2 . P re-C atalyzed W aterbas ed Epoxy S ys tem :

a. P rime C oat: P rimer, ru s t-inhibitive, waterbas ed :

1) S -W P ro-C rylUnivers alP rimer, B 66-310 S eries , at2 . 0 to 4. 0 mils (0 . 0 51 to0 . 1 0 2 mm)d ry, perc oat.

b. Intermed iate C oat: L ightind u s trialc oating, interior, waterbas ed , matc hingtopc oat.

c . Topc oat: Epoxy-mod ified latex, interior, s emi-glos s :1) S -W P ro Ind u s trial P re-C atalyzed W aterbas ed Epoxy S emi-Glos s , K46

S eries , at1 . 5 mils (0 . 0 38 mm)d ry, perc oat.

B . Gyps u m B oard S u bs trates :

1 . L atex S ys tem :

a. P rime C oat: P rimer, latex, interior: S -W P roM ar 20 0 Zero VO C L atex P rimer,B 2 8 W 260 0 , at4. 0 mils wet, 1 . 5 mils d ry.

b. Intermed iate C oat: L atex, interior, matc hingtopc oat.c . Topc oat: L atex, interior, flat, (Glos s L evel1): S -W P roM ar 20 0 Zero VO C L atex

Flat, B 30 -260 0 S eries , at4. 0 mils wet, 1 . 6 mils d ry, perc oat.d . Topc oat: L atex, interior, eggs hell, (Glos s L evel3): S -W P roM ar 20 0 Zero VO C

L atex Eg-S hel, B 2 0 -260 0 S eries , at4. 0 mils wet, 1 . 7 mils d ry, perc oat.e. Topc oat: L atex, interior, s emi-glos s , (Glos s L evel4): S -W P roM ar20 0 Zero VO C

L atex S emi-Glos s , B 31-260 0 S eries , at4. 0 mils wet, 1 . 6 mils d ry, perc oat.

2 . Epoxy S ys tem (W aterB as e):a. S emi-Glos s Finis h

1 s tC oat: S -W P reprite 20 0 L atex W allP rimer, B 2 8 W 2 0 0 (4 mils wet, 1 . 2mils d ry)

2nd C oat: S -W W aterB as ed C atalyzed Epoxy, B 7 0 /B 60 V253rd C oat: S -W W ater B as ed C atalyzed Epoxy, B 7 0 /B 60 V25 (8 mils wet, 3

mils d ry perc oat)


D IVIS IO N 10 -S P EC IA L TIES

10 2113.19 Plastic Toilet Compartments10 2800 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories

SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATESPLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 2113.19 - 1

S EC TIO N 10 2113. 19 -P L A S TIC TO IL ET C O M P A RTM ENTS August 31, 2017

P A RT 1 -GENERA L



1.2 SUMMARY


1. Solid-plastic toilet compartments configured as toilet enclosures and urinal screens.


1. Section 05 5000 "Metal Fabrications" for supports that attach floor-and-ceiling-anchoredcompartments to overhead structural system.

2. Section 10 2800 "Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories" for toilet tissue dispensers, grabbars, purse shelves, and similar accessories mounted on toilet compartments.



1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual componentsand profiles, and finishes for toilet compartments.

B. Shop Drawings: For toilet compartments.

1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachment details.2. Show locations of cutouts for compartment-mounted toilet accessories.3. Show locations of centerlines of toilet fixtures.4. Show locations of floor drains.5. Show ceiling grid, ceiling-mounted items, and overhead support or bracing locations.

C. Samples for Selection: For each type of toilet compartment material indicated.

1. Include Samples of hardware and accessories involving material and color selection.

D. Product Schedule: For toilet compartments, prepared by or under the supervision of supplier,detailing location and selected colors for toilet compartment material.



A. Product Certificates: For each type of toilet compartment.


A. Maintenance Data: For toilet compartments to include in maintenance manuals.


A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protectivecovering for storage and identified with labels describing contents and source.

1. Door Hinges: One hinge(s) with associated fasteners.2. Latch and Keeper: One latch(es) and keeper(s) with associated fasteners.3. Door Bumper: One bumper(s) with associated fasteners.4. Door Pull: One door pull(s) with associated fasteners.5. Fasteners: Ten fasteners of each size and type.


A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of toilet fixtures, walls, columns, ceilings, and otherconstruction contiguous with toilet compartments by field measurements before fabrication.



A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency.Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

1. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less.2. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less.

B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural &Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildingsand Facilities and ICC A117.1 for toilet compartments designated as accessible.

2.2 SOLID-PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS

A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Scranton Products,Resistall or a comparable product by one of the following:

1. American Sanitary Partition Corporation.2. Bradley Corporation; Mills Partitions.3. General Partitions Mfg. Corp.


4. Global Steel Products Corp.5. Hadrian Manufacturing Inc.6. Knickerbocker Partition Corporation.7. Metpar Corp.8. Partition Systems Incorporated of South Carolina; Columbia Partitions.

B. Toilet-Enclosure Style: Floor anchored.

C. Urinal-Screen Style: Floor anchored.

D. Door, Panel, and Pilaster Construction: Solid, high-density polyethylene (HDPE) panel material,not less than 1 inch (25 mm) thick, seamless, with eased edges, no-sightline system, and withhomogenous color and pattern throughout thickness of material.

1. Integral Hinges: Configure doors and pilasters to receive integral hinges.2. Heat-Sink Strip: Manufacturer's standard continuous, stainless-steel strip fastened to

exposed bottom edges of solid-plastic components to hinder malicious combustion.3. Color and Pattern: One color and pattern in each room as selected by Architect from

manufacturer's full range.4. Surface Finish: Orange peel texture finish.

E. Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): Manufacturer's standard design; stainless steel.

F. Urinal-Screen Post: Manufacturer's standard post design of material matching the thickness andconstruction of pilasters; with shoe and sleeve (cap) matching that on the pilaster.

G. Brackets (Fittings):

1. Full-Height (Continuous) Type: Manufacturer's standard design; stainless steel.

2.3 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES

A. Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's heavy-duty operating hardware and accessories.

1. Hinges: Manufacturer's minimum 0.062-inch- (1.59-mm-) thick stainless-steel continuous,cam type that swings to a closed or partially open position, allowing emergency accessby lifting door. Mount with through-bolts.

2. Latch and Keeper: Manufacturer's heavy-duty surface-mounted cast-stainless-steel latchunit designed to resist damage due to slamming, with combination rubber-faced doorstrike and keeper, and with provision for emergency access. Provide units that complywith regulatory requirements for accessibility at compartments designated as accessible.Mount with through-bolts.

3. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's heavy-duty combination cast-stainless-steel hook and rubber-tipped bumper, sized to prevent in-swinging door from hitting compartment-mountedaccessories. Mount with through-bolts.

4. Door Bumper: Manufacturer's heavy-duty rubber-tipped cast-stainless-steel bumper atout-swinging doors. Mount with through-bolts.

5. Door Stop: Provide door plate with bumpers. Equal to Bobrick, 1002510.6. Door Pull: Manufacturer's heavy-duty cast-stainless-steel pull at out-swinging doors that

complies with regulatory requirements for accessibility. Provide units on both sides ofdoors at compartments designated as accessible. Mount with through-bolts.


B. Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel,finished to match the items they are securing, with theft-resistant-type heads. Provide sex-typebolts for through-bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use stainless-steel, hot-dipgalvanized-steel, or other rust-resistant, protective-coated steel compatible with relatedmaterials.

2.4 MATERIALS

A. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304, stretcher-leveled standard of flatness.

B. Stainless-Steel Castings: ASTM A 743/A 743M.

2.5 FABRICATION

A. Fabrication, General: Fabricate toilet compartment components to sizes indicated. Coordinaterequirements and provide cutouts for through-partition toilet accessories where required forattachment of toilet accessories.

A. Floor-Anchored Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant anchoringassemblies with leveling adjustment nuts at pilasters for structural connection to floor. Provideshoes at pilasters to conceal anchorage.

B. Urinal-Screen Posts: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant anchoring assemblieswith leveling adjustment nuts at bottoms of posts. Provide shoes and sleeves (caps) at posts toconceal anchorage.

C. Door Size and Swings: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 24-inch- (610-mm-) wide, in-swinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36-inch- (914-mm-) wide, out-swingingdoors with a minimum 32-inch- (813-mm-) wide, clear opening for compartments designated asaccessible.


3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements forfastening, support, alignment, operating clearances, and other conditions affecting performanceof the Work.

1. Confirm location and adequacy of blocking and supports required for installation.


3.2 INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid, straight,level, and plumb. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices.


1. Maximum Clearances:

a. Pilasters and Panels: 1/2 inch (13 mm).b. Panels and Walls: 1 inch (25 mm).

2. Full-Height (Continuous) Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with full-heightbrackets.

a. Locate bracket fasteners so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints.b. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls.

B. Floor-Anchored Units: Set pilasters with anchors penetrating not less than 2 inches (51 mm)into structural floor unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written instructions. Level,plumb, and tighten pilasters. Hang doors and adjust so tops of doors are level with tops ofpilasters when doors are in closed position.

C. Urinal Screens: Attach with anchoring devices to suit supporting structure. Set units level andplumb, rigid, and secured to resist lateral impact.

3.3 ADJUSTING

A. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware according to hardware manufacturer'swritten instructions for proper operation. Set hinges on in-swinging doors to hold doors openapproximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-swingingdoors to return doors to fully closed position.

END O F S EC TIO N 10 2113. 19

SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATESTOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 2800 - 1

SECTION 10 2800 - TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES August 31, 2017

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY


1. Public-use washroom accessories.2. Warm-air dryers.3. Childcare accessories.4. Underlavatory guards.


A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include the following:

1. Construction details and dimensions.2. Anchoring and mounting requirements, including requirements for cutouts in other work

and substrate preparation.3. Material and finish descriptions.4. Features that will be included for Project.5. Manufacturer's warranty.

B. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of eachaccessory required.

1. Identify locations using room designations indicated.2. Identify products using designations indicated.


A. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.


A. Maintenance Data: For toilet and bath accessories to include in maintenance manuals.



A. Source Limitations: For products listed together in the same Part 2 articles, obtain products fromsingle source from single manufacturer.

B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

1.7 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances requiredfor access by people with disabilities, and for proper installation, adjustment, operation,cleaning, and servicing of accessories.

B. Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to preventdelaying the Work.

1.8 WARRANTY

A. Special Mirror Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replacemirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects and that fail in materials or workmanshipwithin specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, 0.031-inch minimum nominal thickness unlessotherwise indicated.

B. Brass: ASTM B 19, flat products; ASTM B 16, rods, shapes, forgings, and flat products withfinished edges; or ASTM B 30, castings.

C. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008, Designation CS (cold rolled, commercial steel), 0.036-inchminimum nominal thickness.

D. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, with G60 hot-dip zinc coating.

E. Galvanized-Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.

F. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit and tamper-and-theft resistant where exposed, and of galvanized steel where concealed.

G. Chrome Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service).

H. Mirrors: ASTM C 1503, Mirror Glazing Quality, clear-glass mirrors, nominal 6.0 mm thick.


I. ABS Plastic: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene resin formulation.

2.2 PUBLIC-USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offeringproducts that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. A & J Washroom Accessories, Inc.2. American Specialties, Inc.3. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.4. Bradley Corporation.

B. Toilet Tissue (Roll) Dispenser: Furnished by Owner and installed by Contractor.

C. Paper Towel Dispenser: Furnished by Owner and installed by Contractor.

D. Waste Receptacle:

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bradley, 3A15-11.2. Mounting: Open top, surface mounted.3. Minimum Capacity: 16.5 gal.4. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin).5. Liner: Reusable vinyl liner.

E. Liquid-Soap Dispenser: Furnished by Owner and installed by Contractor.

F. Grab Bar:

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bradley, 812 Series.2. Mounting: Flanges with concealed fasteners.3. Material: Stainless steel, 0.05 inch thick.

a. Finish: Smooth, No. 4 finish (satin) on ends and slip-resistant texture in grip area.

4. Outside Diameter: 1-1/2 inches.5. Configuration and Length: As indicated on Drawings.

G. Sanitary-Napkin Disposal Unit:

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bradley, 4A10-11.2. Mounting: Surface mounted.3. Door or Cover: Self-closing, disposal-opening cover.4. Receptacle: Removable.5. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin).

H. Vendor:

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bradley, 4A20-11.2. Type: Sanitary napkin and tampon.3. Mounting: Surface mounted.4. Capacity: 18 napkins and 28 tampons.5. Operation: Two coin (50 cents).


6. Exposed Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin).7. Lockset: Tumbler type with separate lock and key for coin box.

I. Seat-Cover Dispenser:

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bradley, 5A40-11.2. Mounting: Surface mounted.3. Minimum Capacity: 250 seat covers.4. Exposed Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin).5. Lockset: Tumbler type.

J. Mirror Unit:

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bradley, 781.2. Frame: Stainless-steel channel.

a. Corners: Mitered and mechanically interlocked.

3. Hangers: Produce rigid, tamper- and theft-resistant installation, using method indicatedbelow.a. Wall bracket of galvanized steel, equipped with concealed locking devices

requiring a special tool to remove.

4. Size: As indicated on Drawings.

2.3 WARM-AIR DRYERS


1. A & J Washroom Accessories, Inc.2. American Specialties, Inc.3. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.4. Bradley Corporation.5. World Dryer Corporation.

B. High-Speed Warm-Air Dryer:

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bradley 2923-2874002. Description: High-speed, warm-air hand dryer for rapid hand drying.3. Mounting: Surface mounted.4. Operation: Automatic infrared sensor activated with operation time of 10 to 12 seconds.5. Cover Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin).6. Electrical Requirements: 115 V, 8.3 A, 950 W.

2.4 CHILDCARE ACCESSORIES


1. American Specialties, Inc.


2. GAMCO Specialty Accessories; a division of Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.3. Koala Kare Products; a division of Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.4. Tubular Specialties Manufacturing, Inc.

B. Diaper-Changing Station:

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Bradley, 962.2. Description: Horizontal unit that opens by folding down from stored position and with

child-protection strap.

a. Engineered to support a minimum of 250-lb static load when opened.

3. Mounting: Semirecessed, with unit projecting not more than 1 inch (25 mm) from wallwhen closed.

4. Operation: By pneumatic shock-absorbing mechanism.5. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin), exterior shell with rounded plastic

corners; HDPE interior in manufacturer's standard color.6. Liner Dispenser: Built in.

2.5 UNDERLAVATORY GUARDS


1. Plumberex Specialty Products, Inc.2. Truebro by IPS Corporation.

B. Underlavatory Guard:1. Description: Insulating pipe covering for supply and drain piping assemblies that prevent

direct contact with and burns from piping; allow service access without removingcoverings.

2. Material and Finish: Antimicrobial, molded plastic, white.

2.6 FABRICATION

A. General: Fabricate units with tight seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors andaccess panels with full-length, continuous hinges. Equip units for concealed anchorage and withcorrosion-resistant backing plates.

B. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying.Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriateto substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, andfirmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated.

B. Grab Bars: Install to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, when tested according toASTM F 446.

3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation. Replace damaged or defective items.

B. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings.

C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations.


D IVIS IO N 11 -EQ UIP M ENT

Not Used

D IVIS IO N 12 -FURNIS H INGS

12 3661.19 Quartz Agglomerate Countertops

SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATESQUARTZ AGGLOMERATE COUNTERTOPS 12 3661.19 - 1

SECTION 12 3661.19 - QUARTZ AGGLOMERATE COUNTERTOPS August 31, 2017

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY


1. Quartz agglomerate countertops.


A. Product Data: For countertop materials.

B. Shop Drawings: For countertops. Show materials, finishes, edge profiles, methods of joining,and cutouts for plumbing fixtures.

1. Show locations and details of joints.2. Show direction of directional pattern, if any.

C. Samples for Selection: For each type of material exposed to view.


A. Qualification Data: For fabricator.


A. Maintenance Data: For quartz agglomerate countertops to include in maintenance manuals.Include Product Data for care products used or recommended by Installer and names,addresses, and telephone numbers of local sources for products.


A. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom-fabricate countertopssimilar to that required for this Project, and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance.

B. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of countertops.


C. Mockups: Build mockups to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards forfabrication and execution.

1. Build mockup of typical countertop as shown on Drawings.2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the

completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.


A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions of countertops by field measurements after basecabinets are installed but before countertop fabrication is complete.

1.8 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate locations of utilities that will penetrate countertops or backsplashes.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 QUARTZ AGGLOMERATE COUNTERTOP MATERIALS

A. Quartz Agglomerate: Solid sheets consisting of quartz aggregates bound together with a matrixof filled plastic resin and complying with ICPA SS-1, except for composition.

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide HanStoneQuartz or a comparable product by one of the following:

a. Caesarstone.b. Cambria.c. Cosentino USA.d. E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.e. LG Chemical, Ltd.f. Samsung Chemical USA, Inc.g. Technistone USA, Inc.

2. Colors and Patterns: As scheduled on the drawings/HanStone Quartz, Specchio WhiteCT402.

B. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2-Exterior Glue.

C. Plywood: Exterior softwood plywood complying with DOC PS 1, Grade C-C Plugged, touchsanded.

2.2 COUNTERTOP FABRICATION

A. Fabricate countertops according to quartz agglomerate manufacturer's written instructions andthe AWI/AWMAC/WI's "Architectural Woodwork Standards."

1. Grade: Premium.


B. Configuration:

1. Front: Straight, slightly eased at top.

C. Countertops: 3/4-inch- (19-mm-) thick, quartz agglomerate with front edge built up with samematerial.

D. Fabricate tops with shop-applied edges and backsplashes unless otherwise indicated. Complywith quartz agglomerate manufacturer's written instructions for adhesives, sealers, fabrication,and finishing.

E. Joints: Fabricate countertops in sections for joining in field, with joints at locations indicated.

1. Joint Locations: Not within 18 inches (450 mm) of a sink or cooktop and not where acountertop section less than 36 inches (900 mm) long would result, unless unavoidable.

2. Joint Type: Bonded, 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) or less in width.3. Splined Joints: Accurately cut kerfs in edges at joints for insertion of metal splines to

maintain alignment of surfaces at joints where indicated. Make width of cuts slightly morethan thickness of splines to provide snug fit. Provide at least three splines in each joint.

F. Cutouts and Holes:

1. Undercounter Plumbing Fixtures: Make cutouts for fixtures in shop using template orpattern furnished by fixture manufacturer. Form cutouts to smooth, even curves.

a. Provide vertical edges, slightly eased at juncture of cutout edges with top andbottom surfaces of countertop and projecting 3/16 inch (5 mm) into fixture opening.

2. Counter-Mounted Plumbing Fixtures: Prepare countertops in shop for field cuttingopenings for counter-mounted fixtures. Mark tops for cutouts and drill holes at corners ofcutout locations. Make corner holes of largest radius practical.

3. Fittings: Drill countertops in shop for plumbing fittings, undercounter soap dispensers,and similar items.

2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS

A. Surface Mounted Counter Brackets: L-shaped bracket fabricated from aluminum T sectionsdesigned for supporting 24 inch deep counters or work surfaces; Model No. EH-1818 asmanufactured by Rangine Corporation, 330 Reservoir Street, Needham, Massachusetts 02494;800-826-6006; www.rakks.com.1. Material: Fabricate components from extruded aluminum sections complying with ASTM

B221, 6063-T5 alloy and temper.2. Factory applied finishes: Exposed aluminum surfaces shall be free of scratches and other

serious blemishes and be factory finished with electrostatically applied, color selected byArchitect, powder paint coating complying with AAMA 605.2.

B. Adhesive: Product recommended by quartz agglomerate manufacturer.

C. Sealant for Countertops: Comply with applicable requirements in Section 07 9200 "JointSealants."


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates to receive quartz agglomerate countertops and conditions under whichcountertops will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements forinstallation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of countertops.


3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install countertops level to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8 feet (3 mm in 2.4 m), 1/4 inch (6 mm)maximum. Do not exceed 1/64-inch (0.4-mm) difference between planes of adjacent units.

B. Fasten subtops to cabinets by screwing through subtops into cornerblocks of base cabinets.Shim as needed to align subtops in a level plane.

C. Secure countertops to subtops with adhesive according to quartz agglomerate manufacturer'swritten instructions. Align adjacent surfaces and, using adhesive in color to match countertop,form seams to comply with quartz agglomerate manufacturer's written instructions. Carefullydress joints smooth, remove surface scratches, and clean entire surface.

D. Bond joints with adhesive and draw tight as countertops are set. Mask areas of countertopsadjacent to joints to prevent adhesive smears.1. Install metal splines in kerfs in countertop edges at joints[ where indicated]. Fill kerfs with

adhesive before inserting splines and remove excess immediately after adjoining unitsare drawn into position.

2. Clamp units to temporary bracing, supports, or each other to ensure that countertops areproperly aligned and joints are of specified width.

E. Install aprons to backing and countertops with adhesive. Mask areas of countertops andsplashes adjacent to joints to prevent adhesive smears. Fasten by screwing through backing.Predrill holes for screws as recommended by manufacturer.

F. Complete cutouts not finished in shop. Mask areas of countertops adjacent to cutouts to preventdamage while cutting. Make cutouts to accurately fit items to be installed, and at right angles tofinished surfaces unless beveling is required for clearance. Ease edges slightly to preventsnipping.1. Seal edges of cutouts in particleboard subtops by saturating with varnish.

G. Apply sealant to gaps at walls; comply with Section 07 9200 "Joint Sealants."

END OF SECTION 12 3661.19

D IVIS IO N 13 -S P EC IA L C O NS TRUC TIO N

Not Used

D IVIS IO N 14 -C O NVEYING S YS TEM S

Not Used

D IVIS IO N 21 –FIRE S UP P RES S IO N

Not Used

D IVIS IO N 22 –P L UM B ING

22 0500 Common Work Results for Plumbing22 1116 Domestic Water Piping22 1119 Domestic Water Piping Specialties22 1316 Sanitary Waste And Vent Piping22 4000 Plumbing Fixtures

SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATES COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 0500 - 1

SECTION 22 0500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following: 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2. Transition fittings. 3. Dielectric fittings. 4. Mechanical sleeve seals. 5. Sleeves. 6. Escutcheons. 7. Grout. 8. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. 9. Painting and finishing. 10. Concrete bases. 11. Supports and anchorages. 12. Link Seal

1.3 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS

A. Seismic Performance: Equipment, pipe hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to SEI/ASCE 7 and with the requirements specified in Section 220548 " Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment.

1. For components with a seismic importance factor of 1.0 the term "withstand" means "the system will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified."

2. For components with a seismic importance factor of 1.5 the term "withstand" means "the system will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the system will be fully operational after the seismic event."

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, and crawlspaces.

B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms, accessible pipe shafts, accessible plumbing chases and accessible tunnels.


C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.

D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in chases.

E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters.

F. The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials: 1. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. 2. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Transition fittings. 2. Dielectric fittings. 3. Mechanical sleeve seals. 4. Escutcheons.

B. Welding certificates.


A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."

B. Electrical Characteristics for Plumbing Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements.


A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture.

B. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending.

1.8 COORDINATION

A. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for plumbing installations.

B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed.


C. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for plumbing items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified.

2.2 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS

A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods.

B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings.

2.3 JOINING MATERIALS

A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below.

B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents.

1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated.

a. Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges. b. Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges.

2. AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated; and full-face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.

E. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813.

F. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAg1, silver alloy for refrigerant piping, unless otherwise indicated.


2.4 TRANSITION FITTINGS

A. Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Nonpressure Drainage Piping: ASTM C 1173 with elastomeric sleeve, ends same size as piping to be joined, and corrosion-resistant metal band on each end.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. b. Fernco, Inc. c. Mission Rubber Company. d. Plastic Oddities, Inc.

2.5 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS

A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder-joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.

B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.

C. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Company. c. Eclipse, Inc. d. Epco Sales, Inc. e. Hart Industries, International, Inc. f. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. g. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div.

D. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Company. c. Epco Sales, Inc. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.

E. Dielectric-Flange Kits: Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges, full-face- or ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. c. Central Plastics Company. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.


2. Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures.

F. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Calpico, Inc. b. Lochinvar Corp.

G. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Perfection Corp. b. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. c. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Victaulic Co. of America.

2.6 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS

A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. c. Metraflex Co. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.

2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.

3. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element. 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates

to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.

2.7 SLEEVES

A. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint.

B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.

C. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing.

1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws.


E. Molded PE: Reusable, PE, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth-outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms.

2.8 ESCUTCHEONS

A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening.

B. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with polished chrome-plated finish.

C. One-Piece, Floor-Plate Type: Cast-iron floor plate.

D. Split-Casting, Floor-Plate Type: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw.

2.9 GROUT

A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement grout.

1. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications.

2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.

2.10 LINK SEAL

A. Link-Seal® Modular Seal Pressure Plates

1. Link-Seal® modular seal pressure plates shall be molded of glass reinforced Nylon Polymer with the following properties:

a. Izod Impact - Notched = 2.05ft-lb/in. per ASTM D-256 Flexural Strength @ Yield = 30,750 psi per ASTM D-790 Flexural Modulus = 1,124,000 psi per ASTM D-790 Elongation Break = 11.07% per ASTM D-638 Specific Gravity = 1.38 per ASTM D-792

2. Models LS200-275-300-315 shall incorporate the most current Link-Seal® Modular Seal design modifications and shall include an integrally molded compression assist boss on the top (bolt entry side) of the pressure plate, which permits increased compressive loading of the rubber sealing element. Models 315-325-340-360-400-410-425-475-500-525-575-600 shall incorporate an integral recess known as a “Hex Nut Interlock” designed to accommodate commercially available fasteners to insure proper thread engagement for the class and service of metal hardware. All pressure plates shall have a permanent identification of the manufacturer’s name molded into it.

3. For fire and Hi-Temp service, pressure plates shall be steel with 2-part Zinc Dichromate Coating.

4. Link-Seal® Modular Seal Hardware: All fasteners shall be sized according to latest Link-Seal® modular seal technical data. Bolts, flange hex nuts shall be: 316 Stainless Steel per ASTM F593-95, with a 85,000 psi average tensile strength.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PLUMBING DEMOLITION

A. Refer to Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" and Division 02 Section "Selective Structure Demolition" for general demolition requirements and procedures.

B. Disconnect, demolish, and remove plumbing systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed.

1. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material.

2. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material.

3. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. 4. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove,

clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational.

5. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner.

C. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality.


A. Comply with SEI/ASCE 7 and with requirements for seismic seismic-restraint devices in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

3.3 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems.

B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.

C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas.

D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.

F. Install piping to permit valve servicing.

G. Install piping at indicated slopes.


H. Install piping free of sags and bends.

I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

J. Install piping to allow application of insulation.

K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.

L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following:

1. New Piping:

a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type. b. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated

finish. c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type with spring clips. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-

brass type with polished chrome-plated finish. e. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped-

steel type. f. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor-plate type.

2. Existing Piping: Use the following:

a. Chrome-Plated Piping: Split-casting, cast-brass type with chrome-plated finish. b. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting, cast-

brass type with chrome-plated finish. c. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-plate, stamped-

steel type with concealed hinge and spring clips. d. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass

type with chrome-plated finish. e. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-plate, stamped-steel

type with concealed hinge and set screw. f. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting, cast-brass type. g. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with set screw or

spring clips. h. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting, floor-plate

type.

M. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.

N. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves.

O. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete floor and roof slabs.

P. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs.

1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.

a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified.


2. Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed. 3. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between

sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials:

a. Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6. b. Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 and larger, penetrating gypsum-board

partitions. c. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing.

Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. Refer to Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing.

1) Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with grout.

4. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation.

Q. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.

1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter. 2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter. 3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements

required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.

R. Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.

1. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.

S. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for materials.

T. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.

U. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements.

3.4 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems.


B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.

C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.

D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.

E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8.

F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:

1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified.

2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.

G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article.

H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads.

3.5 PIPING CONNECTIONS

A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment.

2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment.

3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals.

4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals.

3.6 PAINTING

A. Painting of plumbing systems, equipment, and components is specified in Division 09 Sections "Interior Painting" and "Exterior Painting."

B. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with materials and procedures to match original factory finish.

3.7 GROUTING

A. Mix and install grout for plumbing equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors.


B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout.

C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout.

D. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout.

E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases.

F. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment.

G. Place grout around anchors.

H. Cure placed grout.


SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATES DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1116 - 1

SECTION 22 1116 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY


1. Under-building-slab and aboveground domestic water pipes, tubes, and fittings inside buildings.

2. Encasement for piping.


1. Division 22 Section "Facility Water Distribution Piping" for water-service piping outside the building from source to the point where water-service piping enters the building.


A. Seismic Performance: Pipe hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to SEI/ASCE 7 and with the requirements specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC."

1. For piping with a seismic importance factor of 1.0 the term "withstand" means "the system will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified."

2. For piping with a seismic importance factor of 1.5 the term "withstand" means "the system will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the system will be fully operational after the seismic event."


A. Product Data: For transition fittings and dielectric fittings.

B. Delegated-Design Submittal:

1. Design calculations and detailed fabrication and assembly of pipe anchors and alignment guides, hangers and supports for multiple pipes, expansion joints and loops, and attachments of the same to the building structure.

2. Locations of pipe anchors and alignment guides and expansion joints and loops. 3. Locations of and details for penetrations, including sleeves and sleeve seals for exterior

walls, floors, basement, and foundation walls.



A. System purging and disinfecting activities report.

B. Field quality-control reports.


A. Interruption of Existing Water Service: Do not interrupt water service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary water service according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Construction Manager or owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of water service.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPING MATERIALS

A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes.

B. Potable-water piping and components shall comply with NSF 14 and NSF 61. Plastic piping components shall be marked with "NSF-pw."

C. All piping shall be American made and tested; no import pipe will be permitted.

D. All exposed water supply piping in toilet rooms, custodial rooms and kitchens shall be chromium plated.

E. All piping installed in or passing through a plenum must be plenum rated, fire wrapped, or installed in a metal conduit.

2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS

A. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K and ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, drawn temper.

B. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K and ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, annealed temper.

C. Cast-Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.18, pressure fittings.

D. Wrought-Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought-copper pressure fittings.

E. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends.

F. Copper Unions:

1. MSS SP-123. 2. Cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body. 3. Ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces. 4. Solder-joint or threaded ends.


2.3 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS

A. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials:

1. AWWA C110/A21.10, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick or ASME B16.21, nonmetallic and asbestos free unless otherwise indicated.

2. Full-face or ring type unless otherwise indicated.

B. Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated.

C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys.

D. Flux: ASTM B 813, water flushable.

E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-duty brazing unless otherwise indicated.


A. General Requirements:

1. Same size as pipes to be joined. 2. Pressure rating at least equal to pipes to be joined. 3. End connections compatible with pipes to be joined.

B. Fitting-Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting.

C. Sleeve-Type Transition Coupling: AWWA C219. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing. b. Dresser, Inc.; Piping Specialties Products. c. Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. (The). d. JCM Industries. e. Romac Industries, Inc. f. Smith-Blair, Inc.; a Sensus company. g. Viking Johnson.


A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined.

B. Dielectric Nipples and Waterways: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. Elster Perfection Corporation. b. Grinnell Mechanical Products; Tyco Fire Products LP. c. Matco-Norca. d. Clearflow/Perfection Corp.


e. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. f. Victaulic Company.

2. Standard: IAPMO PS 66 or ASTM F-1545-97. 3. Electroplated steel nipple or waterway complying with ASTM F 1545 or ANSI/NSF-61

Compliant. 4. Pressure Rating and Temperature: 300 psig at 225 deg F. 5. End Connections: Male threaded or grooved. 6. Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene or LTHS.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EARTHWORK

A. Comply with requirements in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.

3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of domestic water piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings.

B. Install copper tubing under building slab according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."

C. Install ductile-iron piping under building slab with restrained joints according to AWWA C600 and AWWA M41.

D. Install underground copper tube in PE encasement according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105/A21.5.

E. Install shutoff valve, hose-end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve inside the building at each domestic water-service entrance. Comply with requirements for pressure gages in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" and with requirements for drain valves and strainers in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties."

F. Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting.

G. Install water-pressure-reducing valves downstream from shutoff valves. Comply with requirements for pressure-reducing valves in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties."

H. Install domestic water piping with 0.25 percent slope downward toward drain and plumb. 1. Piping will be drained seasonally for freeze protection.

I. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with SEI/ASCE 7 and with requirements for seismic-restraint devices in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."


J. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas.

K. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

L. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal, and coordinate with other services occupying that space.

M. Install piping to permit valve servicing.

N. Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or higher than the system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated.

O. Install piping free of sags and bends.

P. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

Q. Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine, and specialty.

R. Install pressure gages on suction and discharge piping for each plumbing pump and packaged booster pump. Comply with requirements for pressure gages in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping."

S. Install thermostats in hot-water circulation piping. Comply with requirements for thermostats in Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Pumps."

T. Install thermometers on inlet and outlet piping from each water heater. Comply with requirements for thermometers in Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping."

U. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Division 22 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping."

V. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 22 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping."

W. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 22 Section "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping."

3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.

B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly.

C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:


1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or

damaged.

D. Brazed Joints for Copper Tubing: Comply with CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," "Brazed Joints" chapter.

E. Soldered Joints for Copper Tubing: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux to end of tube. Join copper tube and fittings according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."

F. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate asbestos-free, nonmetallic gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for domestic water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9.

G. Joints for Dissimilar-Material Piping: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both piping systems.

3.4 TRANSITION FITTING INSTALLATION

A. Install transition couplings at joints of dissimilar piping.

B. Transition Fittings in Underground Domestic Water Piping:

1. Fittings for NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Fitting-type coupling. 2. Fittings for NPS 2 and Larger: Sleeve-type coupling.

3.5 DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION

A. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing.

B. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric nipples/waterways.

C. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Use dielectric nipples/waterways.

D. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 5 and Larger: Use dielectric nipples/waterways.

3.6 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

B. Comply with requirements for pipe hanger, support products, and installation in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs:

a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. c. Longer Than 100 Feet if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.


3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.

4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.

C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.

D. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch.

E. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters:

1. NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 4. NPS 2-1/2: 108 inches with 1/2-inch rod. 5. NPS 3 to NPS 5: 10 feet with 1/2-inch rod. 6. NPS 6: 10 feet with 5/8-inch rod. 7. NPS 8: 10 feet with 3/4-inch rod.

F. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet.

G. Support piping and tubing not listed in this article according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions.

3.7 CONNECTIONS

A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

B. When installing piping adjacent to equipment and machines, allow space for service and maintenance.

C. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water-service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials.

D. Connect domestic water piping to water-service piping with shutoff valve; extend and connect to the following: 1. Water Heaters: Cold-water inlet and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not

smaller than sizes of water heater connections. 2. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water-supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller

than that required by plumbing code. Comply with requirements for connection sizes in Division 22 plumbing fixture Sections.

3. Equipment: Cold- and hot-water-supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

3.8 IDENTIFICATION

A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification materials and installation in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

B. Label pressure piping with system operating pressure.



A. Perform the following tests and inspections:

1. Piping Inspections:

a. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction.

b. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least one day before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction:

1) Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing in after roughing in and before setting fixtures.

2) Final Inspection: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified in "Piping Tests" Subparagraph below and to ensure compliance with requirements.

c. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass tests or inspections, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.

d. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.

2. Piping Tests:

a. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water.

b. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.

c. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested.

d. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psigabove operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow it to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired.

e. Repair leaks and defects with new materials, and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained.

f. Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required.

B. Domestic water piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.

C. Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.10 ADJUSTING

A. Perform the following adjustments before operation:

1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs. 2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position. 3. Open throttling valves to proper setting. 4. Adjust balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide adequate flow.


a. Manually adjust ball-type balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide hot-water flow in each branch.

b. Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated.

5. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and for temporary sealing of piping during installation.

6. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs. 7. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified for

application where used and are clean and ready for use. 8. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation.

3.11 CLEANING

A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows:

1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using.

2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction; if methods are not prescribed, use procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or follow procedures described below:

a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets.

b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following:

1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours.

2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours.

c. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system after the standing time.

d. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. e. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Clean non-potable domestic water piping as follows:

1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using.

2. Use purging procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or; if methods are not prescribed, follow procedures described below:

a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets.

b. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination.

C. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. Include copies of water-sample approvals from authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.


3.12 PIPING SCHEDULE

A. Some piping types and sizes mentioned in this section may not be used on this project.

B. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below unless otherwise indicated.

C. Flanges and unions may be used for aboveground piping joints unless otherwise indicated.

D. All exposed water supply piping in toilet rooms, custodial rooms and kitchens shall be chromium plated.

E. Under-building-slab, domestic water, building-service piping, NPS 3and smaller, shall be the following:

1. Soft copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type K; wrought-copper, brazed joints and fittings.

F. Under-building-slab, domestic water piping, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be the following:

1. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type K; wrought-copper, brazed joints and fittings.

G. Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2and smaller, shall be the following:

1. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; cast- copper, solder-joint fittings; and soldered joints.

H. Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4, shall be the following:


I. Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 5 and larger, shall be the following:


3.13 VALVE SCHEDULE

A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply:

1. Shutoff Duty: Use ball for piping NPS 3 and smaller. Use butterfly or ball, with flanged ends for piping NPS 4 and larger.

2. Throttling Duty: Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly or ball valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

3. Hot-Water Circulation Piping, Balancing Duty: Calibrated balancing valves. 4. Drain Duty: Hose-end drain valves.


B. Use check valves to maintain correct direction of domestic water flow to and from equipment.


SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATES DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 1119 - 1

SECTION 22 1119 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following domestic water piping specialties:

1. Vacuum breakers. 2. Backflow preventers. 3. Water pressure-reducing valves. 4. Balancing valves. 5. Temperature-actuated water mixing valves. 6. Strainers. 7. Outlet boxes. 8. Hose bibbs. 9. Wall hydrants. 10. Drain valves. 11. Water hammer arresters. 12. Water meters

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 22 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for thermometers, pressure gages, and flow meters in domestic water piping.

2. Division 22 Section "Emergency Plumbing Fixtures" for water tempering equipment. 3. Division 22 Section "Pressure Water Coolers" for water filters for water coolers.


A. Minimum Working Pressure for Domestic Water Piping Specialties: 125 psig, unless otherwise indicated.

1.4 SUBMITTALS


B. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring.

C. Field quality-control test reports.

D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For domestic water piping specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.



A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

B. NSF Compliance:

1. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for plastic domestic water piping components.

2. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 VACUUM BREAKERS

A. Pipe-Applied, Atmospheric-Type Vacuum Breakers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. Ames Co. b. Cash Acme. c. Conbraco Industries, Inc. d. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. e. Rain Bird Corporation. f. Toro Company (The); Irrigation Div. g. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. h. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

2. Standard: ASSE 1001. 3. Size: NPS 1/4 to NPS 3, as required to match connected piping. 4. Body: Bronze. 5. Inlet and Outlet Connections: Threaded. 6. Finish: Chrome plated.

B. Hose-Connection Vacuum Breakers:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a. Arrowhead Brass Products, Inc. b. Cash Acme. c. Conbraco Industries, Inc. d. Legend Valve. e. MIFAB, Inc. f. Prier Products, Inc. g. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. h. Woodford Manufacturing Company. i. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation. j. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.


2. Standard: ASSE 1011. 3. Body: Bronze, nonremovable, with manual drain. 4. Outlet Connection: Garden-hose threaded complying with ASME B1.20.7. 5. Finish: Chrome or nickel plated.

C. Pressure Vacuum Breakers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. Ames Co. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. c. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. d. Flomatic Corporation. e. Toro Company (The); Irrigation Div. f. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. g. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

2. Standard: ASSE 1020. 3. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. 4. Pressure Loss: 5 psig maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range. 5. Accessories:

a. Valves: Ball type, on inlet and outlet.

D. Spill-Resistant Vacuum Breakers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.

2. Standard: ASSE 1056. 3. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. 4. Accessories:

a. Valves: Ball type, on inlet and outlet.

2.2 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS

A. Reduced-Pressure-Principle Backflow Preventers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. Ames Co. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. c. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. d. Flomatic Corporation. e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

2. Standard: ASSE 1013.


3. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. 4. Pressure Loss: 12 psig maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range. 5. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with

AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved] for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 6. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 7. Accessories:

a. Valves: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet ofNPS 2 and smaller; outside screw and yoke gate-type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

b. Air-Gap Fitting: ASME A112.1.2, matching backflow-preventer connection.

B. Double-Check Backflow-Prevention Assemblies: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. Ames Co. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. c. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. d. Flomatic Corporation. e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

2. Standard: ASSE 1015. 3. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Pressure Loss: 5 psig maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range. 5. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with

AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 6. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; [flanged] <Insert type> for NPS 2-

1/2 and larger. 7. Accessories:

a. Valves: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet ofNPS 2 and smaller; outside screw and yoke gate-type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

C. Beverage-Dispensing-Equipment Backflow Preventers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. c. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

2. Standard: ASSE 1022. 3. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. 4. Size: NPS 1/4 or NPS 3/8. 5. Body: Stainless steel. 6. End Connections: Threaded.

D. Dual-Check-Valve Backflow Preventers:



a. Cash Acme. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. c. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. d. Flomatic Corporation. e. Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. (The). f. Honeywell Water Controls. g. Legend Valve. h. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. i. Mueller Co.; Water Products Div. j. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. k. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

2. Standard: ASSE 1024. 3. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. 4. Body: Bronze with union inlet.

E. Carbonated-Beverage-Dispenser, Dual-Check-Valve Backflow Preventers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. Cash Acme. b. Lancer Corporation. c. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.

2. Standard: ASSE 1032. 3. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. 4. Size: NPS 1/4 or NPS 3/8. 5. Body: Stainless steel. 6. End Connections: Threaded.

2.3 WATER PRESSURE-REDUCING VALVES

A. Water Regulators: (Direct Type) 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. Cash Acme. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. c. Honeywell Water Controls. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

2. Standard: ASSE 1003. 3. Pressure Rating: Initial working pressure of 150 psig. 4. Body: Bronze, provide chrome-plated finish if connected to chrome plated or stainless

steel piping for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3.

5. Valves for Booster Heater Water Supply: Include integral bypass. 6. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3.


B. Water Control Valves: (Pilot type) 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. CLA-VAL Automatic Control Valves. b. Mifab Corp; Beeco. c. Watts Industries, Inc.; Ames Fluid Control Systems. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Watts ACV. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

2. Description: Pilot-operation, diaphragm-type, single-seated main water control valve. 3. Pressure Rating: Initial working pressure of 150 psig minimum with AWWA C550 or

FDA-approved, interior epoxy coating. Include small pilot-control valve, restrictor device, specialty fittings, and sensor piping.

4. Main Valve Body: Cast- or ductile-iron body with AWWA C550 or FDA-approved, interior epoxy coating; or stainless-steel body.

5. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

2.4 BALANCING VALVES

A. Copper-Alloy Calibrated Balancing Valves:


a. Armstrong International, Inc. b. Flo Fab Inc. c. ITT Industries; Bell & Gossett Div. d. NIBCO INC. e. TAC Americas. f. Taco, Inc. g. Victaulic h. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.

2. Type: Ball or Y-pattern globe valve with two readout ports and memory setting indicator. 3. Body: bronze, 4. Size: Same as connected piping, but not larger than NPS 2. 5. Accessories: Meter hoses, fittings, valves, differential pressure meter, and carrying case.

B. Cast-Iron Calibrated Balancing Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. Armstrong International, Inc. b. Flo Fab Inc. c. ITT Industries; Bell & Gossett Div. d. NIBCO INC. e. TAC Americas. f. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.

2. Type: Adjustable with Y-pattern globe valve, two readout ports, and memory-setting indicator.


3. Size: Same as connected piping, but not smaller than NPS 2-1/2.

C. Accessories: Meter hoses, fittings, valves, differential pressure meter, and carrying case.

2.5 TEMPERATURE-ACTUATED WATER MIXING VALVES

A. Water-Temperature Limiting Devices: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. Armstrong International, Inc. b. Cash Acme. c. Conbraco Industries, Inc. d. Honeywell Water Controls. e. Legend Valve. f. Leonard Valve Company. g. Powers; a Watts Industries Co. h. Symmons Industries, Inc. i. Taco, Inc. j. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. k. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

2. Standard: ASSE 1017. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig. 4. Type: Thermostatically controlled water mixing valve. 5. Material: Bronze body with corrosion-resistant interior components. 6. Connections: Threaded union inlets and outlet. 7. Accessories: Check stops on hot- and cold-water supplies, and adjustable, temperature-

control handle. 8. Valve Finish: Rough bronze.

B. Primary, Thermostatic, Water Mixing Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. Armstrong International, Inc. b. Lawler Manufacturing Company, Inc. c. Leonard Valve Company. d. Powers; a Watts Industries Co. e. Symmons Industries, Inc.

2. Standard: ASSE 1017. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig. 4. Type: Exposed-mounting, thermostatically controlled water mixing valve. 5. Material: Bronze body with corrosion-resistant interior components. 6. Connections: Threaded union inlets and outlet. 7. Accessories: Manual temperature control, check stops on hot- and cold-water supplies,

and adjustable, temperature-control handle. 8. Valve Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum, unless otherwise indicated. 9. Valve Finish: Chrome plated. 10. Piping Finish: Copper.


C. Individual-Fixture, Water Tempering Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. Cash Acme. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. c. Honeywell Water Controls. d. Lawler Manufacturing Company, Inc. e. Leonard Valve Company. f. Powers; a Watts Industries Co. g. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. h. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

2. Standard: ASSE 1070, thermostatically controlled water tempering valve. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Body: Bronze body with corrosion-resistant interior components. 5. Temperature Control: Adjustable. 6. Inlets and Outlet: Threaded. 7. Finish: Rough or chrome-plated bronze.

2.6 STRAINERS FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

A. Y-Pattern Strainers:

1. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with

AWWA C550 or FDA-approved, epoxy coating and for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 4. Screen: Stainless steel with round perforations, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Perforation Size:

a. Strainers NPS 2 and Smaller: 0.020 inch. b. Strainers NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: 0.045 inch. c. Strainers NPS 5 and Larger: 0.10 inch.

6. Drain: Factory-installed, hose-end drain valve.

2.7 OUTLET BOXES

A. Icemaker Outlet Boxes: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. Acorn Engineering Company. b. Guy Gray Manufacturing Co., Inc. c. IPS Corporation. d. LSP Products Group, Inc. e. Oatey. f. Plastic Oddities; a division of Diverse Corporate Technologies. g. Symmons Industries, Inc. h. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.


i. Whitehall Manufacturing; a div. of Acorn Engineering Company. j. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation.

2. Mounting: Recessed. 3. Material and Finish: Enameled-steel or epoxy-painted-steel or plastic box and faceplate. 4. Faucet: Combination, valved fitting or separate hot- and cold-water, valved fittings

complying with ASME A112.18.1. Include garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7 on outlets.

5. Supply Shutoff Fittings: NPS 1/2 gate, globe, or ball valves and NPS 1/2 copper, water tubing.

6. Drain: NPS 2 standpipe and P-trap for direct waste connection to drainage piping. 7. Inlet Hoses: Two 60-inch- long, rubber household clothes washer inlet hoses with

female, garden-hose-thread couplings. Include rubber washers. 8. Drain Hose: One 48-inch- long, rubber household clothes washer drain hose with

hooked end.

B. Water Outlet Boxes: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. Acorn Engineering Company. b. IPS Corporation. c. LSP Products Group, Inc. d. Oatey. e. Plastic Oddities; a division of Diverse Corporate Technologies.

2. Mounting: Recessed. 3. Material and Finish: Enameled-steel or epoxy-painted-steel or plastic box and faceplate. 4. Faucet: Valved fitting complying with ASME A112.18.1. Include NPS 1/2 or smaller

copper tube outlet. 5. Supply Shutoff Fitting: NPS 1/2 gate, globe, or ball valve and NPS 1/2 copper, water

tubing.

2.8 HOSE BIBBS

A. Hose Bibbs:

1. Standard: ASME A112.18.1 for sediment faucets. 2. Body Material: Bronze. 3. Seat: Bronze, replaceable. 4. Supply Connections: NPS 1/2 or NPS 3/4 threaded or solder-joint inlet. 5. Outlet Connection: Garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7. 6. Pressure Rating: 125 psig. 7. Vacuum Breaker: Integral or field-installation, nonremovable, drainable, hose-connection

vacuum breaker complying with ASSE 1011. 8. Finish for Equipment Rooms: Rough bronze, or chrome or nickel plated. 9. Finish for Service Areas: Chrome or nickel plated. 10. Finish for Finished Rooms: Chrome or nickel plated. 11. Operation for Equipment Rooms: Wheel handle or operating key. 12. Operation for Service Areas: Wheel handle. 13. Operation for Finished Rooms: Operating key. 14. Include operating key with each operating-key hose bibb. 15. Include integral wall flange with each chrome- or nickel-plated hose bibb.


2.9 WALL HYDRANTS

A. Nonfreeze Wall Hydrants: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. Josam Company. b. MIFAB, Inc. c. Prier Products, Inc. d. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. e. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. f. Watts Drainage Products Inc. g. Woodford Manufacturing Company. h. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation. i. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

2. Standard: ASME A112.21.3M for concealed-outlet, self-draining wall hydrants. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig. 4. Operation: Loose key. 5. Casing and Operating Rod: Of length required to match wall thickness. Include wall

clamp. 6. Inlet: NPS 3/4 or NPS 1. 7. Outlet: Concealed, with integral vacuum breaker and garden-hose thread complying with

ASME B1.20.7. 8. Box: Deep, flush mounting with cover. 9. Box and Cover Finish: Polished nickel bronze. 10. Operating Keys: Two with each wall hydrant.

2.10 DRAIN VALVES

A. Ball-Valve-Type, Hose-End Drain Valves:

1. Standard: MSS SP-110 for standard-port, two-piece ball valves. 2. Pressure Rating: 400-psig minimum CWP. 3. Size: NPS 3/4. 4. Body: Copper alloy. 5. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. 6. Seats and Seals: Replaceable. 7. Handle: Vinyl-covered steel. 8. Inlet: Threaded or solder joint. 9. Outlet: Threaded, short nipple with garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7

and cap with brass chain.

2.11 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS

A. Water Hammer Arresters: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. AMTROL, Inc. b. Josam Company.


c. MIFAB, Inc. d. PPP Inc. e. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. f. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. g. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. h. Watts Drainage Products Inc. i. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

2. Standard: ASSE 1010 or PDI-WH 201. 3. Type: Metal bellows or Copper tube with piston. 4. Size: ASSE 1010, Sizes AA and A through F or PDI-WH 201, Sizes A through F.

2.12 TRAP-SEAL PRIMER VALVES

A. Trap Seal Primer Valves: ASSE 1018, water-supply-fed type, with the following characteristics:

1. 125-psig minimum working pressure. 2. Bronze body with atmospheric-vented drain chamber. 3. Inlet and Outlet Connections: 1/2-inch threaded, union, or solder joint. 4. Gravity Drain Outlet Connection: 1/2-inch threaded or solder joint. 5. Finish: Chrome plated, or rough bronze for units used with pipe or tube that is

not chrome finished.

2.13 WATER METERS

A. Displacement-Type Water Meters:


a. AALIANT; a Venture Measurement product line.ABB.Badger Meter, Inc. b. Carlon Meter. c. Mueller Co. Ltd.; a subsidiary of Mueller Water Products Inc. d. Rockwell e. Schlumberger Limited; Water Services. f. Sensus.

2. Description:

a. Standard: AWWA C700. b. Pressure Rating: 150-psig working pressure. c. Body Design: Nutating disc; totalization meter. d. Registration: In gallons or cubic feet as required by utility company. e. Case: Bronze. f. End Connections: Threaded.

B. Compound-Type Water Meters:


a. ABB.

http://www.specagent.com/LookUp/?uid=123456825544&mf=04&src=wd









b. Badger Meter, Inc. c. Master Meter, Inc. d. Mueller Co. Ltd.; a subsidiary of Mueller Water Products Inc. e. Rockwell f. Schlumberger Limited; Water Services. g. Sensus.

2. Description:

a. Standard: AWWA C702. b. Pressure Rating: 150-psig working pressure. c. Body Design: With integral mainline and bypass meters; totalization meter. d. Registration: In gallons or cubic feet as required by utility company. e. Case: Bronze. f. Pipe Connections: Flanged.

C. Remote Registration System: Direct-reading type complying with AWWA C706; modified with signal-transmitting assembly, low-voltage connecting wiring, and remote register assembly as required by utility company.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for piping joining materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements.

B. Install backflow preventers in each water supply to mechanical equipment and systems and to other equipment and water systems that may be sources of contamination. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Locate backflow preventers in same room as connected equipment or system. 2. Install drain for backflow preventers with atmospheric-vent drain connection with air-gap

fitting, fixed air-gap fitting, or equivalent positive pipe separation of at least two pipe diameters in drain piping and pipe to floor drain. Locate air-gap device attached to or under backflow preventer. Simple air breaks are not acceptable for this application.

3. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers.

C. Install water control valves with inlet and outlet shutoff valves. Install pressure gages on inlet and outlet.

D. Install balancing valves in locations where they can easily be adjusted.

E. Install temperature-actuated water mixing valves with check stops or shutoff valves on inlets and with shutoff valve on outlet.

1. Install thermometers and water regulators if specified. 2. Install cabinet-type units recessed in or surface mounted on wall as specified.

F. Install Y-pattern strainers for water on supply side of each control valve, water pressure-reducing valve, solenoid valve, and pump.







G. Install outlet boxes recessed in wall. Install 2-by-4-inch fire-retardant-treated-wood blocking wall reinforcement between studs. Fire-retardant-treated-wood blocking is specified in Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry."

H. Install water hammer arresters in water piping according to PDI-WH 201.

I. Install supply-type, trap-seal primer valves with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust valve for proper flow.

J. Install drainage-type, trap-seal primer valves as lavatory trap with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting.

K. Install trap-seal primer systems with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust system for proper flow.

L. Install water meters per manufacturers requirements.

3.2 CONNECTIONS

A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping and specialties.

B. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."

C. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."

3.3 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING

A. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment nameplate or sign on or near each of the following:

1. Pressure vacuum breakers. 2. Reduced-pressure-principle backflow preventers. 3. Double-check backflow-prevention assemblies. 4. Carbonated-beverage-machine backflow preventers. 5. Dual-check-valve backflow preventers. 6. Water pressure-reducing valves. 7. Calibrated balancing valves. 8. Primary, thermostatic, water mixing valves. 9. Primary water tempering valves. 10. Outlet boxes. 11. Supply-type, trap-seal primer valves.

B. Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."



A. Perform the following tests and prepare test reports:

1. Test each backflow preventer according to authorities having jurisdiction and the device's reference standard.

B. Remove and replace malfunctioning domestic water piping specialties and retest as specified above.

3.5 ADJUSTING

A. Set field-adjustable pressure set points of water pressure-reducing valves.

B. Set field-adjustable flow set points of balancing valves.

C. Set field-adjustable temperature set points of temperature-actuated water mixing valves.


SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATES SANITARY WASTE AND VENTING PIPING 22 1316 - 1

SECTION 22 1316 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY


1. Pipe, tube, and fittings. 2. Specialty pipe fittings.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.

B. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.


A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure unless otherwise indicated:

1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water.

B. Seismic Performance: Soil, waste, and vent piping and support and installation shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to SEI/ASCE 7 and with the requirements specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC."

1. For piping with a seismic importance factor of 1.0 the term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified."

2. For piping with a seismic importance factor of 1.5 the term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event."





A. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For waste and vent piping, accessories, and components, from manufacturer.

1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation.

2. Detailed description of piping anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.


A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.

B. Comply with NSF/ANSI 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-dwv" for plastic drain, waste, and vent piping; "NSF-sewer" for plastic sewer piping; "NSF-drain" for plastic drain piping, and "NSF-tubular" for plastic continuous waste piping.


A. Interruption of Existing Sanitary Waste Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary service according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Construction Manager no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of sanitary waste service.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPING MATERIALS

A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes.

2.2 HUBLESS, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. Pipe and Fittings: All cast-iron waste, vent and sewer pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of CISPI Standard 301 and ASTM A 888. All products shall be marked with the collective trademark of the Cast Soil Pipe Institute and shall be listed by NSF International or receive prior approval of the engineer. All cast-iron pipe and fittings shall be American made and tested. Non-compliant import cast-iron products will not be permitted. Any non-compliant cast-iron product installed by the contractor on this project will be replaced at the contractor’s expense and shall include all repairs, patching, painting and other incidental work required to return the project to its pre-remediation state.


a. AB&I Foundry


b. Charoltte Pipe c. Tyler Pipe

B. CISPI, Hubless-Piping Couplings:


a. ANACO. b. Ideal c. Mission Rubber Company; a division of MCP Industries, Inc. d. Tyler Pipe.

2. Standards: ASTM C 1277 and CISPI 310. 3. Description: Stainless-steel corrugated shield with stainless-steel bands and tightening

devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. 4. Listing: Couplings shall be listed by NSF International. Each coupling shall be embossed

with the NSF seal.

C. Heavy-Duty, Hubless-Piping Couplings:


a. Husky SD 4000. b. Clamp-All Corp HI-TORQ 125.

2. Standards: ASTM C 1277 and ASTM C 1540. 3. Description: Stainless-steel shield with stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and

ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop.

2.3 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. Solid-Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, drain, waste, and vent.

B. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns and to fit Schedule 40 pipe.

C. Adhesive Primer: ASTM F 656.

1. Adhesive primer shall have a VOC content of 550 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

D. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2564.

1. PVC solvent cement shall have a VOC content of 510 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EARTH MOVING

A. Comply with requirements for excavating, trenching, and backfilling specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving."

3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings.

B. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas.

C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.

E. Install piping to permit valve servicing.

F. Install piping at indicated slopes.

G. Install piping free of sags and bends.

H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

I. Install piping to allow application of insulation.

J. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with SEI/ASCE 7 and with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

K. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if two fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited.

L. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert.

M. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes unless otherwise indicated:

1. Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping.


2. Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow. 3. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack.

N. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings."

1. Install encasement on underground piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105/A 21.5.

O. Install underground PVC piping according to ASTM D 2321.

P. Install engineered soil and waste drainage and vent piping systems as follows:

1. Combination Waste and Vent: Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction.

Q. Plumbing Specialties:

1. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building sanitary sewers in sanitary drainage gravity-flow piping. Install cleanout fitting with closure plug inside the building in sanitary drainage force-main piping. Comply with requirements for cleanouts specified in Division 22 Section "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties."

2. Install drains in sanitary drainage gravity-flow piping. Comply with requirements for drains specified in Division 22 Section "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties."

3. Install cleanout fitting with closure plug inside the building in sanitary force-main piping.

R. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction.

S. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Division 22 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping."

T. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Division 22 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping."

U. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Division 22 Section "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping."

3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Join hubless, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-piping coupling joints.

B. Plastic, Nonpressure-Piping, Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following:

1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements.

2. PVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855 and ASTM D 2665 Appendixes.


3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

B. Comply with requirements for pipe hanger and support devices and installation specified in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

1. Install carbon-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in noncorrosive environments. 2. Install stainless-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in corrosive environments. 3. Install carbon-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in noncorrosive environments. 4. Install stainless-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in corrosive environments. 5. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 6. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs:

a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. c. Longer Than 100 Feet if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.

7. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.

8. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.

C. Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches of each fitting and coupling or valve and coupling.

D. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.

E. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch minimum rods.

F. Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters:

1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2-inch rod. 3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8-inchod. 4. NPS 6 and NPS 8: 60 inches with 3/4-inch rod. 5. NPS 10 and NPS 12: 60 inches with 7/8-inch rod. 6. Spacing for 10-foot lengths may be increased to 10 feet. Spacing for fittings is limited to

60 inches.

G. Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet.

H. Install hangers for PVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters:

1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS: 48 inches with 3/8-inchrod. 2. NPS 3: 48 inches with 1/2-inchrod. 3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 48 inches with 5/8-inchrod. 4. NPS 6 and NPS 8: 48 inches with 3/4-inchrod. 5. NPS 10 and NPS 12: 48 inches with 7/8-inchrod.

I. Install supports for vertical PVC piping every 48 inches.


J. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions.

3.5 CONNECTIONS

A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

B. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials.

C. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following:

1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code.

2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction.

3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code.

4. Install test tees (wall cleanouts) in conductors near floor and floor cleanouts with cover flush with floor.

5. Comply with requirements for cleanouts and drains specified in Division 22 Section "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties."

6. Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve if indicated and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

D. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance of equipment.

E. Make fixture and equipment connections according to the following unless otherwise indicated:



3.6 IDENTIFICATION

A. Identify exposed sanitary waste and vent piping. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."


A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.

2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.


B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.

C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows:

1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.

2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested.

3. Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping except outside leaders on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water. From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks.

4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent-stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg. Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks.

5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained.

6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.

3.8 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.

B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.

C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops.

3.9 PIPING SCHEDULE

A. Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping unless otherwise indicated.

B. Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 3 and smaller shall be the following:

1. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings CISPI hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints.

2. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.

C. Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 4 and larger shall be the following:

1. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings heavy-duty hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints.


2. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.

D. Aboveground, vent piping NPS 3 and smaller shall be the following: 1. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings CISPI hubless-piping couplings; and coupled

joints. 2. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.

E. Aboveground, vent piping NPS 4 and larger shall be the following: 1. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings CISPI hubless-piping couplings; and coupled

joints. 2. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Unshielded, nonpressure transition couplings.


SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATES PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4000 - 1

SECTION 22 4000 - PLUMBING FIXTURES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following conventional plumbing fixtures and related components:

1. Faucets for lavatories bathtub/showers showers and sinks. 2. Flushometers. 3. Toilet seats. 4. Protective shielding guards. 5. Fixture supports. 6. Water closets. 7. Urinals. 8. Lavatories.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 10 Section "Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories." 2. Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for backflow preventers, floor

drains, and specialty fixtures not included in this Section. 3. Division 22 Section "Emergency Plumbing Fixtures." 4. Division 22 Section "Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers."

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Accessible Fixture: Plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by people with disabilities.

B. Cast Polymer: Cast-filled-polymer-plastic material. This material includes cultured-marble and solid-surface materials.

C. Cultured Marble: Cast-filled-polymer-plastic material with surface coating.

D. Fitting: Device that controls the flow of water into or out of the plumbing fixture. Fittings specified in this Section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts, shower heads and tub spouts, drains and tailpieces, and traps and waste pipes. Piping and general-duty valves are included where indicated.

E. FRP: Fiberglass-reinforced plastic.

F. PMMA: Polymethyl methacrylate (acrylic) plastic.

G. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.


H. Solid Surface: Nonporous, homogeneous, cast-polymer-plastic material with heat-, impact-, scratch-, and stain-resistance qualities.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of plumbing fixture indicated. Include selected fixture and trim, fittings, accessories, appliances, appurtenances, equipment, and supports. Indicate materials and finishes, dimensions, construction details, and flow-control rates.

B. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For plumbing fixtures to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

D. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.


A. Source Limitations: Obtain plumbing fixtures, faucets, and other components of each category through one source from a single manufacturer.

1. Exception: If fixtures, faucets, or other components are not available from a single manufacturer, obtain similar products from other manufacturers specified for that category.

B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, "Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities"; Public Law 90-480, "Architectural Barriers Act"; and Public Law 101-336, "Americans with Disabilities Act"; for plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities.

D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in Public Law 102-486, "Energy Policy Act," about water flow and consumption rates for plumbing fixtures.

E. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects," for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water.

F. Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that are compatible.

G. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for plumbing fixtures:

1. Enameled, Cast-Iron Fixtures: ASME A112.19.1M. 2. Porcelain-Enameled, Formed-Steel Fixtures: ASME A112.19.4M. 3. Slip-Resistant Bathing Surfaces: ASTM F 462. 4. Solid-Surface-Material Lavatories and Sinks: ANSI/ICPA SS-1. 5. Stainless-Steel Residential Sinks: ASME A112.19.3. 6. Vitreous-China Fixtures: ASME A112.19.2M. 7. Water-Closet, Flushometer Tank Trim: ASSE 1037. 8. Whirlpool Bathtub Fittings: ASME A112.19.8M.


H. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for lavatory and sink faucets:

1. Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Side Spray: ASME A112.18.3M. 2. Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Hose-Thread Outlet: ASME A112.18.3M. 3. Diverter Valves for Faucets with Hose Spray: ASSE 1025. 4. Faucets: ASME A112.18.1. 5. Hose-Connection Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1011. 6. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7. 7. Integral, Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001. 8. NSF Potable-Water Materials: NSF 61. 9. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1. 10. Sensor-Actuated Faucets and Electrical Devices: UL 1951. 11. Supply Fittings: ASME A112.18.1. 12. Brass Waste Fittings: ASME A112.18.2. 13. NSF61 Appendage G-AB 1953. Lead free potable drinking faucets.

I. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous fittings:

1. Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001. 2. Brass and Copper Supplies: ASME A112.18.1. 3. Dishwasher Air-Gap Fittings: ASSE 1021. 4. Manual-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037. 5. Plastic Tubular Fittings: ASTM F 409. 6. Brass Waste Fittings: ASME A112.18.2. 7. Sensor-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037 and UL 1951. 8. NSF61 Appendage G-AB 1953. Lead free potable drinking faucets.

J. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous components:

1. Disposers: ASSE 1008 and UL 430. 2. Dishwasher Air-Gap Fittings: ASSE 1021. 3. Flexible Water Connectors: ASME A112.18.6. 4. Floor Drains: ASME A112.6.3. 5. Grab Bars: ASTM F 446. 6. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7. 7. Off-Floor Fixture Supports: ASME A112.6.1M. 8. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1. 9. Plastic Toilet Seats: ANSI Z124.5. 10. Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1.

1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Faucet Washers and O-Rings: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type and size installed.

2. Faucet Cartridges and O-Rings: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type and size installed.

3. Flushometer Valve, Repair Kits: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type installed, but no fewer than 12 of each type.


4. Provide hinged-top wood or metal box, or individual metal boxes, with separate compartments for each type and size of extra materials listed above.

5. Toilet Seats: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type installed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 LAVATORY FAUCETS

A. Lavatory Faucets: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following: a. Chicago Faucets. b. T & S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc. c. Moen, Inc.

2.2 SINK FAUCETS

A. Sink Faucets: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following: a. Chicago Faucets. b. T & S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc. c. Moen, Inc.

2.3 FLUSHOMETERS

A. Flushometers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following: a. Sloan Valve Company. b. Moen, Inc.

2.4 TOILET SEATS

A. Toilet Seats: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following: a. Bemis Manufacturing Company. b. Centoco Manufacturing Corp. c. Church Seats. d. Olsonite Corp. e. Sperzel.


2. Description: Toilet seat for water-closet-type fixture.

a. Material: Molded, solid plastic with antimicrobial agent. b. Configuration: Open front without cover. c. Size: Elongated. d. Hinge Type: CK, check. e. Class: Heavy-duty commercial. f. Color: White.

2.5 PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS

A. Protective Shielding Pipe Covers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. Engineered Brass Co. b. Insul-Tect Products Co.; a Subsidiary of MVG Molded Products. c. McGuire Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Plumberex Specialty Products Inc. e. TCI Products. f. TRUEBRO, Inc. g. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Tubular Brass Plumbing Products Operation.

2. Description: Manufactured plastic wraps for covering plumbing fixture hot- and cold-water supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. Product shall also meet the ASTM E 84 25/450 smoke and flame rating.

B. Protective Shielding Piping Enclosures: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. TRUEBRO, Inc.

2. Description: Manufactured plastic enclosure for covering plumbing fixture hot- and cold-water supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with ADA requirements.

2.6 FIXTURE SUPPORTS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Josam Company. 2. MIFAB Manufacturing Inc. 3. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co. 4. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. 5. Watts Drainage Products Inc.; a div. of Watts Industries, Inc. 6. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.


B. Urinal Supports:

1. Description: Type I, urinal carrier with fixture support plates and coupling with seal and fixture bolts and hardware matching fixture for wall-mounting, urinal-type fixture. Include steel uprights with feet.

2. Accessible-Fixture Support: Include rectangular steel uprights.

C. Lavatory Supports:

1. Description: Type II, lavatory carrier with concealed arms and tie rod for wall-mounting, lavatory-type fixture. Include steel uprights with feet.

2. Accessible-Fixture Support: Include rectangular steel uprights.

2.7 WATER CLOSETS

A. Water Closets: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

a. American Standard Companies, Inc. b. Crane Plumbing, L.L.C./Fiat Products. c. Eljer. d. Kohler Co.

2.8 URINALS

A. Urinals: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:


2.9 LAVATORIES

A. Lavatories: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:



PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine roughing-in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before plumbing fixture installation.

B. Examine cabinets, counters, floors, and walls for suitable conditions where fixtures will be installed.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Assemble plumbing fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to manufacturers' written instructions.

B. Install off-floor supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall-mounting fixtures.

1. Use carrier supports with waste fitting and seal for back-outlet fixtures. 2. Use carrier supports without waste fitting for fixtures with tubular waste piping. 3. Use chair-type carrier supports with rectangular steel uprights for accessible fixtures.

C. Install back-outlet, wall-mounting fixtures onto waste fitting seals and attach to supports.

D. Install floor-mounting fixtures on closet flanges or other attachments to piping or building substrate.

E. Install wall-mounting fixtures with tubular waste piping attached to supports.

F. Install counter-mounting fixtures in and attached to casework.

G. Install fixtures level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings.

H. Install water-supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture to be connected to water distribution piping. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation.

1. Exception: Use ball, gate, or globe valves if supply stops are not specified with fixture. Valves are specified in Division 22 Section "General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping."

I. Install trap and tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly connected to sanitary drainage system.

J. Install tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be indirectly connected to drainage system.

K. Install flushometer valves for accessible water closets and urinals with handle mounted on wide side of compartment. Install other actuators in locations that are easy for people with disabilities to reach.

L. Install toilet seats on water closets.


M. Install faucet-spout fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required.

N. Install water-supply flow-control fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies at stop valves.

O. Install faucet flow-control fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required.

P. Install traps on fixture outlets.

1. Exception: Omit trap on fixtures with integral traps. 2. Exception: Omit trap on indirect wastes, unless otherwise indicated.

Q. Install escutcheons at piping wall ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Escutcheons are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing."

R. Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and countertops using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Sealants are specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."

U. All plumbing fixtures are to be mounted at the height specified on the Architectural drawings.

3.3 CONNECTIONS

A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

B. Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures.

C. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."

D. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."


A. Verify that installed plumbing fixtures are categories and types specified for locations where installed.

B. Check that plumbing fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other specified components.

C. Inspect installed plumbing fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components.

D. Test installed fixtures after water systems are pressurized for proper operation. Replace malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly.

E. Install fresh batteries in sensor-operated mechanisms.


3.5 ADJUSTING

A. Operate and adjust faucets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning fixtures, fittings, and controls.

B. Adjust water pressure at faucets and flushometer valves to produce proper flow and stream.

C. Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops.

D. Install fresh batteries in sensor-operated mechanisms.

3.6 CLEANING

A. Clean fixtures, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. Do the following:

1. Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall strainers and spouts.

2. Remove sediment and debris from drains.

B. After completing installation of exposed, factory-finished fixtures, faucets, and fittings, inspect exposed finishes and repair damaged finishes.

3.7 PROTECTION

A. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings.

B. Do not allow use of plumbing fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner.


D IVIS IO N 23 –H EA TING, VENTIL A TING A ND A IR C O ND ITIO NING

23 0100 Mechanical Requirements23 0150 Temporary Use of Equipment and Systems23 0500 Common Work Results for HVAC23 0593 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC23 3300 Air Duct Accessories23 3713 Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles

SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATESMECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 23 0100 - 1

SECTION 23 0100 - MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS

GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS

A. The General Conditions of the Contract, with the amendments, supplements, forms and requirements in Division 1, and herewith made a part of this Division.

B. All sections of Division 21, 22, & 23 shall comply with the Mechanical General Requirements. The standards established in this section as to quality of materials and equipment, the type and quality of workmanship, mode of operations, safety rules, code requirements, etc., shall apply to all sections of this Division as though they were repeated in each Division.

C. Mechanical equipment that is pre-purchased if any will be assigned to the Mechanical Contractor. By assignment to the Mechanical Contractor, the Mechanical Contractor shall accept and installed the equipment and provide all warrantees and guarantees as if the Mechanical Contractor had purchased the equipment.

D. Construction Indoor-Air Quality Management1. Comply with SMACNA’s “SMACNA IAQ Guideline for Occupied Buildings under

Construction.”a. If Owner authorizes use of permanent heating, cooling, and ventilating systems

during construction period as specified in Division 01 Section “Temporary Facilities and Controls,” install filter media having a MERV 8 according to ASHRAE 52.2 at each return-air inlet for the air-handling system used during construction.

b. Replace all air filters immediately prior to occupancy.

2. Comply with one of the following requirements:a. After Construction ends, prior to occupancy and with all interior finishes installed,

perform a building flush-out by supplying a total volume of 14000 cu. Ft. of outdoor air per sq. ft. of floor area while maintaining an internal temperature of at least 60 deg F and a relative humidity no higher than 60 percent.

b. If occupancy is desired prior to flush-out completion, the space may be occupied following delivery of a minimum of 3500 cu. ft. of outdoor air per sq. ft. of floor area to the space. Once a space is occupied, it shall be ventilated at a minimum rate of 0.30 cfm per sq. ft. of outside air or the design minimum outside air rate determined in EQ Prerequisite 1, whichever is greater. During each day of the flush-out period, ventilation shall begin a minimum of three hours prior to occupancy and continue during occupancy. These conditions shall be maintained until a total of 14000 cu. ft./sq. ft. of outside air has been delivered to the space.

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

A. The project described herein is the Salt Palace Convention Center Halls 1 and 4 Toilet Room Remodel. This work shall include all labor, materials, equipment, fixtures, and devices for the entire mechanical work and a complete operating and tested installation as required for this project.

B. The Contractor shall include the following base bid, alternates and unit pricing in their bid:


1. Base Bid – Hall 1 Men’s and Women’s Restroom Finish Upgrade, work include removal of tile floor, toilet partitions & accessories, plumbing fixtures (lavatories, toilets, urinals, floor drains), mech diffusers & grilles, and replace with new. Cost of providing waterless urinals is excluded.

2. Bid Alternate 1 – Hall 4 Men’s Restroom, , work include removal of tile floor, toilet partitions & accessories, plumbing fixtures (lavatories, toilets, urinals, floor drains), mech diffusers & grilles, and replace with new. Cost of providing waterless urinals is excluded.

3. Bid Alternate 2 – Hall 4 Women’s Restroom, , work include removal of tile floor, toilet partitions & accessories, plumbing fixtures (lavatories, toilets, floor drains), mech diffusers & grilles, and replace with new.

4. Bid Alternate 3 – Provide cost for tearing off existing wall tiles and installing new finish over CMU instead of installing tiles over tiles for Hall 1 Restrooms.

5. Bid Alternate 4 – Provide cost for tearing off existing wall tiles and installing new finish over CMU instead of installing tiles over tiles for Hall 4 Men’s Restroom.

6. Bid Alternate 5 – Provide cost for tearing off existing wall tiles and installing new finish over CMU instead of installing tiles over tiles for Hall 4 Women’s Restroom.

7. Unit Pricinga. Waterless Urinal – each, provide cost for providing Kohler Steward Waterless

Urinal K-4918

1.3 CODES & ORDINANCES

A. All work shall be executed in accordance with all underwriters, public utilities, local and state rules and regulations applicable to the trade affected. Should any change in the plans and Specifications be required to comply with these regulations, the Contractor shall notify the Architect before the time of submitting his bid. After entering into contract, the Contractor will be held to complete all work necessary to meet these requirements without extra expense to the Owner. Where work required by drawings or specifications is above the standard required, it shall be done as shown or specified.

B. Applicable codes:1. Utah Boiler and Pressure Vessel Rules and Regulations-2015 Edition2. International Building code- 2015 Edition3. International Mechanical Code- 2015 Edition4. International Plumbing Code- 2015 Edition5. International Fire Code- 2015 Edition6. International Energy Code- 2015 Edition7. International Fuel Gas Code- 2015 Edition8. National Electrical Code- 2015 Edition

1.4 INDUSTRY STANDARDS

A. All work shall comply with the following standards.1. Associated Air Balance council (AABC)2. Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI)3. Air Diffusion council (ADC)4. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA)5. American Gas Association (AGA)6. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)7. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)


8. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)9. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM)10. American Water Works Association (AWWA)11. Cooling Tower Institute (CTI)12. ETL Testing Laboratories (ETL)13. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)14. Hydronics Institute (HI)15. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry (MSS)16. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)17. National Electrical Code (NEC)18. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)19. National Electrical Safety code (NESC)20. Utah safety Standard (OSHA), Utah State Industrial Council.21. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor’s National Association (SMACNA)22. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)23. Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, Inc. (TEMA)24. Heat Exchanger Institute (HEI)25. Hydraulic Institute (HI)26. Thermal Insulation Manufacturer=s Association (TIMA)27. Scientific Apparatus Makers Association (SAMA)

B. Compliance Verification:1. All items required by code or specified to conform to the ASME code shall be stamped

with the ASME seal.2. Form U-1, the manufacturer=s data report for pressure vessels, is to be included in the

Operation and Maintenance Manuals. National Board Register (NBR) numbers shall be provided where required by code.

3. Manufactured equipment which is represented by a UL classification and/or listing, shall bear the UL or equivalent ETL label.

1.5 UTILITIES & FEES

A. All fees for permits required by this work will be paid by this division. The contractor shall obtain the necessary permits to perform this work. Unless noted otherwise, all systems furnished and or installed by this Contractor, shall be complete with all utilities, components, commodities and accessories required for a fully functioning system. This Contractor shall furnish smoke generators when required for testing, furnish glycol for glycol piping systems, full load of salt to fill brine tank for water softening system, furnish cleaners and water treatment additives.

1.6 SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS

A. General: As soon as possible after the contract is awarded, but in no case more than 45 calendar days thereafter, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect manufacturer’s data on products and materials to be used in the installation of mechanical systems for this project. The review of the submitted data will require a minimum of 14 days. The first day starts after the day they are received in the engineer’s office to which the project is being constructed from. If the Contractors schedule requires return of submitted literature in less than the allotted time, the Contractor shall accelerate his submittal delivery date. The Contractor shall resubmit all items requiring re-review within 14 days of returned submittals. Refer to each specification section for items requiring submittal review. If the re-submittal is returned a 2nd time for correction the Contractor will provide the specific equipment that is specified on the drawings and/or the specifications. Written approval of the Owner's Representative shall be obtained before installing any such equipment or materials for the project.


B. Review by the Owner's Representative is for general conformance of the submitted equipment to the project specification. In no way does such review relieve this Contractor of his obligation to furnish equipment and materials that comply in detail to the specification nor does it relieve the Contractor of his obligation to determine actual field dimensions and conditions that may affect his work. Regardless of any items overlooked by the submittal review, the requirements of the contract drawings and specifications must be followed and are not waived or superseded in any way by the review.

C. By description, catalog number, and manufacturer's names, standards of quality have been established by the Architect and the Engineer for certain manufactured equipment items and specialties that are to be furnished by this Division. Alternate products and equipment may be proposed for use only if specifically named in the specifications or if given written prior approval in published addenda. Design equipment is the equipment listed on the drawings or if not listed on the drawings is the equipment first named in the specifications.

D. If the Engineer is required to do additional design work to incorporate changes caused by submitting equipment or products, different than the design equipment specified, as defined above, the contractor shall reimburse the engineer for additional time and expenses at the engineer’s current, recognized, hourly rates.

E. Submittal Format: At the contractor’s discretion, project submittals may be in either of the formats described in the following paragraphs, but mixing the two formats is not acceptable.

1. Hardcopy Submittal Format: Six (6) copies of the descriptive literature covering products and materials to be used in the installation of mechanical systems for this project will be provided for review. The submittals shall be prepared in an orderly manner, contained in a 3-ring loose-leaf binder with index and identification tab for each item or group of items and for each specification section. All items shall be submitted at one time except automatic temperature control drawings and seismic restraint drawings which may be submitted separately within 120 days of the contract award date. Partial submittals will not be reviewed until the complete submittal is received.a. Submitted literature shall bear the Contractor's stamp, indicating that he has

checked all equipment being submitted; that each item will fit into the available space with the accesses shown on the drawings; and, further, that each item conforms to the capacity and quality standards given in the contract documents.

b. Submitted literature shall clearly indicate performance, quality, and utility requirements; shall show dimension and size of connection points; and shall include derating factors that were applied for each item of equipment to provide capacity at job site elevation. Temperature control submittals shall include piping and wiring diagrams, sequence of operation and equipment. Equipment must fit into the available space with allowance for operation, maintenance, etc. Factory piped and wired equipment shall include shop drawings for all internal wiring and piping furnished with the unit.

c. Submitted literature shall clearly show all required field install wiring, piping, and accessory installations required by the Contractor to provide a complete operating system.

2. Electronic Submittal Format: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file as follows:a. All items shall be submitted at one time except automatic temperature control

drawings and seismic restraint drawings which may be submitted separately within 120 days of the contract award date. Partial submittals will not be reviewed until the complete submittal is received.

b. Submitted electronic file shall bear the Contractor's stamp, indicating that he has checked all equipment being submitted; that each item will fit into the available


space with the accesses shown on the drawings; and, further, that each item conforms to the capacity and quality standards given in the contract documents.

c. Submitted electronic file shall clearly indicate performance, quality, and utility requirements; shall show dimension and size of connection points; and shall include derating factors that were applied for each item of equipment to provide capacity at job site elevation. Temperature control submittals shall include piping and wiring diagrams, sequence of operation and equipment. Equipment must fit into the available space with allowance for operation, maintenance, etc. Factory piped and wired equipment shall include shop drawings for all internal wiring and piping furnished with the unit.

d. Submitted electronic file shall clearly show all required field install wiring, piping, and accessory installations required by the Contractor to provide a complete operating system.

e. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item.

f. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.

g. Electronic file shall be completely electronically searchable or it will be rejected.h. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and

approval markings and action taken by:

1) Architect.

i. Transmittal Form for Electronic Submittals:

1) Use one of the following options acceptable to the Owner;

a) Software-generated form from electronic project management software.

b) Electronic form.

2) The Electronic Submittal shall contain the following information:a) Project name.b) Date.c) Name and address of Architect.d) Name of Construction Manager.e) Name of Contractor.f) Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal.g) Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.h) Category and type of submittal.i) Submittal purpose and description.j) Specification Section number and title.k) Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic

name for each of multiple items.l) Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.m) Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.n) Related physical samples submitted directly.o) Indication of full or partial submittal.p) Transmittal number[, numbered consecutively].q) Submittal and transmittal distribution record.r) Other necessary identification.s) Remarks.

j. Metadata: Include the following information as keywords in the electronic submittal file metadata:

1) Project name.


2) Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.3) Manufacturer name.4) Product name.

1.7 DRAWINGS AND MEASUREMENTS

A. Construction Drawings: The contract document drawings show the general design, arrangements, and extent of the system. In certain cases, the drawings may include details that show more nearly exact locations and arrangements; however, the locations, as shown diagrammatically, are to be regarded as general.

B. It shall be the work of this Section to make such slight alterations as may be necessary to make adjustable parts fit to fixed parts, leaving all complete and in proper shape when done. All dimensions given on the drawings shall be verified as related to this work and with the Architect's office before work is started.

C. This Section shall carefully study building sections, space, clearances, etc., and then provide offsets in piping or ductwork as required to accommodate the building structure without additional cost to the Owner. In any case and at any time during the construction process, a change in location required by obstacles or the installation of other trades not shown on the mechanical plans shall be made without charge.

D. The drawings shall not be scaled for roughing in measurements nor shall they be used as shop drawings. Where drawings are required for these purposes or where drawings must be made from field measurements, the Contractor shall take the necessary measurements and prepare the drawings. Shop drawings of the various subcontractors shall be coordinated to eliminate all interferences and to provide sufficient space for the installation of all equipment, piping, ductwork, etc.

E. The drawings and specifications have been prepared to supplement each other and they shall be interpreted as an integral unit with items shown on one and not the other being furnished and installed as though shown and called out on both.

F. Coordination Drawings: The contractor shall provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms, fan rooms, equipment rooms, and congested areas to eliminate conflicts with equipment, piping, or work of other trades. The drawings shall be a minimum scale of 1/4 inch= 1 foot and of such detail as may be required by the Engineer to fully illustrate the work. These drawings shall include all piping, conduit, valves, equipment, and ductwork.

G. Sheet-metal shop drawings will be required for all ductwork in the entire building. These drawings will show all ductwork in the entire building and shall be coordinated with architectural, structural and electrical portions of the project. The contractor shall specifically obtain copies of the structural shop drawings and shall coordinate the ductwork shop drawings with approved structural members. These drawings shall be submitted to the engineer for review prior to any fabrication. The contractor is responsible for all modifications necessary to accommodate duct installation within the structural, architectural and electrical restrictions. These drawings, once reviewed by the engineer, will be made available to all mechanical, electrical, and fire sprinkler subcontractors to coordinate installation of their work.

1.8 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF BUILDING EQUIPMENT

A. The Contractor may use equipment such as electric motors, fans, heat exchangers, filters, etc., with the written permission of the Owner. As each piece of equipment is used (such as electric


motors and fans), maintenance procedures approved by the manufacturer are to be followed. A careful record is to be kept of the length of the time the equipment is used, maintenance procedures followed, and any difficulty encountered. The record is to be submitted to the Owner upon acceptance. All fan belts and filter media (such as bearings) shall be carefully inspected just prior to acceptance. Any excessive wear noted shall require replacement. New filter media shall be installed in air handlers at the time systems are turned over to the owner.

1.9 EXISTING CONDITIONS

A. The Contractor shall carefully examine all existing conditions that might affect the mechanical system and shall compare these conditions with all drawings and specifications for work included under this contract. He shall, at such time, ascertain and check all conditions that may affect his work. No allowance shall subsequently be made in his behalf for an extra expense incurred as a result of his failure or neglect to make such examination. This Contractor shall include in his bid proposal all necessary allowances to repair or replace any item that will remain or will be removed, and any item that will be damaged or destroyed by new construction.

B. The Contractor shall remove all abandoned piping, etc., required by new construction and cap or plug openings. No capping, etc., shall be exposed in occupied areas. All openings of items removed shall be sealed to match adjacent surfaces.

C. The Contractor shall verify the exact location of all existing services, utilities, piping, etc., and make connections to existing systems as required or as shown on the drawings. The exact location of each utility line, together with size and elevation, shall be established before any on-site lines are installed. Should elevation or size of existing main utility lines make connections to them impossible as shown on drawings, then notification of such shall immediately be given to the Owners Representative for a decision.

1.10 EQUIPMENT CAPACITIES

A. Capacities shown for equipment in the specifications and on the drawings are the minimum acceptable. No equipment shall be considered as an alternate that has capacities or performance less than that of design equipment.

B. All equipment shall give the specified capacity and performance at the job-site elevation. Manufacturers' standard ratings shall be adjusted accordingly. All capacities and performances listed on drawings or in specifications are for job-site conditions.

1.11 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT

A. All equipment shall be furnished structurally adequate to withstand seismic forces as outlined in the International Building Code. Refer to section Mechanical Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints. Equipment bases shall be designed for direct attachment of seismic snubbers and/or seismic anchors.

1.12 COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES

A. The Contractor shall refer to other drawings and parts of this specification that cover work of other trades that is carried on in conjunction with the mechanical work such that all work can proceed without interference resulting from lack of coordination.


B. The Contractor shall properly size and locate all openings, chases, sleeves, equipment bases, and accesses. He shall provide accurate wiring diagrams to the Electrical Contractor for all equipment furnished under this Division.

C. The ceiling cavity must be carefully reviewed and coordinated with all trades. In the event of conflict, the installation of the mechanical equipment and piping shall be in the following order: plumbing, waste, and soil lines; supply, return, and exhaust ductwork; water piping; medical gases; fire protection piping; and pneumatic control piping.

D. The mechanical Contractor shall insure that the installation of all piping, ducts and equipment is in compliance with Articles 110-16 and 384-4 of the National Electrical Code relative to proper clearances in front of and over all electrical panels and equipment. No piping or ductwork will be allowed to run over electrical panel.

1.13 RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR

A. The Contractor is responsible for the installation of a satisfactory piece of work in accordance with the true intent of the drawings and specifications. He shall provide, as a part of his work and without expense, all incidental items required even though these items are not particularly specified or indicated. The installation shall be made so that its several component parts will function together as a workable system and shall be left with all equipment properly adjusted and in working order. The Contractor shall familiarize the Owner's Representative with maintenance and lubrication instructions as prepared by the Contractor and shall explain and fully instruct him relative to operating, servicing, and maintenance of them.

B. If a conflict arises between the drawings and the specifications the most stringent procedure/action shall be followed. A clarification to the engineer will help to determine the course of action to be taken. If a conflict arises between specification sections the engineer will determine which course of action is to be followed.

1.14 PIPE AND DUCT OPENINGS AND EQUIPMENT RECESSES

A. Pipe and duct chases, openings, and equipment recesses shall be provided by others only if shown on architectural or structural drawings. All openings for the mechanical work, except where plans and specifications indicate otherwise, shall be provided as work of this Division. Include openings information with coordination drawings.

B. Whether chases, recesses, and openings are provided as work of this Division or by others, this Contractor shall supervise their construction and be responsible for the correct size and location even though detailed and dimensioned on the drawings. This Contractor shall pay for all necessary cutting, repairing, and finishing if any are left out or incorrectly made. All necessary openings thru existing walls, ceilings, floors, roofs, etc. shall be provided by this Contractor unless indicated otherwise by the drawing and/or specifications.

1.15 UNFIT OR DAMAGED WORK

A. Any part of this installation that fails, is unfit, or becomes damaged during construction, shall be replaced or otherwise made good. The cost of such remedy shall be the responsibility of this Division.


1.16 WORKMANSHIP

A. Workmanship shall be the best quality of its kind for the respective industries, trades, crafts, and practices, and shall be acceptable in every respect to the Owner's representative. Nothing contained herein shall relieve the Contractor from making good and perfect work in all details in construction.

1.17 SAFETY REGULATION

A. The Contractor shall comply with all local, Federal, and OSHA safety requirements in performance with this work. (See General Conditions). This Contractor shall be required to provide equipment, supervision, construction, procedures, and all other necessary items to assure safety to life and property.

1.18 ELECTRICAL SERVICES

A. All equipment control wiring and all automatic temperature control wiring including all necessary contacts, relays, and interlocks, whether low or line voltage, except power wiring, shall be furnished and installed as work of this Division unless shown to be furnished by Division 26. All such wiring shall be in conduit as required by electrical codes. Wiring in the mechanical rooms, fans rooms and inaccessible ceilings and walls shall be installed in conduit as well. Installation of any and all wiring done under Division 21, 22 and 23 shall be in accordance with the requirements of Division 26, Electrical.

B. All equipment that requires an electrical connection shall be furnished so that it will operate properly and deliver full capacity on the electrical service available.

C. Refer to the electrical control equipment and wiring shown on the diagrams. Any changes or additions required by specific equipment furnished shall be the complete responsibility of the Contractor furnishing the equipment.

D. The Mechanical Contractor must coordinate with the Electrical Contractor to insure that all required components of control work are included and fully understood. No additional cost shall accrue to the Owner as a result of lack of such coordination.

1.19 WORK, MATERIALS, AND QUALITY OF EQUIPMENT

A. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and of the best quality of their respective kinds and all labor shall be done in a most thorough and workmanlike manner.

B. Products or equipment of any of the manufacturers cited herein or any of the products approved by the Addenda may be used. However, where lists of products are cited herein, the one first listed in the design equipment used in drawings and schedules to establish size, quality, function, and capacity standards. If other than design equipment is used, it shall be carefully checked for access to equipment, electrical and control requirements, valving, and piping. Should changes or additions occur in piping, valving, electrical work, etc., or if the work of other Contractors would be revised by the alternate equipment, the cost of all changes shall be borne as work of this Division.

C. The Execution portions of the specifications specify what products and materials may be used. Any products listed in the Product section of the specification that are not listed in the Execution portion of the specification may not be used without written approval by the Engineer.


D. The access to equipment shown on the drawings is the minimum acceptable space requirements. No equipment that reduces or restricts accessibility to this or any other equipment will be considered.

E. All major items of equipment are specified in the equipment schedules on the drawings or in these specifications and shall be furnished complete with all accessories normally supplied with the catalog item listed and all other accessories necessary for a complete and satisfactory installation.

F. All welders shall be certified in accordance with Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, latest Edition.

1.20 PROTECTION AGAINST WEATHER AND STORING OF MATERIALS

A. All equipment and materials shall be properly stored and protected against moisture, dust, and wind. Coverings or other protection shall be used on all items that may be damaged or rusted or may have performance impaired by adverse weather or moisture conditions. Damage or defect developing before acceptance of the work shall be made good at the Contractor's expense.

B. All open duct and pipe openings shall be adequately covered at all times.

1.21 INSTALLATION CHECK

A. An experienced, competent, and authorized representative of the manufacturer or supplier of each item of equipment indicated in the equipment schedule and the seismic supplier shall visit the site of the work and inspect, check, adjust if necessary, and approve the equipment installation. In each case, the equipment supplier's representative shall be present when the equipment is placed in operation. The equipment supplier's representative shall revisit the job site as often as necessary until all trouble is corrected and the equipment installation and operation is satisfactory to the Engineer.

B. Each equipment supplier's representative shall furnish to the Owner, through the Engineer, a written report certifying that the equipment (1) has been properly installed and lubricated; (2) is in accurate alignment; (3) is free from any undue stress imposed by connecting piping or anchor bolts; and, (4) has been operated under full load conditions and that it operated satisfactorily.

C. All costs for this work shall be included in the prices quoted by equipment suppliers.

1.22 EQUIPMENT LUBRICATION

A. The Contractor shall properly lubricate all pieces of equipment before turning the building over to the Owner. A linen tag shall be attached to each piece of equipment, showing the date of lubrication and the lubricant used. No equipment shall be started until it is properly lubricated.

B. Necessary time shall be spent with the Owner's Representative to thoroughly familiarize him with all necessary lubrications and maintenance that will be required of him.

C. Detergent oil as used for automotive purposes shall not be used for this work.


1.23 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. No cutting or drilling in structural members shall be done without written approval of the Architect. The work shall be carefully laid out in advance, and cutting, channeling, chasing, or drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, or other surfaces necessary for the mechanical work shall be carefully done. Any damage to building, piping, or equipment shall be repaired by professional plasterers, masons, concrete workers, etc., and all such work shall be paid for as work of this Division.

B. When concrete, grading, etc., is disturbed, it shall be restored to original condition as described in the applicable Division of this Specification.

1.24 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING

A. All necessary excavations and backfilling for the Mechanical phase of this project shall be provided as work of this Division. Trenches for all underground pipelines shall be excavated to the required depths. The bottom of trenches shall be compacted hard and graded to obtain required fall. Backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers, not exceeding 12 inches in thickness, and properly moistened. Each layer shall be compacted, by suitable equipment, to a density of not less than 95 percent as determined by ASTM D-1557. After pipelines have been tested, inspected, and approved, the trench shall be backfilled with selected material. Excess earth shall be hauled from the job site. Fill materials approved by the Architect shall be provided as work of this Division.

B. No trenches shall be cut near or under any footings without consultation first with the Architect's office. Any trenches or excavations more than 30 inches deep shall be tapered, shored, covered, or otherwise made absolutely safe so that no vehicle or persons can be injured by falling into such excavations, or in any way be harmed by cave-ins, shifting earth, rolling rocks, or by drowning. This protection shall be extended to all persons approaching excavation related to this work whether or not such persons are authorized to be in the vicinity of the construction.

1.25 ACCESS

A. Provide access doors in walls, ceilings and floors by this division unless otherwise noted. For access to mechanical equipment such as valves, dampers, VAV boxes, fans, controls, etc. Refer to Division 8 for door specifications. All access doors shall be 24" x 24" unless otherwise indicated or required. Coordinate location of doors with the Architect prior to installation. . If doors are not specified in Division 8, provide the following: Doors in ceilings and wall shall be equal to JR Smith No. 4760 bonderized and painted. Doors in tile walls shall be equal to JR Smith No. 4730 chrome plated. Doors in floors shall be equal to JR Smith No. 4910

B. Valves: Valve must be installed in locations where access is readily available. If access is compromised, as judged by the Mechanical Engineer, these valves shall be relocated where directed at the Contractors expense.

C. Equipment: Equipment must be installed in locations and orientations so that access to all components requiring service or maintenance will not be compromised. If access is compromised, as judged by the Mechanical Engineer, the contractor shall modify the installation as directed by the Engineer at the Contractors expense.

D. It is the responsibility of this division to install terminal boxes, valves and all other equipment and devices so they can be accessed. If any equipment or devices are installed so they cannot be


accessed on a ladder a catwalk and ladder system shall be installed above the ceiling to access and service this equipment.

1.26 CLEANING AND PAINTING

A. Cleaning: After all tests and adjustments have been made and all systems pronounced satisfactory for permanent operation, this Contractor shall clean all exposed piping, ductwork, insulated members, fixture, and equipment installed under this Section and leave them ready for painting. He shall refinish any damaged finish and leave everything in proper working order. The Contractor shall remove all stains or grease marks on walls, floors, glass, hardware, fixtures, or elsewhere, caused by his workman or for which he is responsible. He shall remove all stickers on plumbing fixtures, do all required patching up and repair all work of others damaged by this division of the work, and leave the premises in a clean and orderly condition.

B. Painting: Painting of exposed pipe, insulated pipe, ducts, or equipment is work of Division 9, Painting.

C. Mechanical Contractor: All equipment which is to be furnished in factory prefinished conditions by the mechanical Contractor shall be left without mark, scratch, or impairment to finish upon completion of job. Any necessary refinishing to match original shall be done. Do not paint over nameplates, serial numbers, or other identifying marks.

D. Removal of Debris, Etc: Upon completion of this division of the work, remove all surplus material and rubbish resulting from this work, and leave the premises in a clean and orderly condition.

1.27 CONTRACT COMPLETION

A. Incomplete and Unacceptable Work: If additional site visits or design work is required by the Engineer or Architect because of the use of incomplete or unacceptable work by the Contractor, then the Contractor shall reimburse the Engineer and Architect for all additional time and expenses involved.

B. Maintenance Instructions: The Contractor shall furnish the Owner complete printed and illustrated operating and maintenance instructions covering all units of mechanical equipment, together with parts lists.

C. Instructions To Owner's Representatives: In addition to any detailed instructions called for, the mechanical Contractor must provide, without expense to the Owner, competent instructors to train the Owner's representatives who will be in charge of the apparatus and equipment, in the care, adjustment, and operation of all parts on the heating, air conditioning, ventilating, plumbing, fire protection, and automatic temperature control equipment. Instruction dates shall be scheduled at time of final inspection. A written report specifying times, dates, and name of personnel instructed shall be forwarded to the Architect. A minimum of four 8-hour instruction periods shall be provided. The instruction periods will be broken down to shorter periods when requested by the Owner. The total instruction hours shall not reduced. The ATC Contractor shall provide 4 hours of instructions. The remaining hours shall be divided between the mechanical and sheet metal Contractor.

D. Guarantee: By the acceptance of any contract award for the work herein described or shown on the drawings, the Contractor assumes the full responsibility imposed by the guarantee as set forth herein and in the General Conditions, and should protect himself through proper guarantees from equipment and special equipment Contractors and from subcontractors as their interests may appear.


E. The guarantee so assumed by the Contractor and as work of this Section is as follows:1. That the entire mechanical system, including plumbing, heating, and air-conditioning

system shall be quiet in operation.2. That the circulation of water shall be complete and even.3. That all pipes, conduit, and connections shall be perfectly free from foreign matter and

pockets and that all other obstructions to the free passage of air, water, liquid, sewage, and vent shall be removed.

4. That he shall make promptly and free of charge, upon notice from the Owner, any necessary repairs due to defective workmanship or materials that may occur during a period of one year from date of Substantial Completion.

5. That all specialties, mechanical, and patent devices incorporated in these systems shall be adjusted in a manner that each shall develop its maximum efficiency in the operation of the system; i.e., diffusers shall deliver the designed amount of air shown on drawings, thermostats shall operate to the specified limits, etc.

6. All equipment and the complete mechanical, ductwork, piping and plumbing systems shall be guaranteed for a period of one year from the date of the Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion, this includes all mechanical, ductwork, piping and plumbing equipment and products and is not limited to boiler, chillers, coils, fans, filters etc. Any equipment supplier not willing to comply with this guarantee period shall not submit a bid price for this project. The Contractor shall be responsible for a 100-percent guarantee for the system and all items of equipment for this period. If the contractor needs to provide temporary heating or cooling to the building and or needs to insure systems are installed properly and or to meet the project schedule the guaranteed of all systems and equipment shall be as indicated above, on year from the date of the Architect’s Certificate of Substantial Completion.

7. All filters used during construction shall be replaced just before equipment is turned over to the Owner, and all required equipment and parts shall be oiled. Any worn parts shall also be replaced.

8. If any systems or equipment is used for temporary heating or cooling the systems shall be protected so they remain clean. I.e. if the ductwork systems are used temporary filters and a filter holder (not duct-taped to ducts or grilles) shall be installed to insure the systems and the equipment remain clean.

1.28 TEST RUN

A. The Mechanical Contractor shall operate the mechanical system for a minimum of 30 days to prove the operation of the system.

1.29 EQUIPMENT STARTUP AND CHECKOUT:

A. Each major piece of equipment shall be started and checked out by an authorized representative of the equipment manufacturer. A certificate indicating the equipment is operating to the satisfaction of the manufacturer shall be provided and shall be included in the commissioning report.

B. This contractor shall coordinate commissioning procedures and activities with the commissioning agent.

1.30 DEMOLITION

A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:


B. Proceed with demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level.

C. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain.

D. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces.

E. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.

F. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.

G. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site.

H. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation.

I. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.

J. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.

K. Return elements of construction and surfaces that are to remain to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.

L. Existing Facilities: Comply with building manager's requirements for using and protecting elevators, stairs, walkways, loading docks, building entries, and other building facilities during selective demolition operations.

M. Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to remain and at regular intervals, using power-driven saw, then remove concrete between saw cuts.

N. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power-driven saw, and then remove masonry between saw cuts.

O. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, then break up and remove.

P. Air-Conditioning Equipment: Remove equipment without releasing refrigerants.


SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATES TEMPORARY USE OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS 23 0150 - 1

SECTION 23 0150 - TEMPORARY USE OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This section includes requirements for temporary us of equipment and systems and any other items that are used during the construction of the project.

1.2 EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS NEEDED TO OPERATE BEFORE CONTRACT COMPLETION

A. If the contractor needs to provide temporary heating or cooling to the building and or needs to insure systems are installed properly for start up and or to meet the project schedule the guaranteed of all systems and equipment shall be for one year from the date of the Architect’s Certificate of Substantial Completion.

All equipment and the complete mechanical, ductwork, piping and plumbing systems shall be guaranteed for a period of one year from the date of the Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion, this includes all mechanical, ductwork, piping and plumbing equipment and products and is not limited to boiler, chillers, coils, fans, filters etc. Any contractor or equip-ment supplier who is not willing to comply with this guarantee period shall not submit a bid price for this project. The Contractor shall be responsible for a 100-percent guarantee for the systems and all items of equipment for this period. All filters used during construction shall be replaced just before equipment is turned over to the Owner, and all required equipment and parts shall be oiled. Any worn parts shall also be replaced. If any systems or equipment is used for temporary heating or cooling the systems shall be protected so they remain clean. I.e. if the ductwork systems are used temporary filters and a filter holder (not duct-taped to ducts or grilles) shall be installed to insure the systems and the equipment remain clean. All return air openings shall be protected with a metal filter frame and filters.

1.3 TEMPORARY EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM SUBMITTALS

A. If it is determined by the project or contractor that equipment or systems are needed to operate to provide heating, cooling or other needed services this division shall submit a document indicating what measures will be taken to insure the safe and proper operation of the equipment, systems and personal associated with the operation, this document shall be submitted to the engineer for approval. This plan shall show connections of equipment, utility hookups (if required) staging areas etc.


A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.

B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.


C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines.

D. SMACNA: The latest standard from SSMACNA shall apply.


A. Temporary Use of equipment or systems: Engage installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use until the facility has been accepted by the owner regardless of previously assigned responsibilities.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 EQUIPMENT

A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures.

B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters and cooling units if required with individual space thermostatic control.

1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited.

2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use during construction, provide filters with MERV of 8 at each return air opening in system and remove at end of construction. These filters are to be installed in a filter housing frame and are not to be duct taped. Clean HVAC system as required in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Locate equipment where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify equipment and systems as required by progress of the Work.

1. Locate equipment to limit site disturbance as specified in Division 01 Section "Summary."

3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.

1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.


B. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction.

C. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.

D. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.

3.3 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL

A. Maintenance: Maintain equipment and systems in good operating condition until removal.

1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar equipment and systems on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.

B. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility or equipment when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.

1. Materials equipment that constitute temporary equipment are property of Contractor. 2. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent equipment and

systems used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures."

3.4 EQUIPMENT STARTUP AND CHECKOUT:

A. Each major piece of equipment shall be started and checked out by an authorized representative of the equipment manufacturer at substantial completion. A certificate indicating the equipment is operating to the satisfaction of the manufacturer shall be provided and shall be included in the commissioning report.


SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATES COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 1

SECTION 23 0500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2. Transition fittings. 3. Dielectric fittings. 4. Mechanical sleeve seals. 5. Sleeves. 6. Escutcheons. 7. Grout. 8. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. 9. Painting and finishing. 10. Concrete bases. 11. Supports and anchorages. 12. Link-Seal

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, and crawlspaces.

B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces, mechanical equipment rooms, accessible pipe shafts, accessible plumbing chases, and accessible tunnels.

C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.

D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and chases.

E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters.

F. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials:

1. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic. 2. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.


G. The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials:

1. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. 2. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For the following:

1. Transition fittings. 2. Dielectric fittings. 3. Mechanical sleeve seals. 4. Escutcheons.

B. Welding certificates.


A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."

B. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."

1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes

involved and that certification is current.

C. Electrical Characteristics for HVAC Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements.


A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture.

B. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending.

1.7 COORDINATION

A. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for HVAC installations.

B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed.

C. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for HVAC items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames."


PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified.

2.2 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS

A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods.

B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings.

2.3 JOINING MATERIALS

A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below.

B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents.

1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated.

a. Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges. b. Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges.

2. AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated; and full-face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813.

E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAg1, silver alloy for refrigerant piping, unless otherwise indicated.

F. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.


A. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings: CPVC and PVC one-piece fitting with manufacturer's Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent-cement-joint end.

1. Manufacturers:


a. Eslon Thermoplastics.

B. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Adaptors: One-piece fitting with manufacturer's SDR 11 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent-cement-joint end.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Thompson Plastics, Inc.


A. General: Assembly or fitting with insulating material isolating joined dissimilar metals, to prevent galvanic action and stop corrosion.

B. Description: Combination of copper alloy and ferrous; threaded, solder, plain, and weld-neck end types and matching piping system materials.

C. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.

D. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F.

E. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.

F. Dielectric-Flange Insulation Kits: Field-assembled, companion-flange assembly, full-face or ring type. Components include neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers.

1. Provide separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts for 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.

G. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.

H. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Company. c. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div

2.6 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS

A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc.


c. Metraflex Co. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.

2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.

3. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element.

4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.

2.7 SLEEVES

A. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint.

B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.

C. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing.

1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws.

E. Molded PVC: Permanent, with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms.

F. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40.

2.8 ESCUTCHEONS

A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening.

B. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with polished chrome-plated finish.

C. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw.

1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass.

D. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With set screw or spring clips and chrome-plated finish.

E. Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With concealed hinge, set screw or spring clips, and chrome-plated finish.

2.9 GROUT

A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, non-shrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement grout.


1. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, non-staining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications.

2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.

3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.

2.10 LINK-SEAL MODULAR SEAL PRESSURE PLATES

A. Link-Seal® modular seal pressure plates shall be molded of glass reinforced Nylon Polymer with the following properties: 1. Izod Impact - Notched = 2.05ft-lb/in. per ASTM D-256 2. Flexural Strength @ Yield = 30,750 psi per ASTM D-790 3. Flexural Modulus = 1,124,000 psi per ASTM D-790 4. Elongation Break = 11.07% per ASTM D-638 5. Specific Gravity = 1.38 per ASTM D-792

B. Models LS200-275-300-315 shall incorporate the most current Link-Seal® Modular Seal design modifications and shall include an integrally molded compression assist boss on the top (bolt entry side) of the pressure plate, which permits increased compressive loading of the rubber sealing element. Models 315-325-340-360-400-410-425-475-500-525-575-600 shall incorporate an integral recess known as a “Hex Nut Interlock” designed to accommodate commercially available fasteners to insure proper thread engagement for the class and service of metal hardware. All pressure plates shall have a permanent identification of the manufacturer’s name molded into it.

C. For fire service, pressure plates shall be steel with 2-part Zinc Dichromate Coating.

D. Link-Seal® Modular Seal Hardware: All fasteners shall be sized according to latest Link-Seal® modular seal technical data. Bolts, flange hex nuts shall be:

1. 316 Stainless Steel per ASTM F593-95, with a 85,000 psi average tensile strength.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems.

B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.

C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas.

D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.


F. Install piping to permit valve servicing.

G. Install piping at indicated slopes.

H. Install piping free of sags and bends.

I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

J. Install piping to allow application of insulation.

K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.

L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following:

1. New Piping:

a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type.

b. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish.

c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type with spring clips.

d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish.

e. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type.

f. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece or split-casting, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish.

g. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type or split-plate, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge and set screw.

M. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete floor and roof slabs.

N. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs.

1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.

a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified.

2. Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed.

3. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials:

a. PVC Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6.

b. Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 and larger, penetrating gypsum-board partitions.

c. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. Refer to Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing.


1) Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with grout.

4. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation.

O. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.

1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter.

2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter.


P. Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.


Q. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for materials.

R. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.

S. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements.

3.2 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems.

B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.

C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.

D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.

E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8.


F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:

1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified.

2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.

G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article.

H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads.

3.3 PIPING CONNECTIONS

A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:



3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals.

4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals.

3.4 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated.

B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Install HVAC equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations.

D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope.

3.5 PAINTING

A. Painting of HVAC systems, equipment, and components is specified in Division 09 Sections "Interior Painting" and "Exterior Painting."

B. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with materials and procedures to match original factory finish.


3.6 CONCRETE BASES

A. Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project.

1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit.

2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base.

3. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor.

4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.

5. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.

6. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions.

7. Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in Division 03 Section “Miscellaneous Cast-in-Place Concrete."

3.7 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES

A. Refer to Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel.

B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor HVAC materials and equipment.

C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1.

3.8 GROUTING

A. Mix and install grout for HVAC equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors.

B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout.

C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout.

D. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout.

E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases.

F. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment.

G. Place grout around anchors.

H. Cure placed grout.


3.9 LINK SEAL

A. Provide Link Seal at all piping penetrations from the outside.


SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATES TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 0593 - 1

SECTION 23 0593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY


1. Balancing Air Systems:

a. Constant-volume air systems. b. Variable-air-volume systems.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council.

B. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau.

C. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.

D. TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau.

E. TAB Specialist: An entity engaged to perform TAB Work.



A. Qualification Data: Within the following number of days of the Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit documentation that the TAB contractor and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified in "Quality Assurance" Article;

1. 30 days.

B. Certified TAB reports.

C. Instrument calibration reports, to include the following:

1. Instrument type and make. 2. Serial number. 3. Application. 4. Dates of use. 5. Dates of calibration.



A. TAB Contractor Qualifications: Engage a TAB entity certified by AABC or NEBB.

1. TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB contractor and certified by AABC or NEBB and shall be the same as the TAB Contractor.

2. TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB contractor and who is certified by AABC or NEBB as a TAB technician and shall be the same as the TAB Contractor.

B. Certify TAB field data reports and perform the following:

1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB reports.

2. Certify that the TAB team complied with the approved TAB plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification.

C. TAB Report Forms: Use standard TAB contractor's forms approved by: 1. Architect.

D. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: As described in ASHRAE 111, Section 5, "Instrumentation."

E. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 7.2.2 - "Air Balancing."

F. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6.7.2.3 - "System Balancing."


A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the site and existing building during entire TAB period. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's operations.

1.8 COORDINATION

A. Notice: Provide seven days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times.

B. Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on the following distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed:

1. Air and water.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TAB SPECIALISTS

A. Subject to compliance with requirements, engage one of the following:


1. BTC Service. 2. Certified Test & Balance. 3. RS Analysis.

3.2 EXAMINATION

A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment.

B. Examine systems for installed balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify that locations of these balancing devices are accessible.

C. Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment.

D. Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls.

E. Examine: 1. Ceiling plenums and underfloor air plenums used for supply, return, or relief air to

verify that they meet the leakage class of connected ducts as specified in: a. Section 233113 "Metal Ducts"

2. Verify ceiling plenums and underfloor air plenums used for supply, return or relief air are properly separated from adjacent areas.

3. Verify that penetrations in plenum walls are sealed and fire-stopped if required.

F. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves.

1. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system.

2. Calculate system-effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from the conditions used to rate equipment performance. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Duct Design." Compare results with the design data and installed conditions.

G. Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality-control testing, cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed.

H. Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections.

I. Examine HVAC equipment and filters and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation.

J. Examine terminal units, such as variable-air-volume boxes, and verify that they are accessible and their controls are connected and functioning.

K. Examine strainers. Verify that startup screens are replaced by permanent screens with indicated perforations.

L. Examine three-way valves for proper installation for their intended function of diverting or mixing fluid flows.


M. Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins.

N. Examine system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping.

O. Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment.

P. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values.

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures.

B. Complete system-readiness checks and prepare reports. Verify the following:

1. Permanent electrical-power wiring is complete. 2. Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air. 3. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational. 4. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. 5. Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open. 6. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. 7. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required and

access to balancing devices is provided. 8. Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can

be met.

3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING

A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in this section and:

1. AABC's "National Standards for Total System Balance"

2. Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 7.2.2 - "Air Balancing."

B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures.

1. After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness as used to construct ducts.

2. Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation, coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Section 230713 "Duct Insulation," Section 230716 "HVAC Equipment Insulation," and Section 230719 "HVAC Piping Insulation."

C. Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper-control positions, valve position indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices, with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings.

D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound (IP) .


3.5 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS

A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes.

B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts.

C. For variable-air-volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity.

D. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct-airflow measurements.

E. Check airflow patterns from the outdoor-air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust-air dampers through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers.

F. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters.

G. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection.

H. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.

I. Check for airflow blockages.

J. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning.

K. Check for proper sealing of air-handling-unit components.

L. Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Section 233113 "Metal Ducts."

3.6 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS

A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer.

1. Measure total airflow.

a. Where sufficient space in ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow.

2. Measure fan static pressures as follows to determine actual static pressure:

a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practical and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions.

b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. c. Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as

possible, upstream from the flexible connection, and downstream from duct restrictions.

d. Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that houses the fan.

3. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air-handling unit, rooftop unit, and other air-handling and -treating equipment.


a. Report the cleanliness status of filters and the time static pressures are measured.

4. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices, such as sound traps, heat-recovery equipment, and air washers, under final balanced conditions.

5. Review Record Documents to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Calculate actual system-effect factors. Recommend adjustments to accommodate actual conditions.

6. Obtain approval from one of the following entities for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Comply with requirements in HVAC Sections for air-handling units for adjustment of fans, belts, and pulley sizes to achieve indicated air-handling-unit performance:

a. Architect. 7. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment

manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan-motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full-cooling, full-heating, economizer, and any other operating mode to determine the maximum required brake horsepower.

B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances.

1. Measure airflow of submain and branch ducts.

a. Where sufficient space in submain and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone.

2. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper, and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved.

3. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust submain and branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances.

C. Measure air outlets and inlets without making adjustments.

1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors.

D. Adjust air outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified tolerances of indicated values. Make adjustments using branch volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at air terminals.

1. Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of indicated quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents.

2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts.

3.7 PROCEDURES FOR VARIABLE-AIR-VOLUME SYSTEMS

A. Compensating for Diversity: When the total airflow of all terminal units is more than the indicated airflow of the fan, place a selected number of terminal units at a minimum set-point airflow with the remainder at maximum-airflow condition until the total airflow of the terminal units equals the indicated airflow of the fan. Select the reduced-airflow terminal units so they are distributed evenly among the branch ducts.


B. Pressure-Independent, Variable-Air-Volume Systems: After the fan systems have been adjusted, adjust the variable-air-volume systems as follows:

1. Set outdoor-air dampers at minimum, and set return- and exhaust-air dampers at a position that simulates full-cooling load.

2. Select the terminal unit that is most critical to the supply-fan airflow and static pressure. Measure static pressure. Adjust system static pressure so the entering static pressure for the critical terminal unit is not less than the sum of the terminal-unit manufacturer's recommended minimum inlet static pressure plus the static pressure needed to overcome terminal-unit discharge system losses.

3. Measure total system airflow. Adjust to within indicated airflow. 4. Set terminal units at maximum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the

designed maximum airflow. Use terminal-unit manufacturer's written instructions to make this adjustment. When total airflow is correct, balance the air outlets downstream from terminal units the same as described for constant-volume air systems.

5. Set terminal units at minimum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the designed minimum airflow. Check air outlets for a proportional reduction in airflow the same as described for constant-volume air systems.

a. If air outlets are out of balance at minimum airflow, report the condition but leave outlets balanced for maximum airflow.

6. Remeasure the return airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and minimum outdoor airflow.

7. Measure static pressure at the most critical terminal unit and adjust the static-pressure controller at the main supply-air sensing station to ensure that adequate static pressure is maintained at the most critical unit.

8. Record final fan-performance data.

C. Pressure-Dependent, Variable-Air-Volume Systems without Diversity: After the fan systems have been adjusted, adjust the variable-air-volume systems as follows:

1. Balance variable-air-volume systems the same as described for constant-volume air systems.

2. Set terminal units and supply fan at full-airflow condition. 3. Adjust inlet dampers of each terminal unit to indicated airflow and verify operation of

the static-pressure controller. When total airflow is correct, balance the air outlets downstream from terminal units the same as described for constant-volume air systems.

4. Readjust fan airflow for final maximum readings. 5. Measure operating static pressure at the sensor that controls the supply fan if one is

installed, and verify operation of the static-pressure controller. 6. Set terminal units at minimum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the

designed minimum airflow. Check air outlets for a proportional reduction in airflow the same as described for constant-volume air systems.

a. If air outlets are out of balance at minimum airflow, report the condition but leave the outlets balanced for maximum airflow.

7. Measure the return airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and minimum outdoor airflow.


D. Pressure-Dependent, Variable-Air-Volume Systems with Diversity: After the fan systems have been adjusted, adjust the variable-air-volume systems as follows:

1. Set system at maximum indicated airflow by setting the required number of terminal units at minimum airflow. Select the reduced-airflow terminal units so they are distributed evenly among the branch ducts.

2. Adjust supply fan to maximum indicated airflow with the variable-airflow controller set at maximum airflow.

3. Set terminal units at full-airflow condition. 4. Adjust terminal units starting at the supply-fan end of the system and continuing

progressively to the end of the system. Adjust inlet dampers of each terminal unit to indicated airflow. When total airflow is correct, balance the air outlets downstream from terminal units the same as described for constant-volume air systems.

5. Adjust terminal units for minimum airflow. 6. Measure the return airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and

minimum outdoor airflow. Adjust the fan and balance the return-air ducts and inlets the same as described for constant-volume air systems.

3.8 TOLERANCES

A. Set HVAC system's air flow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances:

1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus or minus 10 percent .

2. Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 10 percent. 3. Heating-Water Flow Rate: Plus or minus 10 percent. 4. Cooling-Water Flow Rate: Plus or minus 10 percent.

3.9 REPORTING

A. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices.

B. Status Reports: Prepare progress reports on the following interval to describe completed procedures, procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serving multiple floors;

1. Weekly.

3.10 FINAL REPORT

A. General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections for tested systems and balanced systems.

1. Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer.

2. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration.


B. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field-report data, include the following: 1. Manufacturers' test data. 2. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 3. Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings

and product data.

C. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data:

1. Title page. 2. Name and address of the TAB contractor. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report. 10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report.

Number each page in the report. 11. Summary of contents including the following:

a. Indicated versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract

Documents.

12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 13. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer's name, type, size, and fittings. 14. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated

values. 15. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following:

a. Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. c. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. e. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. f. Inlet vane settings for variable-air-volume systems. g. Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller. h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance.

D. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present each system with single-line diagram and include the following:

1. Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. 3. Balancing stations. 4. Position of balancing devices.

3.11 INSPECTIONS

A. Initial Inspection:


1. After testing and balancing are complete, operate each system and randomly check measurements to verify that the system is operating according to the final test and balance readings documented in the final report.

2. Check the following for each system:

a. Measure airflow of at least 10 percent of air outlets. b. Measure water flow of at least 5 percent of terminals. c. Measure room temperature at each thermostat/temperature sensor. Compare the

reading to the set point. d. Verify that balancing devices are marked with final balance position. e. Note deviations from the Contract Documents in the final report.

B. Final Inspection:

1. After initial inspection is complete and documentation by random checks verifies that testing and balancing are complete and accurately documented in the final report, request that a final inspection be made by:

a. Architect. 2. The TAB contractor's test and balance engineer shall conduct the inspection in the

presence of: a. Architect.

3. The following entity shall randomly select measurements, documented in the final report, to be rechecked. Rechecking shall be limited to either 10 percent of the total measurements recorded or the extent of measurements that can be accomplished in a normal 8-hour business day:

a. Architect. 4. If rechecks yield measurements that differ from the measurements documented in the

final report by more than the tolerances allowed, the measurements shall be noted as "FAILED."

5. If the number of "FAILED" measurements is greater than 10 percent of the total measurements checked during the final inspection, the testing and balancing shall be considered incomplete and shall be rejected.

C. TAB Work will be considered defective if it does not pass final inspections. If TAB Work fails, proceed as follows:

1. Recheck all measurements and make adjustments. Revise the final report and balancing device settings to include all changes; resubmit the final report and request a second final inspection.

2. If the second final inspection also fails, Owner may contract the services of another TAB contractor to complete TAB Work according to the Contract Documents and deduct the cost of the services from the original TAB contractor's final payment.

D. Prepare test and inspection reports.


SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATES AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3300 - 1

SECTION 23 3300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY


1. Backdraft dampers. 2. Pressure relief dampers. 3. Barometric relief dampers. 4. Manual volume dampers. 5. Control dampers. 6. Fire dampers. 7. Smoke dampers. 8. Combination fire and smoke dampers. 9. Duct silencers. 10. Turning vanes. 11. Remote damper operators. 12. Duct-mounted access doors. 13. Flexible connectors. 14. Flexible ducts. 15. Duct security bars. 16. Duct accessory hardware. 17. High efficiency take-offs.


1. Division 23 "HVAC Gravity Ventilators" for roof-mounted ventilator caps. 2. Division 23 “Diffusers, Registers and Grilles”. 3. Division 28 "Digital, Addressable Fire-Alarm System" for duct-mounted fire and smoke

detectors. 4. Division 28 "Zoned (DC-Loop) Fire-Alarm System" for duct-mounted fire and smoke

detectors.



1. For duct silencers, include pressure drop and dynamic insertion loss data. Include breakout noise calculations for high transmission loss casings.


B. Shop Drawings: For duct accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details and attachments to other work.

1. Detail duct accessories fabrication and installation in ducts and other construction. Include dimensions, weights, loads, and required clearances; and method of field assembly into duct systems and other construction. Include the following:

a. Special fittings. b. Manual volume damper installations. c. Control-damper installations. d. Fire-damper, smoke-damper, combination fire- and smoke-damper, pressure

relief-damper, ceiling, and corridor damper installations, including sleeves; and duct-mounted access doors and remote damper operators.

e. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.


A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which ceiling-mounted access panels and access doors required for access to duct accessories are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved.

B. Source quality-control reports.


A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air duct accessories to include in operation and maintenance manuals.


A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Fusible Links: Furnish quantity equal to 10 percent of amount installed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION

A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems."

B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections.


2.2 MATERIALS

A. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653.

1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G60. 2. Exposed-Surface Finish: Mill phosphatized.

B. Aluminum Sheets: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, Temper H14; with mill finish for concealed ducts and standard, 1-side bright finish for exposed ducts.

C. Extruded Aluminum: Comply with ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063, Temper T6.

D. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized-steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel ducts.

E. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.

2.3 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS


1. American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. 2. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 3. Nailor Industries Inc. 4. Pottorff. 5. Ruskin Company. 6. United Enertech

B. Function: 1. Designed to allow airflow in one direction and prevent reverse airflow. 2. Keeps outside air out of the space by sensing and closing against mass flow.

C. Description: 1. Gravity balanced.

D. Maximum Air Velocity: 1. 1000 fpm

E. Maximum System Pressure: 1. 3-inch wg.

F. Frame: Hat-shaped, with welded corners or mechanically attached and mounting flange: 1. 16GA 0.063-inch- thick extruded aluminum.

G. Blades: Multiple single-piece blades, maximum 6-inch width noncombustible, tear-resistant, neoprene-coated fiberglass with sealed edges: 1. Center pivoted: 16GA 0.050-inch- thick aluminum sheet.

H. Blade Action: Parallel.

I. Blade Seals: Mechanically locked. 1. Neoprene.

http://www.specagent.com/LookUp/?uid=123456821230&mf=04&&mf=04&src=wd






J. Blade Axles: 0.20 inch diameter: 1. Material: Nonferrous metal.

K. Tie Bars and Brackets: 1. Aluminum.

L. Return Spring: Adjustable tension.

M. Bearings: 1. Synthetic pivot bushings.

N. Accessories.

1. Adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure. 2. Counterweights and spring-assist kits for vertical airflow installations. 3. Screen Mounting: Front mounted in sleeve.

a. Sleeve Thickness: 20 gage minimum. b. Sleeve Length: 6 inches minimum.

4. Screen Mounting: Rear mounted. 5. Screen Material:

a. Aluminum. 6. Screen Type:

a. Bird 7. 90-degree stops.

2.4 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS

A. Standard, Steel, Manual Volume Dampers:


a. American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. b. McGill AirFlow LLC. c. Nailor Industries Inc. d. Pottorff. e. Ruskin Company. f. United Enertech

2. Standard leakage rating , with linkage outside airstream . 3. Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications.

4. Frames: Hat-shaped, Mitered and welded corners. Flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in ducts. a. 16GA 0.064-inch thick, galvanized sheet steel.

5. Blades: a. Multiple or single blade. Parallel- or opposed-blade design. Stiffened damper

blades for stability. b. Material:

1) Galvanized -steel, 16GA 0.064 inch thick.







6. Blade Axles: a. Nonferrous metal b. Shall extend full length of damper blades in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch

wg or more.

7. Bearings: a. Material:

1) Molded synthetic. b. Bearings at both ends of damper operating shafts in ducts with pressure classes of

3-inch wg or more.

8. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel.

B. Standard, Aluminum, Manual Volume Dampers:


a. American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. b. McGill AirFlow LLC. c. Nailor Industries Inc. d. Pottorff. e. Ruskin Company. f. United Enertech

2. Standard leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream. 3. Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. 4. Frames: Hat-shaped, 0.10-inch- thick, aluminum sheet channels; frames with flanges for

attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in ducts. 5. Blades:

a. Multiple or single blade. b. Parallel- or opposed-blade design. c. Stiffen damper blades for stability. d. Roll-Formed Aluminum Blades: 0.10-inch- thick aluminum sheet. e. Extruded-Aluminum Blades: 0.050-inch- thick extruded aluminum.

6. Blade Axles: Nonferrous metal. 7. Bearings:

a. Molded synthetic. b. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg or more shall have axles full

length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft.

8. Tie Bars and Brackets: Aluminum.

C. Low-Leakage, Steel, Manual Volume Dampers:


a. American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. b. McGill AirFlow LLC. c. Nailor Industries Inc. d. Pottorff.











e. Ruskin Company. f. United Enertech

2. Comply with AMCA 500-D testing for damper rating. 3. Low-leakage rating , with linkage outside airstream, and bearing AMCA's Certified

Ratings Seal for both air performance and air leakage. 4. Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. 5. Frames:

a. Frame: Hat-shaped, 1) 16GA 0.064-inch thick, galvanized sheet steel.

b. Mitered and welded corners. c. Flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in ducts.

6. Blades:

a. Multiple or single blade. b. Parallel- or opposed-blade design. c. Stiffen damper blades for stability. d. Material:

1) Galvanized, roll-formed steel, 16GA 0.064 inch thick.

7. Blade Axles: a. Nonferrous metal.

8. Bearings:


length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 9. Blade Seals:

a. Neoprene. 10. Jamb Seals: Cambered Stainless steel or aluminum. 11. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel or aluminum. 12. Accessories:

a. Include locking device to hold single-blade dampers in a fixed position without vibration.

D. Low-Leakage, Aluminum, Manual Volume Dampers:


a. American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. b. Nailor Industries Inc. c. McGill AirFlow LLC. d. Pottorff. e. Ruskin Company. f. United Enertech

2. Comply with AMCA 500-D testing for damper rating. 3. Low-leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and bearing AMCA's Certified Ratings

Seal for both air performance and air leakage. 4. Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications.








5. Frames: Hat-shaped, 0.10-inch- thick, aluminum sheet channels; frames with flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in ducts.

6. Blades:

a. Multiple or single blade. b. Parallel- or opposed-blade design. c. Roll-Formed Aluminum Blades: 0.10-inch- thick aluminum sheet. d. Extruded-Aluminum Blades: 0.050-inch- thick extruded aluminum.

7. Blade Axles: Nonferrous metal. 8. Bearings:


length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft.

9. Blade Seals: Neoprene. 10. Jamb Seals: Cambered aluminum. 11. Tie Bars and Brackets: Aluminum. 12. Accessories:

a. Include locking device to hold single-blade dampers in a fixed position without vibration.

E. Jackshaft:

1. Size: a. 1-inch diameter.

2. Material: Galvanized-steel pipe rotating within pipe-bearing assembly mounted on supports at each mullion and at each end of multiple-damper assemblies.

3. Length and Number of Mountings: As required to connect linkage of each damper in multiple-damper assembly.

F. Damper Hardware:

1. Zinc-plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32-inch- thick zinc-plated steel, and a 3/4-inch hexagon locking nut.

2. Include center hole to suit damper operating-rod size. 3. Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting.

2.5 CONTROL DAMPERS


1. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 2. Pottorff. 3. Ruskin Company. 4. Young Regulator Company. 5. United Enertech

B. Low-leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and bearing AMCA's Certified Ratings Seal for both air performance and air leakage.






C. Frames:

1. Section: a. Hat shaped.

2. Material: a. 20 GA 0.40-inch- thick galvanized steel .

3. Corners: a. Mitered-and-welded.

D. Blades: Multiple.

1. Maximum blade width: a. 6 inches.

2. Opposed -blade design. 3. Material:

a. Galvanized-steel. 4. Thickness:

a. 20 GA 0.40-inch- thick galvanized steel 5. Blade Edging: Inflatable seal blade edging, or replaceable rubber seals.

a. Closed-cell neoprene

E. Blade Axles:

1. Section: a. 3/8-inch-square

2. Material: a. Galvanized steel.

3. Blade-linkage hardware: a. Zinc-plated steel and brass. b. Ends sealed against blade bearings:

4. Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F.

F. Bearings:

1. Type: a. Molded synthetic.

2. Axles: Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg or more shall have axles full length of damper blades.

3. Bearings: Thrust bearings at each end of every blade. Bearings at both ends of each operating shaft.

2.6 FIRE DAMPERS


1. Arrow United Industries; a division of Mestek, Inc. 2. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 3. Nailor Industries Inc. 4. Pottorff. 5. Ruskin Company. 6. United Enertech

B. Type:







1. Dynamic.

C. Standard: Rated and labeled according to UL 555 by an NRTL.

D. Closing rating in ducts up to 4-inch wg static pressure class and minimum 2000-fpm velocity.

E. Fire Rating: 1. 1-1/2 hours.

F. Frame: 1. Curtain type with blades outside airstream. 2. Material:

a. Fabricated with roll-formed galvanized steel; with mitered and interlocking corners. b. Thickness:

1) 20GA-0.040-inch-.

G. Mounting Sleeve: Factory- or field-installed, galvanized sheet steel. Length to suit application.

1. Minimum Thickness: a. 18GA-0.05 inch, as indicated.

2. Exception: Omit sleeve where damper-frame width permits direct attachment of perimeter mounting angles on each side of wall or floor; thickness of damper frame must comply with sleeve requirements.

H. Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal as indicated.

I. Blades: Roll-formed, interlocking, galvanized sheet steel. 1. Thickness:

a. 24GA-0.024-inch- 2. In place of interlocking blades, use full-length, 0.034-inch- thick, galvanized-steel blade

connectors.

J. Horizontal Dampers: Include blade lock and Type 301 constant force stainless-steel closure spring.

K. Heat-Responsive Device: Replaceable, 212 deg F rated, fusible links.

L. Accessories:

1. Auxiliary switches for signaling: a. Position indication.

2.7 SMOKE DAMPERS


1. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 2. Nailor Industries Inc. 3. Pottorff. 4. Ruskin Company. 5. United Enertech






B. General Requirements: Label according to UL 555S by an NRTL.

C. Smoke Detector: See electrical for smoke detector requirements.

C. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel. With or without mounting flange as required. 1. Thickness:

a. Hat-shaped, 16GA-0.064-inch. 2. Corners:

a. Welded.

D. Blades: Horizontal, galvanized sheet steel. 1. Section;

a. Roll-formed. 2. Fit:

a. Interlocking. 3. Thickness:

a. 14GA-0.079-inch.

E. Leakage: 1. Class II.

F. Seals: 1. Blade: Inflatable silicone fiberglass material to maintain smoke leakage rating to a

minimum of 450 deg F.

G. Rated pressure and velocity to exceed design airflow conditions.

H. Mounting Sleeve: Factory-installed, galvanized sheet steel; length to suit wall or floor application with factory-furnished silicone calking. 1. Minimum 17-inches long. 2. Thickness:

a. 0.05-inch-.

I. Damper Motors: Damper motors to be Belimo or approved equal. Honeywell motors are not allowed. 1. Action:

a. Two-position 2. Mode: Fail close. 3. Mounting: External.

J. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 1. Electrical Connection: 115 V, single phase, 60 Hz .

K. Accessories:

1. Auxiliary switches for signaling: a. Position indication.

2. Test Switch type: a. Momentary test switch.

3. Test Switch Mounting: a. Damper.


2.8 COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS


1. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 2. Nailor Industries Inc. 3. Pottorff. 4. Ruskin Company. 5. United Enertech

B. Type: Dynamic; rated and labeled according to UL 555 and UL 555S by an NRTL.

C. Closing rating in ducts up to 4-inch wg static pressure class and minimum velocity of: 1. 4000-fpm

D. Fire Rating: 1. 1-1/2 hours.

E. Frame: Hat shaped, galvanized sheet steel. With or without mounting flange as required. 1. Thickness:

a. 16GA-0.064-inch 2. Corners:

a. Welded.

F. Heat-Responsive Device: Replaceable, 212 deg F rated, fusible links.

G. Blades: Horizontal, galvanized sheet steel. 1. Type:

a. Air-foil. 2. Fit:,

a. Interlocking. 3. Thickness:

a. 0.063-inch-.

H. Leakage: 1. Class I.

I. Rated pressure and velocity to exceed design airflow conditions.

J. Mounting Sleeve: Factory-installed, galvanized sheet steel; length to suit wall or floor application with factory-furnished silicone calking. 1. Thickness:

a. 18GA 0.05-inch-.

K. Master control panel for use in dynamic smoke-management systems.

L. Damper Motors: Damper motors to be Belimo or approved equal. Honeywell motors are not allowed. 1. Locate outside air stream unless otherwise indicated, 2. Action:

a. Two-position. 3. Voltage: to match fire alarm system (coordinate). 4. Listed: UL, as part of damper assembly. 5. Outdoor Motors and Motors in Outside-Air Intakes:






a. Gaskets: O-ring gaskets designed to make motors weatherproof. b. Internal heaters: Equip to permit normal operation at minus 40 deg F .

M. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 1. Electrical Connection: 115 V, single phase, 60 Hz.

N. Accessories:

2. Auxiliary switches: a. Signaling. b. Position indication.

3. Test Switch type: a. Momentary test switch.

4. Test Switch Mounting: a. Damper.

2.9 TURNING VANES


1. METALAIRE, Inc. 2. SEMCO Incorporated. 3. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc.

B. Manufactured Turning Vanes for Metal Ducts: Curved blades of galvanized sheet steel; support with bars perpendicular to blades set; set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting.

1. Fabricate single blade vanes to comply with SMACNA’s “HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible.”

2. Acoustic Turning Vanes: Fabricate airfoil-shaped aluminum extrusions with perforated faces and fibrous-glass fill.

C. Manufactured Turning Vanes for Nonmetal Ducts: Fabricate curved blades of resin-bonded fiberglass with acrylic polymer coating; support with bars perpendicular to blades set; set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting.

D. General Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows."

E. Vane Construction: 1. Single wall

F. Vane Spacing: 1. 1-1/2” spacing between turning vanes 2. 3-1/4” spacing not allowed.

G. Vane Construction: Single wall for ducts up to 36 inches wide and additional bracing for larger dimensions.





2.10 REMOTE DAMPER OPERATORS


1. Pottorff. 2. Ruskin Company; Tomkins PLC.

B. Cable Type: 1. Description: Cable system designed for remote manual damper adjustment. 2. Tubing/Sheathing: Galvinsed, Brass, Copper or Aluminum. 3. Cable: Stainless steel or Steel. 4. Wall-Box Mounting: Coordinate with Architect. 5. Wall-Box Cover-Plate Material: Coordinate with Architect.

C. Activated Electric Type: 1. Description: Electrically activated zone control damper for remote adjustment. When an

adjustment is needed the system is powered up. 2. Means: Factory mounted actuator factory wired to damper. 3. Portable 9 volt system. No field power requirement. 4. Mounting: Recessed Wall Box or Diffuser or Hand Held. 5. Wall-Box Cover Finish: Coordinate with Architect. 6. Wall-Box Porting: 1 to 6 ports or more.

2.11 DUCT-MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS


1. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 2. McGill AirFlow LLC. 3. Pottorff. 4. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. 5. Ruskin Company

B. Duct-Mounted Access Doors: Fabricate access panels according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 7-2, "Duct Access Doors and Panels," and 7-3, "Access Doors - Round Duct."

1. Door:

a. Double wall, rectangular. b. Galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for duct

pressure class. c. Hinges and Latches: 1-by-1-inch butt or piano hinge and cam latches. d. Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class.

2. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with bend-over tabs and foam gaskets. 3. Number of Hinges and Locks:

a. Access Doors Less Than 12 Inches Square: No hinges and two sash locks. b. Access Doors up to 18 Inches Square:

1) Hinges: a) Two hinges and two sash locks.








c. Access Doors up to 24 by 48 Inches, provide outside and inside handles: 1) Hinges:

a) Three hinges and two compression latches. d. Access Doors Larger Than 24 by 48 Inches, provide outside and inside handles:

1) Hinges: a) Continuous and two compression latches with outside and inside

handles.

2.12 FLEXIBLE DUCTS


1. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. 2. McGill AirFlow LLC. 3. Themaflex 4. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc.

B. Ducts shall conform to the requirements for Class I connectors when tested in accordance with "Standard for Factory Made Air Ducts Materials and Air Duct Connectors" (UL 181).

C. Ducts shall also pass the 15 minute U.L. flame penetration test as specified in the UL 181 Standard.

D. Insulated, Flexible Duct: Two-ply vinyl film supported by helically wound, spring-steel wire; fibrous-glass insulation; polyethylene or aluminized vapor-barrier film.

1. Pressure Rating: 10-inch wg positive and 1.0-inch wg negative. 2. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 10 to plus 160 deg F. 4. Insulation R-value: Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1.

E. Flexible Duct Connectors:

1. Clamps: in sizes 3 through 18 inches, to suit duct size. a. Material: Stainless-steel band with cadmium-plated hex screw to tighten band

with a worm-gear action.

2.13 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE

A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct-insulation thickness.

B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease.

C. Splitter Damper Accessories: Zinc-plated damper blade bracket; 1/4-inch, zinc-plated operating rod; and a duct-mounted, ball-joint bracket with flat rubber gasket and square-head set screw.

D. Flexible Duct Clamps: Stainless-steel band with cadmium-plated hex screw to tighten band with a worm-gear action, in sizes 3 to 18 inches to suit duct size.





2.14 HIGH EFFICIENCY TAKE-OFFS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the follow-ing.

1. Air-Rite 2. Hercules Industries 3. Sheet Metal Connectors, Inc. 4. Spiral Manufacturing Co. Inc. 5. Ferguson

B. Materials:

1. 24 gauge galvanized sheet metal meeting ASTM A653 and A924

C. Take-off shall meet SMACNA third edition Section 4.8 figure 4.6 - 45 degree entry.

D. Rectangular opening with flanged sides on all sides. Complete with closed cell neoprene gasket to provide a tight seal.

E. Zeros VOC’s

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

General

A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards," for fibrous-glass ducts.

B. Install duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized-steel accessories in galvanized-steel and fibrous-glass ducts, stainless-steel accessories in stainless-steel ducts, and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts.

C. Use the Remote Damper Operator when they are called out on the drawings or when the damper cannot be easily accessed.

D. Install duct security bars. Construct duct security bars from 3/16-inch steel sleeve, continuously welded at all joints and 3/4-inch- diameter steel bars, 6 inches o.c. in each direction in center of sleeve. Weld each bar to steel sleeve and each crossing bar. Weld 1-1/2-by-1-1/2-by-1/8- steel angle to 4 sides and both ends of sleeve. Connect duct security bars to ducts with flexible connections. Provide 12-by-12-inch hinged access panel with cam lock in duct in each side of sleeve.

E. Install high efficiency take-off on all branch duct take-offs. Provide take-off with balancing damper as shown on drawings. Spin-in fittings are not allowed.

Flexible Ducts / Flexible Duct Connectors

F. Install flexible connectors to connect ducts to equipment.


G. Flexible duct connections from the main trunk ducts to diffuser boots shall be furnished and installed as shown on the drawings. Flexible ductwork shall only be used as indicated on the drawings.

H. Where flexible duct is indicated, use insulated flexible duct for supply air return and exhaust air.

I. Flexible ductwork shall be run in straight lengths.

J. Provide support in flexible duct every three feet.

K. Flexible ducts shall have compression fittings on both ends.

L. Flexible ductwork is not allowed to bend 90 degrees. If a bend is needed use sheet-metal hard elbows. Hard turns, offsets, or kinks will not be allowed.

M. Flexible ducts shall connect to trunk duct with high efficiency takeoffs.

N. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bands.

O. Connect ducts to duct silencers: 1. With flexible duct connectors.

P. Connect terminal units to supply ducts: 1. With maximum 12-inch lengths of flexible duct.

Q. Do not use flexible ducts to change directions.

R. Connect diffusers or light troffer boots to ducts: 1. With maximum 60-inch lengths of flexible duct clamped or strapped in place.

Backdraft/Control/Pressure Relief Dampers

S. Install backdraft dampers at inlet of exhaust fans or exhaust ducts as close as possible to exhaust fan unless otherwise indicated.

T. Install pressure relief damper immediately upstream of main fire damper.

Volume Damper

U. Install volume dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches extend from larger ducts. Where dampers are installed in ducts having duct liner, install dampers with hat channels of same depth as liner, and terminate liner with nosing at hat channel.

1. Install steel volume dampers in steel ducts. 2. Install aluminum volume dampers in aluminum ducts.

V. Set dampers to fully open position before testing, adjusting, and balancing. Exception: Pressure relief damper.

W. A balance damper with locking quadrant will be provided downstream of take-off from trunk duct.

Fans And Test Holes


X. For fans developing static pressures of 5-inch wg and more, cover flexible connectors with loaded vinyl sheet held in place with metal straps.

Y. Install thrust limits at centerline of thrust, symmetrical on both sides of equipment. Attach thrust limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of 1/4-inch movement during start and stop of fans.

Z. Install duct test holes where required for testing and balancing purposes.

AA. Install test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated.

FIRE, SMOKE AND FIRE-SMOKE DAMPERS

BB. Install fire and smoke dampers according to UL listing. 1. Install fusible links in fire dampers.

CC. For round ductwork 24-inch and smaller a true round fire damper with the same rating may be used.

Access Doors

DD. Install duct access doors on sides of ducts to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and equipment at the following locations:

1. On upstream side of duct coils. 2. Upstream from duct filters. 3. At outdoor-air intakes and mixed-air plenums. 4. At drain pans and seals. 5. Downstream from manual volume dampers, control dampers, backdraft dampers, and

equipment. 6. Adjacent to and close enough to fire or smoke dampers, to reset or reinstall fusible links.

Access doors for access to fire or smoke dampers having fusible links shall be standard access doors and shall be outward operation for access doors installed upstream from dampers and inward operation for access doors installed downstream from dampers.

7. At each change in direction and at maximum 50-foot spacing. 8. Upstream from turning vanes. 9. Upstream or downstream from duct silencers. 10. Control devices requiring inspection. 11. Elsewhere as indicated. 12. On upstream side of duct reheat coils. (between Phoenix valve and reheat coil)

EE. Install access doors with swing against duct static pressure.

FF. Access Door Sizes:

1. One-Hand or Inspection Access: 8 by 5 inches. 2. Two-Hand Access: 12 by 6 inches. 3. Head and Hand Access: 18 by 10 inches. 4. Head and Shoulders Access: 21 by 14 inches. 5. Body Access: 25 by 14 inches. 6. Body plus Ladder Access: 25 by 17 inches.

GG. Label access doors according to Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" to indicate the purpose of access door.



A. Tests and Inspections:

1. Operate dampers to verify full range of movement. 2. Inspect locations of access doors and verify that purpose of access door can be

performed. 3. Operate fire, smoke, and combination fire and smoke dampers to verify full range of

movement and verify that proper heat-response device is installed. 4. Inspect turning vanes for proper and secure installation. 5. Operate remote damper operators to verify full range of movement of operator and

damper.

3.3 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust duct accessories for proper settings.

B. Adjust fire and smoke dampers for proper action.

C. Final positioning of manual-volume dampers is specified in Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC."


SALT PALACE CONVENTION CENTER HALL 1 and HALL 4 - RESTROOM FINISH UPGRADE HHY ASSOCIATES DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 23 3713 - 1

SECTION 23 3713 - DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. This section includes ceiling- and wall-mounted diffusers, registers, and grilles.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 233714 "Fixed Louvers" for fixed and louvers and wall vents, whether or not they are connected to ducts.

2. Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers and volume-control dampers not integral to diffusers, registers, and grilles.

3. Section 230594 "General Testing, Adjusting and Balancing" for balancing diffusers, registers, and grilles.


A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include the following:

1. Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and performance data including throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise ratings.

2. Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished.


A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved:

1. Ceiling suspension assembly members. 2. Method of attaching hangers to building structure. 3. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 4. Ceiling-mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers,

access panels, and special moldings. 5. Duct access panels.

B. Source quality-control reports.



A. Product Options: Drawings and schedules indicate specific requirements of diffusers, registers, and grilles and are based on the specific requirements of the systems indicated.

B. NFPA Compliance: Install diffusers, registers, and grilles according to NFPA 90A, "Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems."

C. Airborne Noise:

1. Comply with ANSI / AHRI 880 - Performance Rating of Air Terminals

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS


1. Kruegar. 2. Price Industries. 3. Titus.

2.2 REGISTERS, GRILLES, & DIFFUSERS

A. General: The frames for all registers, grilles, and diffusers shall match type of ceiling where they are to be installed. Special frames shall be provided for narrow T-bar ceilings. Refer to reflected ceiling plan and other specification divisions for ceiling type. See drawings AND schedules for additional information.

2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers, registers, and grilles according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets."

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of equipment.






3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb, according to manufacturer's written instructions, coordination drawings, original design, and referenced standards.

B. Ceiling-Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practical. For units installed in lay-in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location.

C. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers.

3.3 ADJUSTING

A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing.

3.4 CLEANING

A. After installation of diffusers, registers, and grilles, inspect exposed finish. Clean exposed surfaces to remove burrs, dirt, and smudges. Replace diffusers, registers, and grilles that have damaged finishes.


D IVIS IO N 25 –INTEGRA TED A UTO M A TIO N

Not Used

D IVIS IO N 26 –EL EC TRIC A L

Not Used

D IVIS IO N 27 –C O M M UNIC A TIO N

Not Used

D IVIS IO N 28 –EL EC TRO NIC S A FETY A ND S EC URITY

Not Used

D IVIS IO N 31 –EA RTH W O RK

Not Used

D IVIS IO N 32 –EXTERIO R IM P RO VEM ENTS

Not Used

D IVIS IO N 33 –UTIL ITIES

Not Used